Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / C&F Financial Corporation

C&F Financial Corporation

cffi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cffi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 545
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · C&F Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

C&F Financial Corporation is a one-bank holding company providing  
a full range of banking services to individuals and businesses through  

its subsidiaries.

C&F Bank (Citizens and Farmers Bank) offers quality banking services to 
individuals and businesses through 25 retail branches located in the eastern 

region of Virginia.

C&F Mortgage Corporation originates and sells residential mortgages 
throughout Virginia, Maryland and North Carolina. Through its subsidiary, 

C&F Mortgage also provides ancillary mortgage loan origination services for 

residential appraisals.

C&F Finance Company specializes in new and used indirect automobile  
lending in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, 

Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, 

Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia.

C&F Investment Services, Inc. provides a full range of securities brokerage, 
life and health insurance and investment services to individuals and businesses 

through the Bank’s 25 retail branch locations.

COVER PHOTOS: 

Far Left: (l-r) Mark J. Eggleston, C&F Bank Regional President, Williamsburg/Peninsula;  
Taryn R. Haden, C&F Bank AVP & Branch Manager; Karen S. Roberts, VP, Concrete Jack

Center: (l-r) Rodney W. Overby, C&F Bank Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer

Far Right: (l-r) J. Stokeley Fulton, Jr., C&F Mortgage Branch Manager & Loan Officer;  
Phillip T. Coon, C&F Mortgage Branch Sales Manager & Loan Officer

NET INCOME (in thousands)

  $8,110 

$12,976 

$16,382 

$14,402 

$12,346

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014

EARNINGS PER SHARE (assuming dilution)

  $2.24 

$3.72 

$4.86 

$4.18 

$3.59

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014

RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY

  9.74% 

14.86% 

17.05% 

13.39% 

10.34%

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

.78% 

1.30% 

1.71% 

1.35% 

.93%

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014

2014 C&F Annual Report    

 -1-

 
 
(l-r) Anne Morris-Anderson,  
Post Audit Review Specialist: 
Michael D. Gasiorowski, 
VP Commercial Relationship Manager; 
Anita M. Hazelwood,  
VP Treasury Solutions Consultant 

To Our Shareholders:

It is a pleasure to present to you C&F Financial 

Corporation’s (“C&F”) annual report, and for the 
first time, we are greeting you jointly as a result of 
Tom Cherry’s promotion to President of both C&F and 
C&F Bank.  2014 was a very eventful yet challenging 
year from an earnings standpoint, an operational 
standpoint, a regulatory standpoint and even a corporate 
governance standpoint.  As we have stated in the past, we 
are willing to forgo short term earnings if the end result 
ultimately enhances long term shareholder value.  We 
believe the decisions and initiatives that were made and 
implemented during 2014 continue to make progress 
toward that goal.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 

was $12.3 million, or $3.59 per share, as compared 
with $14.4 million, or $4.18 per share, for the year 
ended December 31, 2013.  This resulted in a 10.34 
percent return on equity and a 0.93 percent return on 
average assets for 2014, compared to 13.39 percent and 
1.35 percent, respectively, for 2013. These ratios were 
affected not only by a reduction in earnings for 2014, 
but also because our average capital grew, as well as our 
average assets, which increased significantly due to the 
acquisition of Central Virginia Bankshares (“CVB”) in the 
later part of 2013.  Our results continue to compare 

favorably to financial institutions that we consider our 
peers.  Return on equity for our peers was 6.15 percent 
and return on assets for our peers was 0.70 percent.

Even though earnings were lower in 2014, C&F 

continued to benefit from its diversified business structure.  
Earnings at C&F Bank continued to improve primarily 
as a result of our CVB acquisition and the decline in 
nonperforming assets during 2014.  This earnings 
improvement partially offset the effects of lower earnings  
at C&F Mortgage and C&F Finance, which continued to  
be negatively affected by industry-wide factors.

Earnings at C&F Bank increased $2.3 million during 
2014.   The improvement in the Bank’s earnings resulted 
from the net accretion of fair market value accounting 
adjustments resulting from the CVB acquisition, the 
effects of the continued low interest rate environment on 
the cost of deposits throughout 2014, the improvement 
in our loan credit quality resulting in a $1 million decline 
in the 2014 loan loss provision and a significant decline in 
“other real estate owned” resulting in lower related holding 
costs and associated loss provisions.  Partially offsetting 
these positive factors were the effects of higher personnel 
costs associated with the CVB acquisition, the addition 
of commercial loan personnel focused on growing the 

-2- 

2014 C&F Annual Report

Bank’s small business and commercial loan portfolios, as well as expenses 
associated with combining CVB’s operations into the Bank’s and the 
added depreciation of equipment purchased to upgrade CVB’s systems and 
equipment to conform to the Bank’s technology and security infrastructure.

Earnings at C&F Mortgage declined $1.5 million for 2014.  The 
entire mortgage industry, including C&F Mortgage, has experienced 
significantly reduced refinancing and purchase activity, which translated 
into weaker mortgage loan volume and correspondingly lower income for 
2014.  Additionally, while all of C&F’s business segments continue to face 
unprecedented regulations, the mortgage industry seems to be bearing the 
brunt of the Dodd-Frank Act, which has greatly complicated the residential 
mortgage lending process.  Complying with the new regulations is very labor 
intensive and very expensive for both the consumer and C&F Mortgage. 

Earnings at C&F Finance declined $3.6 million during 2014.  The 
entire consumer finance industry has experienced increased competition 
over the last several years as new companies have entered this business 
and as others have sought to increase their market share.  The results of 
this growth in competition have been loan pricing strategies throughout 
the industry that have lowered loan yields as well as an easing in credit 
standards that has significantly increased the potential for charge-offs.  As 
companies have eased credit standards, it makes it easier for borrowers 
to default, as they know they will be able to get a new loan from another 
lender.  These developments in the industry have had a negative effect 
on the earnings of C&F Finance.  Our average loans outstanding were 
relatively flat for 2014 and the average loan yield declined 76 basis points 
because we intentionally did not purchase the lower-priced and riskier 
automobile sales contracts.  Additionally, the provision for loan losses 
increased $2.3 million as a result of the difficult economic environment 
for non-prime consumers, reduced values of repossessed vehicles and the 
easing of underwriting standards by our competitors leading to higher 
default rates.

Total assets for C&F remained relatively flat during 2014.  Total 
loans increased from $820 million to $836 million.  The limited growth 
reflects intense competition for loans in C&F Bank’s market area and our 
deliberate decision to limit loan growth at C&F Finance due to the issues 
mentioned above.  Even though it is our intention to grow loans at C&F 
Bank, and we are making every effort to do so, the economy in our trade 
area is still relatively weak and the competition for loans is very intense.  
As a result, loan yields continued to decline during 2014.  Aggressively 
growing loan balances at these lower yields will increase interest rate risk 
in the future when rates start to rise and that’s another reason we are 
cautious.   Total deposits increased from $1.01 billion to $1.03 billion.  
While this is a modest increase, it reflects our decision to discontinue 
paying the above-market rates on deposits that CVB had paid prior to the 
acquisition. The abundance of cash held by C&F Bank also reduces our 
need to pay for higher-priced time deposits. 

With the completion  
of the merger of  
CVB into C&F Bank, 
the integration of their 
staff into our culture 
and the excellent 
progress we have 
made with our internal 
operations, namely 
training, compliance 
and systems, we have 
had a very productive 
year and have achieved 
many of the cost savings 
that we projected when 
the decision to purchase 
CVB was made.  

2014 C&F Annual Report    

 -3-

 
From an operational standpoint, we’ve expended significant  resources 

throughout C&F in two areas over the last several years:  training and 
compliance.  Ongoing training is essential throughout the company in 
order to keep our personnel current on all the new regulations continually 
affecting C&F, especially those related to the Dodd-Frank Act;  give our 
customers knowledgeable and helpful service; and, contribute to the overall 
personal development of our personnel. In addition, we put tremendous 
effort into training CVB personnel on all of our processes and systems.  
Training is an investment that comes with a substantial cost, albeit a 
worthwhile one, that has affected earnings at all of C&F’s subsidiaries.

As we have mentioned in the past, with the passage of the Dodd-
Frank Act, which more than doubled the regulations with which financial 
companies must comply, and the regulatory emphasis on consumer 
protection, we have had to put significant effort into building complex 
compliance systems throughout our entire company.  While it has been 
painful at times, we are confident that we are as well prepared as any bank 
our size to meet the challenges of this hyper-regulatory environment.  
While other organizations, especially in the mortgage banking and 
consumer finance realms, have taken the road of not complying with the 
new regulations until they have to, we believe that the day of reckoning 
may shortly come and our proactive efforts will be rewarded.

We are very confident that we have a sound infrastructure in place 

throughout the entire company that includes not only our training 
and compliance functions mentioned above, but also our information 
technology, which we, again, feel is comparable to not only any financial 
institutions our size but also many others much larger than C&F.  With 
the explosion of new regulations over the past several years, it has been 
our strategy to automate compliance as much as feasibly possible in order 
to give the best service to our customers, to give our people more time 
to serve our customers, and to reduce the amount of time that is spent 
on consumer compliance.  While we have made many improvements, we 
continue to make new investments and are currently implementing new 
software programs at both our mortgage and finance subsidiaries that 
will make us more efficient and allow us to serve our customers better.  
This, in conjunction with our ability to offer the latest electronic product 
offerings, such as mobile banking and, soon, small business mobile 
banking, evidences our commitment to using innovations in technology  
in ways that are beneficial to our customers.

Growth in earning assets will be our main focus at C&F Bank during 

2015.  As we mentioned above, we currently have a tremendous amount 
of cash on our balance sheet, so our challenge is to deploy that cash into 
earning assets.  With a commercial and small business lending team already 
in place in Richmond, a newly attracted and seasoned lending team in the 

Larry G. Dillon,   
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Thomas F. Cherry,  
President & Chief Financial Officer

-4- 

2014 C&F Annual Report

Williamsburg market and resurgence in the real estate 
development and construction markets, we are looking 
forward to increased lending and the expansion of our 
loan portfolio in the coming year. 

 With the completion of the merger of CVB into 

C&F Bank, the integration of CVB’s staff into our 
culture and the excellent progress we have made with 
our internal operations, namely training, compliance 
and systems, we have had a very productive year 
and have achieved many of the cost savings that we 
projected when the decision to purchase CVB was 
made.  As a result, we believe we are well positioned 
to leverage the systems and capabilities that we have 
put in place to increase the revenue opportunities 
throughout the new markets that the CVB acquisition 
has afforded us.  

Our focus at our mortgage company is higher loan 
production.  We recently added a new production office 
in Raleigh, NC which will contribute to increasing 
our production and we will continue to look for new 
expansion opportunities.  We also believe that our 
legislators are starting to understand that the increase 
in regulations has slowed the real estate market by 
decreasing the number of eligible buyers, and we are 
hopeful they will make it easier for new homebuyers in 
the near future.  

At our finance company, we will continue to 
diligently work to keep our loan quality and yields up 
while at the same time maintaining and growing our 
portfolio.  New technology being put in place at this 
time will help us streamline our processes and make 
us more efficient thereby increasing time available to 
spend on competing for new quality loans.

We often speak of our goal to remain an 
independent company, which requires that we give 
good returns to our shareholders.  But there are other 
factors that contribute to our independent existence for 
the long term, and one of those is having an effective 
management team that has longevity and continuity.  
It was with that thought in mind that the Board of 
Directors promoted Tom Cherry to President of both 
C&F and C&F Bank in order to ensure C&F’s future 
leadership.  This change will provide opportunities 
for others within the organization to expand their 
experiences and responsibilities, which will be beneficial 
to the long-term future of the company.  As we have 
done over the past several years, we anticipate working 
together as your CEO and President in managing this 
company as we move forward.

Many thanks to our officers and staff for their 
commitment to and hard work for our company, to our 
directors for their confidence and guidance, and to you 
for your investment and faith in our company.  We’re 
excited about our future.

Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman &   
Chief Executive Officer 

Thomas F. Cherry
President &  
Chief Financial Officer

2014 C&F Annual Report    

 -5-

 
 
 
 
 
 
C&F DIRECTORS
C&F BANK RICHMOND BOARD

David H. Downs
Director of the Kornblau Institute
Virginia Commonwealth University

Jeffery W. Jones
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
WFofR, Media

S. Craig Lane
President
Lane & Hamner, P.C.

Meade A. Spotts
President
Spotts Fain, P.C.

Scott E. Strickler
Treasurer
Robins Insurance Agency, Inc.

Adrienne P. Whitaker
Vice President, Institutional Advancement
Virginia State University

Photo: Seated (l-r): Barry R. Chernack, 
Audrey D. Holmes,  James H. Hudson III   
Standing (l-r): Paul C. Robinson,  
Joshua H. Lawson, Bryan E. McKernon, 
James T. Napier, Larry G. Dillon,   
J. P. Causey Jr., C. Elis Olsson 

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION
C&F BANK BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J.P. Causey Jr.
Attorney-at-Law
J.P. Causey Jr., Attorney-at-Law

Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman of the Board 
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

James H. Hudson III
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson Law, PLC

Bryan E. McKernon 
President & Chief Executive Officer
C&F Mortgage Corporation

Barry R. Chernack
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Paul C. Robinson
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates, 
Realtors

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTANTS

Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
Winchester, Virginia

CORPORATE COUNSEL

Hudson Law, PLC
West Point, Virginia

J.P. Causey Jr.*+
Attorney-at-Law
J.P. Causey Jr., Attorney-at-Law

Barry R. Chernack*+
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Larry G. Dillon*+
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

Audrey D. Holmes*+
Attorney-at-Law
Audrey D. Holmes, Attorney-at-Law

James H. Hudson III*+
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson Law, PLC

Joshua H. Lawson*+
President
Thrift Insurance Corporation

Bryan E. McKernon+
President & Chief Executive Officer
C&F Mortgage Corporation

James T. Napier+
President
Napier Realtors, ERA

C. Elis Olsson*+
Director of Operations
Martinair, Inc.

Paul C. Robinson*+
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson  
& Associates, Realtors

* C&F Financial Corporation Board Member
+ C&F Bank Board Member

-6- 

2014 C&F Annual Report

C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS
C&F BANK
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168 
(757) 741-2201

802 Main Street, 
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804) 843-2360

Larry G. Dillon*
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Thomas F. Cherry*
President & Chief Financial Officer
Herbert E. Marth, Jr.
Senior Banking Executive
Rodney W. Overby
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
John A. Seaman III
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer
Laura H. Shreaves
Senior Vice President, Director of
Human Resources
Christopher A. Spillare
Senior Vice President, Treasurer
Matthew H. Steilberg
Senior Vice President, Head of Retail Banking
Sandra S. Fryer
First Vice President, Application  
    Support Manager
Deborah H. Hall
First Vice President, Credit Administration
Ellen M. Kurek
First Vice President, Director of Loan Operations
Jason E. Long
First Vice President, Finance
Deborah R. Nichols
First Vice President, Director of Compliance
Mary-Jo Rawson
First Vice President, Controller &  
    Assistant Secretary
Shirley G. Boelt
Vice President, Senior Human Resources  
    Generalist
E. Turner Coggin
Vice President, Senior Loan Underwriter
Terrence C. Gates
Vice President, Appraisal Review
Donna M. Haviland
Vice President, Director of Internal Audit
Anita W. Hazelwood
Vice President, Treasury Solutions
Bobbi J. Jones
Vice President, Finance
Dollie M. Kelly
Vice President, Quality Assurance Manager   
    & Security Officer
Kevin E. Kelly
Vice President, Special Assets

Thomas P. Kelley
Vice President, Loan Underwriter
Maureen B. Medlin
Vice President, Marketing
Matthew J. Ohlschlager
Vice President, Senior Relationship Manager
Helga H. Ridenhour
Vice President, Operations Manager
Christopher J. Robb
Vice President, Credit Analyst Manager
Teresa S. Weaver
Vice President, Retail Market Leader
Melanie C. Wynkoop
Vice President, Retail Market Leader
*Officers of C&F Financial Corporation

C&F BANK BRANCHES

CARTERSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Betty J. Davis
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Mary Schoenfelder
Vice President, Branch Manager

CUMBERLAND, VIRGINIA
Karyn G. DiPietro 
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

HAMPTON, VIRGINIA
Eric D. Floyd, Branch Manager

MECHANICSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Mary S. Long
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

MIDDLESEX, VIRGINIA
Elizabeth B. Faudree 
Vice President, Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA  
Alverser
Jane H. Wagner,  
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

Bellgrade
Jane H. Wagner,  
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

Brandermill
Maurice V. Dixon, Branch Manager

Midlothian 
Vicki M. Alvarez 
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
City Center

NORGE, VIRGINIA
Taryn R. Haden,   
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

POWHATAN, VIRGINIA
David M. Younce
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

PROVIDENCE FORGE, VIRGINIA

James D. W. King
Vice President, Branch Manager

QUINTON, VIRGINIA
Donald V. Hillbish
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Patterson
Jarvis R. Hill, Branch Manager

Varina
Shawn R. Finisecy, Branch Manager

Wellesley
Ryan Melcher 
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

West Broad
Bina Y. Doshi 
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

SANDSTON, VIRGINIA
Heather E. Snow
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
14th Street
Donna T. Callis 
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

Main Street
Mary Ann Seward, Assistant Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Jamestown Road
Traci L. Carlson
Assistant Vice President, Branch Manager

Longhill Road
Brenda A. Rappold, Branch Manager

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA

Susan L. Burns, Branch Manager

C&F BANK-PENINSULA  
COMMERCIAL BANKING
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
1167 Jamestown Road
Williamsburg, Virginia 23185
(757)  841-1732

Mark J. Eggleston
Regional President—Williamsburg/Peninsula

Bonnie S. Smith
First Vice President, Construction Lending

Vern E. Lockwood, II
Senior Vice President, Senior Relationship 
Manager—Peninsula/Williamsburg

2014 C&F Annual Report    

 -7-

 
C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F BANK-RICHMOND  
COMMERCIAL BANKING
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
4701 Cox Road, Suite 160
Glen Allen, Virginia 23060
(804) 955-4700

Gail L. Letts
Regional President—Richmond, 
Chief Lending Officer 

Walter M. Cart, Jr.
Vice President, Relationship Manager

Michael Gasiorowski
Vice President, Relationship Manager

David C. Guzman
Vice President, Relationship Manager

Kelly E. Patterson
Vice President, Relationship Manager

Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President, Relationship Manager

C&F INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.

802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804)843-4584 or (800) 583-3863

Eric F. Nost, CFP®
President

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Hartz
Vice President, Investment Officer

POWHATAN, VIRGINIA
Mary Ellen Twigg
Assistant Vice President, Investment Officer

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Bruce D. French
Assistant Vice President, Investment Officer

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
Robert M. Dick III
Operations and Compliance Manager, 
Investment Officer

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Cash Jr.
Vice President, Investment Officer

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE

C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8300

Bryan E. McKernon
President & Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Fox
Executive Vice President &  
Chief Operating Officer

Donna G. Jarratt
Senior Vice President,  
Chief of Branch Administration

Kevin A. McCann
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Tracy L. Bishop
Vice President, Human Resources Manager

Madeline Witty
Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

Michael J. Vogelbach
Manager of Information Systems

Katherine K. Watrous
Controller

C&F MORTGAGE BRANCHES
CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
William E. Hamrick
Vice President, Branch Manager

FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
Brian F. Whetzel, Branch Manager

R.W. Edmondson III, Branch Manager

ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
Joyce A. Stewart
Branch Manager

FISHERSVILLE, VIRGINIA

HARRISONBURG, VIRGINIA
Vickie J. Painter, Branch Manager

GASTONIA, NORTH CAROLINA
Nancy W. Poteat, Branch Manager

LYNCHBURG, VIRGINIA
Shirley D. Falwell, Branch Manager

Andrew N. Shields, Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Brandon W. Beswick
Branch Manager

Donald R. Jordan
Vice President, Branch Manager

Daniel J. Murphy
Vice President, Branch Manager

John H. Reeves III
Vice President, Regional Manager

GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA
Page C. Yonce
Vice President, Branch Manager

J. Stokeley Fulton, Jr., Branch Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Mary L. Rebholz, Branch Manager

VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA
Edward (Ted) O. Yoder
Regional Manager

ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
Michael J. Mazzola
Senior Vice President 

William J. Regan
Vice President, Branch Manager

WALDORF, MARYLAND
Timothy J. Murphy, Branch Manager

CERTIFIED APPRAISALS, LLC
Midlothian, Virginia

H. Daniel Salomonsky
Vice President, Appraisal Manager

C&F FINANCE COMPANY 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
1313 East Main Street
Suite 400
Richmond, Virginia 23219
(804) 236-9601

S. Dustin Crone
President

Michael K. Wilson
Executive Vice President &  
Chief Operating Officer

C. Shawn Moore
Senior Vice President

Thomas W. Young
First Vice President, Operations

Kevin F. Jones Jr.
Regional Vice President of Originations

Tony Lamont
Regional Vice President of Sales

Oneida Wood
Director of Human Resources

Serving the following states
ALABAMA
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
KENTUCKY
MARYLAND
MISSOURI
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NORTH CAROLINA
OHIO
PENNSYLVANIA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
VIRGINIA
WEST VIRGINIA

-8- 

2014 C&F Annual Report

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☒ 

☐ 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014  
or 

For the transition period from  to _________ 

Commission file number 000-23423 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Virginia 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

54-1680165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

802 Main Street 
West Point, VA 23181 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (804) 843-2360 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share 
Title of each class 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Name of each exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ☐    No   ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ☐    No   ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required 

to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 

best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 
10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See 

the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.: 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

☐ 
☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated Filer 
Smaller reporting company 

☒ 
☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes ☐    No   ☒ 

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014 was $114,598,638. 
There were 3,393,935 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 6, 2015. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 21, 

2015 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

SIGNATURES 

2 

    Page

3

14

22

22

23

23

24

25

26

65

68

122

122

125

125

125

126

126

126

127

131

 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

General 

PART I 

C&F  Financial  Corporation  (the  Corporation)  is  a  bank  holding  company  that  was  incorporated  in March  1994 
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Corporation owns all of the stock of Citizens and Farmers Bank 
(the Bank or C&F Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Virginia. C&F Bank originally opened for business under the name Farmers and Mechanics Bank on January 22, 1927. 
C&F  Bank  has  the  following  five  wholly-owned  active  subsidiaries,  all  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
Commonwealth of Virginia: 

  C&F Mortgage Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary Certified Appraisals LLC 

  C&F Finance Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary C&F Remarketing LLC 

  C&F Investment Services, Inc. 

  C&F Insurance Services, Inc. 

  CVB Title Services, Inc. 

On  October  1,  2013,  the  Corporation  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  common  stock  of  Central  Virginia 
Bankshares,  Inc.  (CVBK)  in  an  all-cash  transaction  in  which  CVBK  shareholders  received  $0.32  for  each  share  of 
CVBK common stock they owned, or approximately $846,000 in the aggregate. In addition, the Corporation purchased 
from the U.S. Treasury for $3.4 million all of CVBK's preferred stock and warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury under the 
Capital  Purchase  Program  (CPP).  CVBK  was  a  one-bank  holding  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
Commonwealth of Virginia. CVBK owned all of the stock of Central Virginia Bank (CVB), which was an independent 
commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. On March 22, 2014, CVBK was merged 
with and into C&F Financial Corporation and CVB was merged with and into C&F Bank. 

The  Corporation  operates  in  a  decentralized  manner  in  three  principal  business  activities:  (1)  retail  banking 
through  C&F  Bank,  (2)  mortgage  banking  through  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  (C&F  Mortgage)  and  (3)  consumer 
finance  through  C&F  Finance  Company  (C&F  Finance).  The  following  general  business  discussion  focuses  on  the 
activities within each of these segments. 

In  addition,  the  Corporation  conducts  brokerage  activities  through  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.,  insurance 
activities  through  C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  and  title  insurance  service  through  CVB  Title  Services,  Inc.  The 
financial position and operating results of any one of these subsidiaries are not significant to the Corporation as a whole 
and are not considered principal activities of the Corporation at this time. 

The Corporation also owns three non-operating subsidiaries, C&F Financial Statutory Trust II (Trust II) formed in 
December  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (Trust  I)  formed  in  July  2005,  and  Central  Virginia  Bankshares 
Statutory Trust I (CVBK Trust I) formed in December 2003. These trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing $10.0 
million each for Trust II and Trust I of the Corporation’s junior subordinated debt securities and $5.0 million for CVBK 
Trust I of  junior subordinated debt securities originally issued by CVBK, but assumed by the Corporation when CVBK 
was  merged  into  the  Corporation  on  March  22,  2014,  with  all  such  issuances  occuring  in  private  placements  to 
institutional investors. All three trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation. The principal assets of these 
trusts  are  $10.3  million  each  for  Trust  II  and  Trust  I  and  $5.2  million  for  CVBK  Trust  I  of  the  Corporation's  junior 
subordinated debt securities (such securities of the Corporation referred to herein as “trust preferred capital notes”) that 
are reported as liabilities of the consolidated Corporation. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail Banking 

We  provide  retail  banking  services  through  C&F  Bank.  C&F  Bank  provides  retail  banking  services  at  its  main 
office  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  and  24  Virginia  branches  located  one  each  in  Cartersville,  Chester,  Cumberland, 
Hampton,  Mechanicsville,  Newport  News,  Norge,  Powhatan,  Providence  Forge,  Quinton,  Saluda,  Sandston,  Varina, 
West Point and Yorktown, two in Williamsburg, three in Richmond and four in Midlothian. These branches provide a 
wide  range  of  banking  services  to  individuals  and  businesses.  These  services  include  various  types  of  checking  and 
savings  deposit  accounts,  as  well  as  business,  real  estate,  development,  mortgage,  home  equity  and  installment  loans. 
The Bank also offers ATMs, internet banking and debit and credit cards, as well as travelers’ checks, safe deposit box 
rentals, collection, notary public, wire service and other customary bank services to its customers. Revenues from retail 
banking  operations  consist  primarily  of  interest  earned  on  loans  and  investment  securities  and  fees  related  to  deposit 
services.  At  December  31,  2014,  assets  of  the  Retail  Banking  segment  totaled  $1.18  billion.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014, the net income for this segment totaled $5.6 million.  

Mortgage Banking 

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995. C&F 
Mortgage  provides  mortgage  loan  origination  services  through  12  locations  in  Virginia,  two  in  Maryland  and  two  in 
North  Carolina.  The  Virginia  offices  are  located  one  each  in  Charlottesville,  Fishersville,  Fredericksburg,  Glen  Allen, 
Harrisonburg,  Lynchburg,  Newport  News,  Roanoke,  Virginia  Beach  and  Williamsburg,  and  two  in  Midlothian.  The 
Maryland offices are located in Annapolis and Waldorf. The North Carolina offices are located in Gastonia and Raleigh. 
C&F  Mortgage  offers  a  wide  variety  of  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  are  originated  for  sale  generally  to  the 
following investors: Wells Fargo Home Mortgage; Franklin American Mortgage Company; Penny Mac Corporation; and 
the Virginia Housing Development Authority (VHDA). C&F Mortgage does not securitize loans. C&F Bank may also 
purchase permanent loans from C&F Mortgage. C&F Mortgage originates conventional mortgage loans, mortgage loans 
insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the FHA), mortgage loans guaranteed by the United States Department 
of  Agriculture  (the  USDA)  and  the  Veterans  Administration  (the  VA).  A  majority  of  the  conventional  loans  are 
conforming loans that qualify for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) or the Federal 
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The remainder of the conventional loans are non-conforming in that 
they do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, but are eligible for sale to various other investors. Through its 
subsidiary,  C&F  Mortgage  also  provides  ancillary  mortgage  loan  origination  services  for  residential  appraisals. 
Revenues from mortgage banking operations consist principally of gains on sales of loans to investors in the secondary 
mortgage  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and  interest  earned  on  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.  At  December  31, 
2014, assets of the Mortgage Banking segment totaled $42.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income 
for this segment totaled $411,000. 

Consumer Finance 

We  conduct  consumer  finance  activities  through  C&F  Finance.  C&F  Finance  is  a  regional  finance  company 
providing  automobile  loans  throughout  Virginia  and  in  portions  of  Alabama,  Florida,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Kentucky, Maryland, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas and 
West  Virginia  through  its  offices  in  Richmond  and  Hampton,  Virginia,  in  Nashville,  Tennessee  and  in  Hunt  Valley, 
Maryland.  C&F  Finance  is  an  indirect  lender  that  provides  automobile  financing  through  lending  programs  that  are 
designed  to  serve  customers  in  the  “non-prime”  market  who  have  limited  access  to  traditional  automobile  financing. 
C&F Finance generally purchases automobile retail installment sales contracts from manufacturer-franchised dealerships 
with used-car operations and through selected independent dealerships. C&F Finance selects these dealers based on the 
types of vehicles sold. Specifically, C&F Finance prefers to finance later model, low mileage used vehicles because the 
initial  depreciation  on  new  vehicles  is  extremely  high.  The  typical  borrowers  on  the  retail  installment  sales  contracts 
purchased have experienced prior credit difficulties. Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the 
credit  standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  C&F  Finance  typically  charges  interest  at 
higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources. As C&F Finance provides financing in a relatively high-
risk  market,  it  expects  to  experience  a  higher  level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile  financing  sources. 
Revenues from consumer finance operations consist principally of interest earned on automobile loans. At December 31, 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
2014,  assets  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  totaled  $283.9  million.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  net 
income for this segment totaled $6.9 million. 

Employees 

At  December  31,  2014,  we  employed  616  full-time  equivalent  employees.  We  consider  relations  with  our 

employees to be excellent. 

Competition 

Retail Banking 

In the Bank’s market area, we compete with large national and regional financial institutions, savings associations 
and  other  independent  community  banks,  as  well  as  credit  unions,  mutual  funds,  brokerage  firms  and  insurance 
companies.  Increased  competition  has  come  from  out-of-state  banks  through  their  acquisition  of  Virginia-based  banks 
and interstate branching, and expansion of community and regional banks into our service areas. 

The banking business in Virginia, and in the Bank’s primary service area in the Hampton to Richmond corridor, is 
highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large banks with many 
offices operating over a wide geographic area. Among the advantages such large banks have are their ability to finance 
wide-ranging  advertising  campaigns,  efficiencies  through  economies  of  scale  and,  by  virtue  of  their  greater  total 
capitalization, substantially higher lending limits than the Bank. 

Factors such as interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and the types of products offered, as 
well as the reputation of the institution, affect competition for deposits and loans. We compete by emphasizing customer 
service and technology, establishing long-term customer relationships, building customer loyalty, and providing products 
and  services  to  address  the  specific  needs  of  our  customers.  We  target  individual  and  small-to-medium  size  business 
customers. 

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any single 

customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business. 

Mortgage Banking 

C&F Mortgage competes with large national and regional banks, credit unions, smaller regional mortgage lenders 
and  small  local  broker  operations.  Due  to  the  increased  regulatory  and  compliance  burden,  the  industry  has  seen  a 
consolidation  in  the  number  of  competitors  in  the  marketplace.  The  agency  guidelines  for  sales  of  mortgages  in  the 
secondary market business continue to be stringent.  Interest rates, low housing inventory, cash buyers, new mortgage 
lending regulations and other market conditions have resulted in reduced originations across the industry during 2014.  
C&F Mortgage was not immune to these factors, as its production declined as well. 

The  competitive  factors  faced  by  C&F  Mortgage  have  changed  and  may  continue  to  change  due  to  the  Dodd-
Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  Dodd-Frank  Act).  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  affects  many 
aspects  of  mortgage  finance  regulation,  which  has  changed  and  may  continue  to  result  in  changes  to  the  competitive 
landscape in the future. The many modifications introduced have required or will require extensive rulemaking, and the 
full effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and the full effect of the related compliance burden will not be known for some time to 
come. The reforms to mortgage lending encompass broad new restrictions on lending practices and loan terms, amend 
price thresholds for certain lending segments, add new disclosure forms and procedures for all mortgages, and mandate 
stronger legal liabilities in connection with real estate finance. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the Consumer 
Financial  Protection  Bureau  (the  CFPB)  to  establish  certain  minimum  standards  for  the  origination  of  residential 
mortgages, including a determination of the borrower's ability to repay (for which the finalized rules became effective in 
January  2014),  and  allows  borrowers  to  raise  certain  defenses  to  foreclosure  if  they  receive  any  loan  other  than  a 
"qualified mortgage" as defined by the Dodd-Frank Act and CFPB regulations. While C&F Mortgage is continuing to 
evaluate all aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations issued pursuant thereto and by the CFPB, such legislation and 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
regulations  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  manner  in  which  it  conducts  its  mortgage  business,  result  in 
heightened federal regulation and oversight of its business activities, and result in increased costs and potential litigation 
associated  with  its  business  activities.  Given  the  far-reaching  effect  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  CFPB  regulations  on 
mortgage  finance,  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  CFPB  regulations  may  require 
substantial changes to mortgage lending systems and processes and other implementation efforts. 

To  operate  profitably  in  this  environment,  lenders  must  have  a  high  level  of  operational  and  risk  management 
skills  and  be  able  to  attract  and  retain  top  mortgage  origination  talent.  C&F  Mortgage  competes  by  attracting  the  top 
people  in  sales  and  operations  in  the  industry,  providing  an  infrastructure  that  manages  regulatory  changes  efficiently 
and  effectively,  offering  a  product  menu  that  is  both  competitive  in  loan  parameters  as  well  as  price,  and  providing 
consistently high quality customer service. 

No  material  part  of  C&F  Mortgage’s  business  is  dependent  upon  a  single  customer  and  the  loss  of  any  single 
customer  would  not  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  upon  C&F  Mortgage’s  business.  Further,  C&F  Mortgage  has 
implemented  strategies  to  mitigate  potential  disruption  in  C&F  Mortgage's  direct  or  indirect  access  to  the  secondary 
market  for  residential  mortgage  loans.  C&F  Mortgage,  like  all  residential  mortgage  lenders,  would  be  affected  by  the 
inability of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA to purchase or guarantee loans. Although C&F Mortgage sells 
loans to various intermediaries, the ability of these aggregators to purchase or guarantee loans would be limited if these 
government-sponsored entities cease to exist or materially limit their purchases or guarantees of mortgage loans or suffer 
deteriorations in their financial condition. 

Consumer Finance 

The  non-prime  automobile  finance  business  is  highly  competitive.  The  automobile  finance  market  is  highly 
fragmented and is served by a variety of financial entities, including the captive finance affiliates of major automotive 
manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies. Many of these competitors 
have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  and  lower  costs  of  funds  than  our  finance  subsidiary.  In  addition, 
competitors often provide financing on terms that are more favorable to automobile purchasers or dealers than the terms 
C&F Finance offers. Many of these competitors also have long-standing relationships with automobile dealerships and 
may  offer  dealerships  or  their  customers  other  forms  of  financing,  including  dealer  floor  plan  financing  and  leasing, 
which we do not. 

During 2013 and 2014, a number of financial institutions and other lenders have increased focus on operations in 
the non-prime automobile finance markets resulting in intensified competition for loans and qualified personnel and, to a 
lesser extent thus far, credit easing. To continue to operate profitably, lenders must have a high level of operational and 
risk management skills and access to competitive costs of funds. 

Providers of automobile financing traditionally have competed on the basis of interest rates charged, the quality of 
credit  accepted,  the  flexibility  of  loan  terms  offered  and  the  quality  of  service  provided  to  dealers  and  customers.  To 
establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources at the dealers it serves, we compete predominately by 
providing  a high  level of dealer  service, building  strong dealer relationships, offering  flexible  loan  terms,  and quickly 
funding loans purchased from dealers. 

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss of any 

single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business. 

Regulation and Supervision 

General 

Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  extensively  regulated  under  both  federal  and  state  law.  The  following 
summary  briefly  describes  significant  provisions  of  currently  applicable  federal  and  state  laws  and  certain  regulations 
and the potential impact of such provisions. This summary is not complete, and we refer you to the particular statutory or 
regulatory provisions or proposals for more information. Because regulation of financial institutions changes regularly 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and is the subject of constant legislative and regulatory debate, we cannot forecast how federal and state regulation and 
supervision of financial institutions may change in the future and affect the Corporation’s and the Bank’s operations. 

Regulatory Reform 

The financial crisis of 2008, including the downturn of global economic, financial and money markets and the threat 
of collapse of numerous financial institutions, and other events led to the adoption of numerous laws and regulations that 
apply  to,  and  focus  on,  financial  institutions.  The  most  significant  of  these  laws  is  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  which  was 
adopted on July 21, 2010 and, in part, is intended to implement significant structural reforms to the financial services 
industry. The Dodd-Frank Act is discussed in more detail below. 

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory reforms, the Corporation continues to experience a period of 
rapidly changing regulations. These regulatory changes could have a significant effect on how the Corporation conducts 
its business. The specific implications of the Dodd-Frank Act and other proposed regulatory reforms cannot yet be fully 
predicted and will depend to a large extent on the specific regulations that are adopted in the coming months and years to 
implement regulatory reform initiatives. 

Regulation of the Corporation 

As a bank holding company, the Corporation is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the BHCA) 
and regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board). 
Pursuant to the BHCA the Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to 
terminate  any  activity  or  to  terminate  its  ownership  or  control  of  any  subsidiary  when  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  has 
reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or ownership constitutes a serious risk to the financial 
soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company. 

The  BHCA  generally  limits  the  activities  of  a  bank  holding  company  and  its  subsidiaries  to  that  of  banking, 
managing  or  controlling  banks,  or  any  other  activity  that  is  closely  related  to  banking  or  to  managing  or  controlling 
banks,  and  permits  interstate  banking  acquisitions  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  national  and  state 
concentration  limits.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  jurisdiction  under  the  BHCA  to  approve  any  bank  or  non-bank 
acquisition,  merger  or  consolidation  proposed  by  a  bank  holding  company.  A  bank  holding  company  must  be  well 
capitalized and well managed to engage in an interstate bank acquisition or merger, and Banks may branch across state 
lines provided that the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit establishment of the branch if 
the bank were a state bank chartered by such state. 

Each  of  the  Bank’s  depository  accounts  is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  FDIC) 
against loss to the depositor to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and federal law and regulatory policy 
impose  a number  of obligations  and  restrictions on  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  to reduce  potential  loss  exposure  to 
depositors and to the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF). For example, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and Federal 
Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must commit resources to support its subsidiary depository institutions, 
which  is  referred  to  as  serving  as  a  "source  of  strength."  In  addition,  insured  depository  institutions  under  common 
control must reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the DIF as a result of the default of a 
commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that 
a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF. An FDIC claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of an insured 
depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of 
subordinated debt, other than affiliates, of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. 

The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  (the  FDIA)  provides  that  amounts  received  from  the  liquidation  or  other 
resolution of any insured depository institution must be distributed, after payment of secured claims, to pay the deposit 
liabilities  of  the  institution  before  payment  of  any  other  general  creditor  or  stockholder.  This  provision  would  give 
depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and stockholders if a receiver is appointed to distribute 
the assets of a bank. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation also is subject to regulation and supervision by the State Corporation Commission of Virginia. 
The Corporation also must file annual, quarterly and other periodic reports with, and comply with other regulations of, 
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). 

Capital Requirements 

The  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  the  FDIC  have  adopted  rules  to  implement  the  Basel  III  capital  framework  as 
outlined  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  and  standards  for  calculating  risk-weighted  assets  and  risk-
based capital measurements (collectively, the Basel III Final Rules) that apply to banking organizations they supervise. 
For the purposes of these capital rules, (i) common equity tier 1 capital (CET1) consists principally of common stock 
(including surplus) and retained earnings; (ii) Tier 1 capital consists principally of CET1 plus non-cumulative preferred 
stock and related surplus, and certain grandfathered cumulative preferred stocks and trust preferred securities; and (iii) 
Tier  2  capital  consists  principally  of  Tier  1  capital  plus  qualifying  subordinated  debt  and  preferred  stock,  and  limited 
amounts  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    Each  regulatory  capital  classification  is  subject  to  certain  adjustments  and 
limitations, as implemented by the Basel III Final Rules.  The Basel III Final Rules also establish risk weightings that are 
applied  to  many  classes  of  assets  held  by  community  banks,  importantly  including  applying  higher risk  weightings  to 
certain commercial real estate loans.  

The Basel III Final Rules were effective January 1, 2015, and the Basel III Final Rules capital conservation buffer 

will be phased in from 2015 to 2019. 

When fully phased in, the Basel III Final Rules require banks to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-
weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as 
that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%), (ii) a 
minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is 
added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 
8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets 
of  at  least  8.0%,  plus  the  capital  conservation  buffer  (which  is  added  to  the  8.0%  total  capital  ratio  as  that  buffer  is 
phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) a minimum 
leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet 
exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter). 

The  Basel  III  Final  Rules  provide  deductions  from  and  adjustments  to regulatory capital measures, primarily 
to  CET1,  including  deductions  and  adjustments  that  were  not  applied  to  reduce  CET1  under  historical  regulatory 
capital  rules.  F or  example,  mortgage  servicing  rights,  deferred  tax  assets,  dependent  upon  future  taxable  income, 
and  significant investments  in  non-consolidated  financial  entities  must  be  deducted  from  CET1  to  the  extent  that 
any  one  such  category  exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.  These 
deductions from and adjustments to regulatory capital will generally be phased in beginning in 2015 through 2018. 

The Basel III Final Rules permanently includes in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities issued prior to May 
19,  2010  by  bank  holding  companies  with  less  than  $15  billion  in  total  assets,  subject  to  a  limit  of  25%  of  Tier  1 
capital. The Corporation expects that its trust preferred securities will be included in the Corporation’s Tier 1 capital 
until their maturity. 

The Basel III Final Rules also implement a “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally designed to absorb losses 
during  periods  of  economic  stress  and  to  be  imposed  when  national  regulators  determine  that  excess  aggregate  credit 
growth  becomes  associated  with  a  buildup  of  systemic  risk.  This  buffer  is  a  CET1  add-on  to  the  capital  conservation 
buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 
5%). 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limits on Dividends 

The Corporation is a legal entity that is separate and distinct from the Bank. A significant portion of the revenues 
of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank. Both the Corporation and C&F Bank are subject to laws 
and  regulations  that  limit  the  payment  of  dividends,  including  limits  on  the  sources  of  dividends  and  requirements  to 
maintain  capital  at  or  above  regulatory  minimums.  Banking  regulators  have  indicated  that  Virginia  banking 
organizations  should  generally  pay  dividends  only  (1)  from  net  undivided  profits  of  the  bank,  after  providing  for  all 
expenses,  losses,  interest  and  taxes  accrued  or  due  by  the  bank  and  (2)  if  the  prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention 
appears  consistent  with  the  organization’s  capital  needs,  asset  quality  and  overall  financial  condition.  In  addition,  the 
FDIA prohibits  insured depository  institutions such  as  C&F  Bank  from  making  capital  distributions,  including paying 
dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. We 
do not expect that any of these laws, regulations or policies will materially affect the ability of the Corporation or C&F 
Bank to pay dividends. 

The Dodd-Frank Act 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  implements  far-reaching  changes  across  the  financial  regulatory  landscape,  including 
changes that will affect all bank holding companies and banks, including the Corporation and the Bank.  Provisions that 
significantly affect the business of the Corporation and the Bank include the following: 

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance 
from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also made 
permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor 
Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. 

  Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment 
of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction 
and other accounts. 

  Creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act centralized significant aspects of 
consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the CFPB, which is discussed in more detail below. 

  Debit Card Interchange Fees. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA) to, among 
other things, require that debit card interchange fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost incurred by 
the issuer with respect to the transaction. In June 2011, the Federal Reserve Board adopted regulations setting the 
maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the 
value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements 
additional fraud-prevention standards. Although issuers that have assets of less than $10 billion are exempt from 
the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations that set maximum interchange fees, these regulations could significantly 
affect the interchange fees that financial institutions with less than $10 billion in assets are able to collect. 

In  addition,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  implements  other  far-reaching  changes  to  the  financial  regulatory  landscape, 

including provisions that: 

  Restrict the preemption of state law by federal law and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks from 

availing themselves of such preemption. 

 

Impose comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, subject to significant rulemaking 
processes, which would include certain provisions that would effectively prohibit insured depository institutions 
from conducting certain derivatives businesses in the institution itself. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Require depository institutions with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct regular stress 
tests and require large, publicly traded bank holding companies to create a risk committee responsible for the 
oversight of enterprise risk management. 

  Require loan originators to retain 5 percent of any loan sold or securitized, unless it is a “qualified residential 

mortgage,” subject to certain exceptions. 

  Prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain 

unregistered investment companies (the Volcker Rule). 

 

Implement corporate governance revisions that apply to all public companies not just financial institutions. 

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to future rulemaking, making it difficult to anticipate the 
overall financial impact on the Corporation, its subsidiaries, its customers or the financial industry more generally. Some 
of  the  rules  that  have  been  proposed  and,  in  some  cases,  adopted  to  comply  with  the  Dodd-Frank  Act's  mandates  are 
discussed further below. 

Insurance of Accounts, Assessments and Regulation by the FDIC 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC up to the standard maximum insurance amount for each 
deposit insurance ownership category. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor. 
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and 
unsound  practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations,  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law, 
regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition  imposed  by  the  FDIC,  subject  to  administrative  and  potential  judicial  hearing  and 
review processes. 

Deposit  Insurance  Assessments.  The  DIF  is  funded  by  assessments  on  banks  and  other  depository  institutions 
calculated  based  on  average  consolidated  total  assets  minus  average  tangible  equity  (defined  as  Tier  1  capital).  As 
required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted a large-bank pricing assessment scheme, set a target “designated 
reserve ratio” (described in more detail below) of 2 percent for the DIF and established a lower assessment rate schedule 
when  the  reserve  ratio  reaches  1.15  percent  and,  in  lieu  of  dividends,  provides  for  a  lower  assessment  rate  schedule, 
when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. An institution's assessment rate depends upon the institution's 
assigned  risk  category,  which  is  based  on  supervisory  evaluations,  regulatory  capital  levels  and  certain  other  factors. 
Initial base assessment rates ranges from 2.5 to 45 basis points. The FDIC may make the following further adjustments 
to an institution’s initial base assessment rates: decreases for long-term unsecured debt including most senior unsecured 
debt and subordinated debt; increases for holding long-term unsecured debt or subordinated debt issued by other insured 
depository institutions; and increases for broker deposits in excess of 10 percent of domestic deposits for institutions not 
well rated and well capitalized. 

The Dodd-Frank Act transferred to the FDIC increased discretion with regard to managing the required amount of 
reserves  for  the  DIF,  or  the  “designated  reserve  ratio.”  Among  other  changes,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  (i)  raised  the 
minimum  designated  reserve  ratio  to  1.35  percent  and  removed  the  upper  limit  on  the  designated  reserve  ratio,  (ii) 
requires that the designated reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 2020, and (iii) requires the FDIC to offset the 
effect on institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion of raising the designated reserve ratio from 
1.15  percent  to  1.35  percent  –  which  requirement  will  be  met  by  rules  that  will  be  proposed  by  the  FDIC  when  the 
reserve ratio approaches 1.15 percent. The FDIA requires that the FDIC consider the appropriate level for the designated 
reserve ratio on at least an annual basis. The FDIC has adopted a DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve 
ratio reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. 

Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Virginia  State  Corporation  Commission 
Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI)  and its primary federal regulator, the FDIC. The various laws and regulations 
issued and administered by the regulatory agencies (including the CFPB) affect corporate practices, such as the payment 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of dividends, the incurrence of debt and the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business 
practices  and  operations,  such  as  the  payment  of  interest  on  deposits,  the  charging  of  interest  on  loans,  the  types  of 
business  conducted,  the  products  and  terms  offered  to  customers  and  the  location  of  offices.  Prior  approval  of  the 
applicable primary federal regulator and the VBFI is required for a Virginia chartered bank or bank holding company to 
merge  with  another  bank  or  bank  holding  company,  or  purchase  the  assets  or  assume  the  deposits  of  another  bank  or 
bank holding company, or acquire control of another bank or bank holding company. In reviewing applications seeking 
approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the 
competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the risks to 
the  stability  of  the  U.S.  banking  or  financial  system,  the  applicant's  performance  record  under  the  Community 
Reinvestment Act (CRA) and fair housing initiatives, and the applicant's compliance with and the effectiveness of the 
subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and complying with Bank Secrecy Act requirements. 

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to 
meet the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the 
safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.  A  financial  institution’s  efforts  in  meeting  community  credit  needs  are 
assessed  based  on  specified  factors.  These  factors  also  are  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions  and 
applications to open a branch or facility. In 2014, the Bank received a "Satisfactory" CRA rating. 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Atlanta, 
which  is  one  of  12  regional  FHLBs  that  provide  funding  to  their  members  for  making  housing  loans  as  well  as  for 
affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members 
within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and procedures established 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  FHLB.  As  a  member,  the  Bank  must  purchase  and  maintain  stock  in  the  FHLB.  At 
December 31, 2014, the Bank owned $3.3 million of FHLB stock. 

Consumer Protection. The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, a federal regulatory agency that is responsible for 
implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws for institutions with more than 
$10  billion  of  assets  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  smaller  institutions.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  gives  the  CFPB  authority  to 
supervise and regulate providers of consumer financial products and services, and establishes the CFPB’s power to act 
against  unfair,  deceptive or abusive  practices,  and  gives  the  CFPB  rulemaking  authority  in  connection with  numerous 
federal  consumer  financial  protection  laws  (for  example,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Truth-in-Lending  Act  (TILA)  and  the 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA)). 

As a smaller institution (i.e., with assets of $10 billion or less), most consumer protection aspects of the Dodd-
Frank Act will continue to be applied to the Corporation by the Federal Reserve Board and to the Bank by the FDIC. 
However,  the  CFPB  may  include  its  own  examiners  in  regulatory  examinations  by  a  small  institution’s  principal 
regulators  and  may  require  smaller  institutions  to  comply  with  certain  CFPB  reporting  requirements.  In  addition, 
regulatory  positions  taken  by  the  CFPB  and  administrative  and  legal  precedents  established  by  CFPB  enforcement 
activities, including in connection with supervision of larger bank holding companies, could influence how the Federal 
Reserve Board and FDIC apply consumer protection laws and regulations to financial institutions that are not directly 
supervised  by  the  CFPB.  The  precise  effect  of  the  CFPB’s  consumer  protection  activities  on  the  Corporation  and  the 
Bank cannot be determined with certainty. 

Mortgage  Banking  Regulation.  In  connection  with  making  mortgage  loans,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  rules  and 
regulations  that,  among  other  things,  establish  standards  for  loan  origination,  prohibit  discrimination,  provide  for 
inspections  and  appraisals  of  property,  require  credit  reports  on  prospective  borrowers,  in  some  cases,  restrict  certain 
loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees, require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors 
concerning  credit  and  settlement  costs,  limit  payment  for  settlement  services  to  the  reasonable  value  of  the  services 
rendered and require the maintenance and disclosure of information regarding the disposition of mortgage applications 
based on race, gender, geographical distribution and income level. The Bank’s mortgage origination activities are subject 
to  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act  (ECOA),  TILA, Home  Mortgage Disclosure Act,  RESPA,  and Home  Ownership 
Equity Protection Act, and the regulations promulgated under these acts, among other additional state and federal laws, 
regulations and rules. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank’s  mortgage  origination  activities  are  also  subject  to  Regulation  Z,  which  implements  TILA.  Certain 
provisions  of  Regulation  Z  require  mortgage  lenders  to  make  a  reasonable  and  good  faith  determination,  based  on 
verified and documented information, that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the 
loan  according  to  its  terms.  Alternatively, a  mortgage  lender  can  originate  “qualified  mortgages”, which  are generally 
defined as mortgage loans without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, terms exceeding 30 
years, and points and fees paid by a consumer equal to or less than 3% of the total loan amount. Higher-priced qualified 
mortgages (e.g., subprime loans) receive a rebuttable presumption of compliance with ability-to-repay rules, and other 
qualified  mortgages  (e.g.,  prime  loans)  are  deemed  to  comply  with  the  ability-to-repay  rules.  The  Corporation’s 
Mortgage  Banking  segment  predominately  originates  mortgage  loans  that  comply  with  Regulation  Z’s  “qualified 
mortgage” rules. 

In addition to certain regulations applicable to the Bank, the Corporation’s Mortgage Banking segment is subject 
to  the  rules  and  regulations  of,  and  examination  by,  the  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development  (HUD),  the 
FHA,  the  USDA,  the  VA  and  state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating, processing  and  selling  mortgage 
loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, establish standards for loan origination, prohibit discrimination, 
provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, 
restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees. 

Consumer  Financing  Regulation.  The  Corporation’s  Consumer  Finance  segment  also  is  regulated  by  the  VBFI 
and the states and jurisdictions in which it operates, and the segment's lending operations are subject to numerous federal 
regulations over which the CFPB has rulemaking authority and regarding which enforcement authority is shared by the 
Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. The VBFI regulates and 
enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F Finance. Such rules and regulations 
generally provide for licensing of sales finance agencies; limitations on amounts, duration and charges, including interest 
rates,  for  various  categories  of  loans;  requirements  as  to  the  form  and  content  of  finance  contracts  and  other 
documentation; and restrictions on collection practices and creditors’ rights. 

Certain  federal  regulatory  agencies,  and  in  particular,  the  CFPB,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  and  the 
Federal Reserve Board, have recently become more active in investigating the products, services and operations of banks 
and other finance companies engaged in auto finance activities. These investigations have extended to banks that engage 
in indirect automobile lending, and the CFPB has released regulatory guidance that deems automobile lenders within the 
CFPB’s  jurisdiction  responsible  for  ECOA  noncompliance  even  if  such  noncompliance  is  a  result  of  dealer  lending 
practices. As of January 1, 2015, the Corporation and C&F Finance are not subject to supervision by the CFPB. 

Other Regulations 

Prompt  Correction  Action.  The  federal  banking  agencies  have  broad  powers  under  current  federal  law  to  take 
prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon 
whether  the  institution  in  question  is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,”  “significantly 
undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” These terms are defined under uniform regulations issued by each of 
the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions. An insured depository institution which is less than adequately 
capitalized  must  adopt  an  acceptable  capital  restoration  plan,  is  subject  to  increased  regulatory  oversight  and  is 
increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank was considered “well 
capitalized.” 

Incentive Compensation. The Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and 
the FDIC have issued regulatory guidance (the Incentive Compensation Guidance) intended to ensure that the incentive 
compensation  policies  of  banking  organizations  do  not  undermine  the  safety  and  soundness  of  such  organizations  by 
encouraging  excessive  risk-taking.  The  Federal  Reserve  will  review,  as  part  of  the  regular,  risk-focused  examination 
process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Corporation, that are not "large, 
complex  banking  organizations."  The  findings  will  be  included  in  reports  of  examination,  and  deficiencies  will  be 
incorporated  into  the  organization's  supervisory  ratings.  Enforcement  actions  may  be  taken  against  a  banking 
organization  if  its  incentive  compensation  arrangements,  or related  risk-management  control  or  governance  processes, 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pose a risk to the organization's safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to 
correct the deficiencies. 

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, in March 2011 the SEC and the federal bank regulatory agencies proposed 
regulations  that  would  prohibit  financial  institutions  with  assets  of  at  least  $1  billion  from  maintaining  executive 
compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing excessive compensation or that could 
lead to material financial loss. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will impose limitations 
on the manner in which the Corporation may structure compensation for its executives and will require the Corporation 
to  submit  annual  reports  to  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  regarding  the  Corporation’s  incentive  compensation.  These 
proposed regulations incorporate the principles discussed in the Incentive Compensation Guidance. The comment period 
for these proposed regulations has closed and a final rule has not yet been published. 

Financial  Holding  Company  Status.  As  provided  by  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  of  1999  (GLBA),  a  bank 
holding company may become eligible to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident or complimentary to 
financial  activities  by  qualifying  as  a  financial  holding  company.  To  qualify  as  a  financial  holding  company,  each 
insured depository institution controlled by the bank holding company must be well-capitalized, well-managed and have 
at least a satisfactory rating under the CRA. In addition, the bank holding company must file with the Federal Reserve 
Board  a  declaration  of  its  intention  to  become  a  financial  holding  company.  To  date,  the  Corporation  has  not  filed  a 
declaration to become a financial holding company, and qualification as such by other bank holding companies has not 
had a material effect on the Corporation's or the Bank’s business. 

Confidentiality  and  Required  Disclosures  of  Customer  Information.  The  Corporation  is  subject  to  various  laws 
and  regulations  that  address  the  privacy  of  nonpublic  personal  financial  information  of  consumers.  The  GLBA  and 
certain regulations issued thereunder protect against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic 
personal information. A financial institution must provide to its customers, at the beginning of the customer relationship 
and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal 
financial  information.  These  privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s 
personal  financial  information  to  unaffiliated  third  parties  unless  the  institution  discloses  to  the  customer  that  the 
information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. 

The  Corporation  is  also  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  that  attempt  to  combat  money  laundering  and 
terrorist  financing.  The  Bank  Secrecy  Act  requires  all  financial  institutions  to,  among  other  things, create  a  system  of 
controls designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and imposes recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements. The USA Patriot Act facilitates information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions 
for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering, and requires financial institutions to establish anti-money 
laundering programs. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) sends banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of 
persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities, and requests banks to search their records for any relationships or 
transactions  with  persons  on  those  lists.  If  the  Bank  finds  any  relationships  or  transactions,  it  must  file  a  suspicious 
activity  report  with  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  (the  Treasury)  and  contact  the  FBI.  The  Office  of  Foreign 
Assets  Control  (OFAC),  which  is  a  division  of  the  Treasury,  is  responsible  for  helping  to  ensure  that  United  States 
entities do not engage in transactions with "enemies" of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and 
Acts  of  Congress.  If  the  Bank  finds  a  name  of  an  "enemy"  of  the  United  States  on  any  transaction,  account  or  wire 
transfer  that  is  on  an  OFAC  list,  it  must  freeze  such  account  or  place  transferred  funds  into  a  blocked  account,  file  a 
suspicious activity report with the Treasury and notify the FBI. 

Although  these  laws  and programs  impose  compliance  costs  and  create privacy  obligations  and,  in  some  cases, 
reporting obligations, and compliance with all of the laws, programs, and privacy and reporting obligations may require 
significant  resources  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank,  these  laws  and  programs  do  not  materially  affect  the  Bank’s 
products, services or other business activities. 

Stress Testing. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal banking agencies have implemented stress testing 
requirements for certain financial institutions, including bank holding companies and state chartered banks, with more 
than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Although these requirements do not apply to institutions with less than $10 
billion in total consolidated assets, the federal banking agencies emphasize that all banking organizations, regardless of 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
size,  should  have  the  capacity  to  analyze  the  potential  effect  of  adverse  market  conditions  or  outcomes  on  the 
organization's financial condition. Based on existing regulatory guidance, the Corporation and the Bank will be expected 
to consider the institution's interest rate risk management, commercial real estate loan concentrations and other credit-
related  information,  and  funding  and  liquidity  management  during  this  analysis  of  adverse  market  conditions  or 
outcomes. 

Volcker Rule. The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks from engaging in 
proprietary  trading  except  in  limited  circumstances,  and  places  limits  on  ownership  of  equity  investments  in  private 
equity and hedge funds (the Volcker Rule). On December 10, 2013, the U.S. financial regulatory agencies (including the 
Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the SEC) adopted final rules to implement the Volcker Rule. Among other things, 
these final rules would have prohibited banking entities from owning collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by 
trust  preferred  securities  (TruPS),  effective  July  21,  2015.  However,  subsequent  to  these  final  rules  the  U.S.  financial 
regulatory agencies issued an interim rule effective April 1, 2014 to exempt CDOs backed by TruPS from the final rule 
implementing the Volcker Rule, provided that (a) the CDO was established prior to May 19, 2010, (b) the banking entity 
reasonably believes that the CDO’s offering proceeds were used to invest primarily in TruPS issued by banks with less 
than  $15  billion  in  assets,  and  (c)  the  banking  entity  acquired  the  CDO  investment  on  or  before  December  10,  2013. 
Neither the Corporation nor the Bank currently has any CDO investments, and the Corporation believes that its financial 
condition will not be significantly affected by the Volcker Rule, the final rule or the interim rule. Several portions of the 
Volcker Rule remain subject to regulatory rulemaking and legislative activity, including to further delay effectiveness of 
some provisions of the Volcker Rule.  The Corporation and the Bank do not expect that any delays in the effectiveness of 
a portion of the Volcker Rule will significantly affect the Corporation’s or the Bank’s financial condition. 

Future Regulation 

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, 
as  well  as  by  regulatory  agencies.  Such  initiatives  may  include  proposals  to  expand  or  contract  the  powers  of  bank 
holding  companies  and  depository  institutions  or  proposals  to  substantially  change  the  financial  institution  regulatory 
system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Corporation in substantial 
and  unpredictable  ways.  If  enacted,  such  legislation  could  increase  or  decrease  the  cost  of  doing  business,  limit  or 
expand  permissible  activities  or  affect  the  competitive  balance  among  banks,  savings  associations,  credit  unions,  and 
other financial institutions. The Corporation cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, 
the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the 
Corporation.  A  change  in  statutes,  regulations  or  regulatory  policies  applicable  to  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its 
subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Corporation. 

Available Information 

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s 
web site at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, any document filed by the Corporation with the SEC can be read and copied 
at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of documents 
can  be  obtained  at  prescribed  rates  by  writing  to  the  Public  Reference  Section  of  the  SEC  at  100  F  Street,  N.E., 
Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 
the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  Corporation’s  SEC  filings  also  are  available  through  our  web  site  at 
http://www.cffc.com  under  "Investor  Relations/SEC  Filings"  as  of  the  day  they  are  filed  with  the  SEC.  Copies  of 
documents also can be obtained free of charge by writing to the Corporation’s secretary at P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 
23181 or by calling 804-843-2360. 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

Deterioration in the soundness of our counterparties or disruptions to credit markets could adversely affect us. 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial 
soundness  of  other  financial  institutions.  Financial  services  institutions  are  interrelated  as  a  result  of  trading,  clearing, 
counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors 
or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could create 
another market-wide liquidity crisis similar to that experienced in late 2008 and early 2009 and could lead to losses or 
defaults  by  us  or  by  other  institutions.  In  addition,  over  the  last  several  years,  developments  in  the  global  or  national 
economies or financial markets have caused temporary disruptions in the credit and liquidity markets, which at times has 
restricted the flow of capital to credit markets and financial institutions, and future disruptions could restrict our ability to 
engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  and adversely  affect  our  liquidity.  There  is  no  assurance  that  the  failure  of our 
counterparties would not materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations. 

Compliance  with  laws,  regulations  and  supervisory  guidance,  both  new  and  existing,  may  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  numerous laws, regulations  and  supervision from  both  federal  and  state  agencies. During  the 
past few years, there has been an increase in legislation related to and regulation of the financial services industry. We 
expect  this  increased  level  of  oversight  to  continue.  Failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could result  in 
financial, structural and operational penalties, including receivership. In addition, establishing systems and processes to 
achieve  compliance  with  these  laws  and  regulations  may  increase  our  costs  and/or  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  certain 
business opportunities. 

Laws  and  regulations,  and  any  interpretations  and  applications  with  respect  thereto,  generally  are  intended  to 
benefit consumers, borrowers and depositors, not stockholders. The legislative and regulatory environment is beyond our 
control, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may negatively influence our revenues, costs, earnings, and capital 
levels. Our success depends on our ability to maintain compliance with both existing and new laws and regulations. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  could  continue  to  increase  our  regulatory  compliance  burden  and  associated  costs,  place 
restrictions on certain products and services, and limit our future capital raising strategies. 

A  wide  range  of  regulatory  initiatives  directed  at  the  financial  services  industry  have  been  proposed  in  recent 
years.  One  of  those  initiatives,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  represents  a  sweeping  overhaul  of  the  financial  services  industry 
regulatory environment within the United States and mandates significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape 
that  will  affect  all  financial  institutions,  including  the  Corporation.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  has  increased  and  will  likely 
continue to increase our regulatory compliance burden and may have a material adverse effect on us, by increasing the 
costs  associated  with  our  regulatory  examinations  and  compliance  measures.  The  federal  regulatory  agencies,  and 
particularly  bank  regulatory  agencies,  have  been  given  significant  discretion  in  drafting  the  Dodd-Frank  Act’s 
implementing rules and regulations, many of which have not been finalized. Consequently, many of the details and much 
of  the  impact  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  will  depend  on  the  final  implementing  rules  and  regulations,  and  it  remains  too 
early  to  fully  assess  the  complete  effect  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  related  regulatory  rulemaking  processes  on  our 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  increases  regulatory  supervision  and  examination  of  bank  holding  companies  and  their 
banking and non-banking subsidiaries, which could increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and restrict our 
ability  to  generate  revenues  from  non-banking  operations.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  imposes  more  stringent  capital 
requirements  on  bank  holding  companies,  which  when  considered  in  connection  with  the  Basel  III  Final  Rules  and 
related regulatory capital rules and proposals could significantly limit our future capital strategies. The Dodd-Frank Act 
also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase 
the costs associated with, interest rate hedging transactions. 

The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  may  increase  our  regulatory  compliance  burden  and  could  affect  the 
consumer financial products and services that we offer. 

Among  the  Dodd-Frank  Act’s  significant  regulatory  changes,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  creates  a  new  financial 
consumer protection agency that could impose new regulations on us and include its examiners in our routine regulatory 
examinations conducted by the FDIC, which could increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and restrict the 
financial products and services we can offer to our customers. This agency, named the Consumer Financial Protection 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bureau (CFPB), may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of the Dodd-Frank Act’s 
prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive consumer finance products or practices, which may directly affect the 
business  operations  of  financial  institutions  offering  consumer  financial  products  or  services,  including  the 
Corporation.  This agency’s broad rulemaking authority includes identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or 
abusive in connection with any consumer financial transaction or consumer financial product or service.  Although the 
CFPB has jurisdiction over banks with $10 billion or greater in assets, rules, regulations and policies issued by the CFPB 
may also apply to the Corporation or its subsidiaries by virtue of the adoption of such policies and best practices by the 
Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC.  Further,  the  CFPB  may  include  its  own  examiners  in  regulatory  examinations  by  the 
Corporation's  primary  regulators.  The  costs  and  limitations  related  to  this  additional  regulatory  agency  and  the 
limitations  and  restrictions  that  will  be  placed  upon  the  Corporation  with  respect  to  its  consumer  product  and  service 
offerings have yet to be determined.  However, these costs, limitations and restrictions may produce significant, material 
effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The  Basel  III  Final  Rules  will  require  higher  levels  of  capital  and  liquid  assets,  which  could  adversely  affect  the 
Corporation's net income and return on equity. 

The Basel III Final Rules represent the most comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. banking capital framework in 
over  two  decades.  This  new  capital  framework  and  related  changes  to  the  standardized  calculations  of  risk-weighted 
assets are complex and create additional compliance burdens, especially for community banks. The Basel III Final Rules 
require bank holding companies and their subsidiaries, such as the Corporation and C&F Bank, to maintain significantly 
more  capital  as  a  result  of  higher  required  capital  levels  and  more  demanding  regulatory  capital  risk  weightings  and 
calculations. As a result of the Basel III Final Rules, many community banks could be forced to limit banking operations 
and  activities,  and  growth  of  loan  portfolios,  in  order  to  focus  on  retention  of  earnings  to  improve  capital  levels.  The 
Corporation believes that it maintains sufficient levels of Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 capital to comply with the 
Basel III Final Rules. However, the Corporation can offer no assurances with regard to the ultimate effect of the Basel III 
Final  Rules,  and  satisfying  increased  capital  requirements  imposed  by  the  Basel  III  Final  Rules  may  require  the 
Corporation to limit its banking operations, retain net income or reduce dividends to improve regulatory capital levels, 
which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our  deposit  insurance  premiums  could  increase  in  the  future,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  future  financial 
performance. 

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions, including the Bank.  The FDIC charges insured 
financial institutions premiums to maintain the DIF at a certain level.  Economic conditions since 2008 have increased 
the  rate  of  bank  failures  and  expectations  for  further  bank  failures,  requiring  the  FDIC  to  make  payments  for  insured 
deposits from the DIF and prepare for future payments from the DIF. 

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted final rules to implement changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act with 
respect to the FDIC assessment rules, which became effective April 1, 2011.  A depository institution’s deposit insurance 
assessment is now calculated based on the institution’s total assets less tangible equity, rather than the previous base of 
total deposits.  While the Corporation’s FDIC insurance assessments have declined as a result of this change, the Bank’s 
FDIC insurance premiums could increase if the Bank’s asset size increases, if the FDIC raises base assessment rates, or 
if the FDIC takes other actions to replenish the DIF. 

Our earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. 

The policies of the Federal Reserve affect us significantly. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and 
credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on 
borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments we hold. Those policies 
determine to a significant extent our cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond our 
control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve policies can also affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk 
that  they  may  fail  to  repay  their  loans.  For  example,  a  tightening  of  the  money  supply  by  the  Federal  Reserve  could 
reduce the demand for a borrower's products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower's earnings and ability 
to repay a loan, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance. 

Our  profitability  depends  in  substantial  part  on  our  net  interest  margin,  which  is  the  difference  between  the 
interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings divided 
by total interest-earning assets. Changes in interest rates will affect our net interest margin in diverse ways, including the 
pricing of loans and deposits, the levels of prepayments and asset quality. We are unable to predict actual fluctuations of 
market interest rates because many factors influencing interest rates are beyond our control. We attempt to minimize our 
exposure  to  interest  rate  risk,  but  we  are  unable  to  eliminate  it.  We  believe  that  our  current  interest  rate  exposure  is 
manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes. The Federal Reserve’s Federal Open 
Market Committee has stated it will keep the federal funds target rate at 0%-0.25% until economic, inflation and labor 
conditions improve. While such a continuance of accommodative monetary policy could allow us to continue to reprice a 
portion  of  our  fixed-rate  deposits  at  lower  rates,  sustained  low  interest  rates  could  put  further  pressure  on  the  yields 
generated  by  our  loan  portfolio  and  on  our  net  interest  margin.  There  is  no  guarantee  we  will  continue  to  be  able  to 
reprice  deposits  at  favorable  rates  as  competition  for  deposits  from  both  local  and  national  financial  institutions  is 
intense,  and  continued  pressure  on  our  asset  yields  and  net  interest  margin  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations. 

In addition, a significant portion of C&F Finance’s funding is indexed to short-term interest rates and reprices as 
short-term interest rates change.  An upward movement in interest rates may result in an unfavorable pricing disparity 
between C&F Finance’s fixed rate loan portfolio and its adjustable-rate borrowings. 

Our  business  is  subject  to  various  lending  and  other  economic  risks  that  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition. 

Deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  such  as  the  recent  recession  could  hurt  our  business.  Our  business  is 
directly  affected  by  general  economic  and  market  conditions;  broad  trends  in  industry  and  finance;  legislative  and 
regulatory  changes;  changes  in  governmental  monetary  and  fiscal  policies;  and  inflation,  all  of  which  are  beyond  our 
control.  A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  in  particular  a  prolonged  economic  slowdown  within  our  geographic 
region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially: an increase in loan 
delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decline in demand for our products and services; and a 
deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by our various business segments. 

Our level of credit risk is higher due to the concentration of our loan portfolio in commercial loans and in consumer 
finance loans. 

At December 31, 2014, 37 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural loans, 
which include loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, 
as well as commercial loans secured by personal property. These loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a 
greater degree of financial and credit risk than home equity and residential loans. The increased financial and credit risk 
associated with  these  types of  loans  is  a  result  of  several  factors,  including  the  concentration  of  principal  in  a  limited 
number of loans and to borrowers in similar lines of business, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic 
conditions  on  income-producing  properties  and  the  increased  difficulty  of  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of 
loans. 

At  December  31,  2014,  34  percent  of  our  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  consumer  finance  loans  that  provide 
automobile  financing  for  customers  in  the  non-prime  market.  During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession, 
delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses may increase in this portfolio. Significant increases in the inventory of 
used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may sell repossessed 
automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.  Because  we  focus  on  non-prime  borrowers,  the  actual  rates  of 
delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  on  these  loans  are  higher  than  those  experienced  in  the  general 
automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be  dramatically  affected  by  a  general  economic  downturn.  In  addition,  our 
servicing  costs  may  increase  without  a  corresponding  increase  in  our  finance  charge  income.  While  we  manage  the 
higher  risk  inherent  in  loans  made  to  non-prime  borrowers  through  our  underwriting  criteria  for  installment  sales 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
contracts we purchase and collection methods, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will ultimately provide 
adequate protection against these risks. 

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability. 

We  face  substantial  competition  in  originating  loans  and  in  attracting  deposits.  Our  competition  in  originating 
loans  and  attracting  deposits  comes  principally  from  other  banks,  mortgage  banking  companies,  consumer  finance 
companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other institutional lenders and 
purchasers  of  loans.  Additionally,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  with  larger  capitalization  and  financial 
intermediaries  not  subject  to  bank  regulatory  restrictions  have  larger  lending  limits  and  are  thereby  able  to  serve  the 
credit needs of larger clients. These institutions may be able to offer the same loan products and services that we offer at 
more  competitive  rates  and  prices.  Increased  competition  could  require us  to  increase the  rates  we  pay  on  deposits  or 
lower the rates we offer on loans, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

Weakness  in  the  secondary  residential  mortgage  loan  markets  will  adversely  affect  income  from  our  mortgage 
company. 

One of the components of our strategic plan is to generate significant noninterest income from C&F Mortgage, 
which originates a variety of residential loan products for sale into the secondary market to investors.  Interest rates, low 
housing inventory, cash buyers, new mortgage lending regulations and other market conditions have resulted in reduced 
originations across the industry during 2014.  C&F Mortgage was not immune to these factors, as its production declined 
as well. 

In  addition,  credit  markets  have  continued  to  experience  difficult  conditions  and  volatility.  While  payment 
defaults by borrowers and mortgage loan foreclosures may have abated, the agencies and investors continue to submit 
claims in an attempt to minimize their losses. This may result in potential repurchase or indemnification liability to C&F 
Mortgage on residential mortgage loans originated and sold into the secondary market in the event of claims by investors 
of borrower misrepresentation, fraud, early-payment default, or underwriting error, as investors attempt to minimize their 
losses. We cannot be assured that a prolonged period of payment defaults and foreclosures will not result in an increase 
in  requests  for  repurchases  or  indemnifications,  or  that  established  reserves  will  be  adequate,  which  could  adversely 
affect the Corporation’s net income. 

Our home lending profitability could be significantly reduced if we are not able to originate and sell a high volume of 
mortgage loans. 

One of the components of our strategic plan is to generate significant noninterest income from C&F Mortgage, 
which originates a variety of single-family residential loan products for sale to investors in the secondary market. The 
existence  of  an  active  secondary  market  is  dependent  upon  the  continuation  of  programs  currently  offered  by 
government-sponsored  enterprises  (GSEs)  (such  as  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac),  the  FHA,  the  VA,  the  USDA,  and 
state  bond  programs,  which  account  for  a  substantial  portion  of  the  secondary  market  in  residential  mortgage  loans. 
Because  the  largest  participants  in  the  secondary  market  are  GSEs  whose  activities  are  governed  by  federal  law,  any 
future changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of the GSEs could adversely affect our mortgage company’s 
operations.  Further,  in  September  2008,  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  were  placed  into  conservatorship  by  the  U.S. 
government.  Although  to  date,  the  conservatorship  has  not  had  a  significant  or  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  it  is 
unclear  whether  further  changes  or  reforms  would  adversely  affect  our  operations.  Although  we  sell  loans  to  various 
intermediaries, the ability of these aggregators to purchase loans would be limited if the GSEs cease to exist or materially 
limit their purchases of mortgage loans. 

Pursuant  to  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  the  subsequent  final  rules  issued  by  the  CFPB  in  January  2013  amending 
Regulation Z, as implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, effective January 2014 mortgage lenders are responsible for 
making  a  reasonable  and  good  faith  determination,  based  on  verified  and  documented  information,  that  a  consumer 
applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. These CFPB rules require a 
mortgage lender to either (i) originate "qualified mortgages," defined as loans that do not include negative amortization, 
interest-only  payments,  balloon  payments,  or  terms  longer  than  30  years;  or  (ii)  originate  loans  that  consider  eight 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
separate  underwriting  factors  that  are  identified  in  the  CFPB  rules  to  evaluate  each  borrower's  ability  to  repay.  These 
CFPB rules, in addition to other previously-issued and to-be-issued CFPB regulations, could materially affect our ability 
to originate and sell a high volume of mortgage loans, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

An  increase  in  interest  rates  may  reduce  our  mortgage  revenues,  which  would  negatively  impact  our  noninterest 
income. 

Our Mortgage Banking segment provides a significant portion of our noninterest income.  We generate gains on 
sales  of  mortgage  loans  primarily  from  sales  of  mortgage  loans  that  we  originate  to  investors.    In  a  rising  or  higher 
interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to 
be sold to investors.  This would result in a decrease in noninterest income.  In addition, our results of operations are 
affected  by  the  amount  of  noninterest  expenses  associated  with  mortgage  banking  activities,  such  as  salaries  and 
employee benefits.  During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the 
extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity. 

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

Making loans is an essential element of our business. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, 
including but not limited to: the duration of the credit; credit risks of a particular customer; changes in economic  and 
industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of 
the collateral. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our 
loans may not be repaid. We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for losses in our 
loan  portfolio.  Our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  determined  by  analyzing  historical  loan  losses  for  relevant  periods  of 
time, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to 
repay  and  the  value  of  collateral,  changes  in  the  size  and  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio  and  industry  information. 
Also  included  in  our  estimates  for  loan  losses  are  considerations  with  respect  to  the  effect  of  economic  events,  the 
outcome of which are uncertain. Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of any 
estimate  depends  on  the  outcome  of  future  events,  we  face  the  risk  that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will  exceed  our 
allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. Additions to the 
allowance  for  loan  losses  would  result  in  a  decrease  of  our  net  income.  Although  we  believe  our  allowance  for  loan 
losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio, we cannot predict such losses or that our allowance 
will be adequate in the future. 

Our real estate lending business can result in increased costs associated with foreclosed properties. 

Because we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect 
our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are exposed to the risks inherent in 
the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors 
outside of our control, included, but not limited to general or local economic conditions, environmental cleanup liability, 
neighborhood values, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged properties, and supply of 
and  demand  for  properties.  Certain  expenditures  associated  with  the  ownership  of  income-producing  real  estate, 
principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the net cash flows generated by the real estate. 
Therefore,  the  cost  of  operating  income-producing  real  property  may  exceed  the  rental  income  earned  from  such 
property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect our investment or we may be required to dispose of the 
real property at a loss. 

We may incur losses on purchased loans that are materially greater than reflected in our fair value adjustments. 

We  accounted  for  the  CVBK  acquisition  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  recording  the  acquired 
assets and liabilities of CVBK at fair value based on acquisition accounting adjustments. We recorded at fair value all 
purchased  credit-impaired  loans  acquired  based  on  the  present  value  of  their  expected  cash  flows.  We  estimated  cash 
flows using specific credit reviews of certain loans, quantitative credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk models, 
and  qualitative  economic  and  environmental  assessments,  each  of  which  uses  assumptions  about  matters  that  are 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
inherently uncertain, and involves the exercise of our best judgment in making those assumptions. We may not realize 
the  estimated  cash  flows  or  fair  value  of  these  loans.  In  addition,  although  the  difference  between  the  pre-acquisition 
carrying  value  of  purchased  credit-impaired  loans  and  their  expected  cash  flows  -  the  nonaccretable  difference  -  is 
available to absorb future charge-offs, we may be required to increase our allowance for loan losses and related provision 
expense due to subsequent additional credit deterioration in these loans. 

For  more  information  see,  "Critical  Accounting  Policies  -  Purchased  Credit-Impaired  Loans"  in  Item  7. 

"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this report. 

Acquisition  of  CVBK's  assets  and  assumption  of  CVBK's  liabilities  may  expose  us  to  intangible  asset  risk,  which 
could affect our result of operations and financial condition. 

In connection with accounting for the acquisition of CVBK, we recorded assets acquired and liabilities assumed at 
their fair value, which resulted in us recording certain intangible assets, including goodwill. Adverse conditions in our 
business climate, including a significant decline in future operating cash flows, a significant change in our stock price or 
market  capitalization, or  a deviation from  our  expected  growth  rate  and performance,  may  significantly  affect  the  fair 
value of any goodwill (including goodwill related to the CVBK acquisition) and may trigger impairment losses, which 
could be materially adverse to our results of operations, financial condition and stock price. 

We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation 
and our business. 

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Corporation  collects  and  stores  sensitive  data,  including  proprietary 
business  information  and  personally  identifiable  information  of  our  customers  and  employees,  in  systems  and  on 
networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Corporation's 
business strategy. The Corporation has invested in information security technologies and continually reviews processes 
and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite 
these security measures, the Corporation's computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers 
or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Security breaches, including cyber incidents and 
hacking events, have been experienced by several of the world’s largest financial institutions that utilize sophisticated 
security tools to prevent such breaches, incidents and events.  Any security breach that we experience could expose us to 
possible liability and damage our reputation. We rely on standard security systems and procedures to provide the security 
and authentication necessary to effect secure collection, transmission and storage of sensitive data. These systems and 
procedures include but are not limited to (i) regular penetration testing of our network perimeter, (ii) regular employee 
training  programs  on  sound  security  practices,  (iii)  deployment  of  tools  to  monitor  our  network  including  intrusion 
prevention and detection systems, electronic mail spam filters, anti-virus and anti-malware, resource logging and patch 
management,  (iv)  multifactor  authentication  for  customers  using  treasury  management  tools,  and  (v)  enforcement  of 
security policies and procedures for the additions and maintenance of user access and rights to resources. 

While most of our core data processing is conducted internally, certain key applications are outsourced to third 
party providers. If our third party providers encounter difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such 
third parties, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which 
would significantly affect our business operations.  Additionally, in recent years banking regulators have focused on the 
responsibilities  of  financial  institutions  to  supervise  vendors  and other  third-party  service  providers.  We  may  have  to 
dedicate  significant  resources  to  manage  risks  and  regulatory  burdens  presented  by  our  relationship  with  vendors  and 
third-party service providers, including our data processing and cybersecurity service providers. 

Our business is technology dependent and an inability to invest in technological improvements may adversely affect 
results of operations and financial condition. 

The  financial  services  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes  with  frequent  introductions  of  new 
technology-driven products and services, which may require substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt existing 
products  and  services.  In  addition  to  better  customer  service,  the  effective  use  of  technology  increases  efficiency  and 
results  in  reduced  costs.  Our  future  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  create  synergies  in  our  operations 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
through  the  use  of  technology.  Many  competitors  have  substantially  greater  resources  to  invest  in  technological 
improvements. We cannot assure that technological improvements will increase operational efficiency or that we will be 
able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products 
and services to our customers. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  and  management’s  selection  of  accounting  methods,  including  assumptions  and 
estimates, could materially affect our financial statements. 

From  time  to  time,  the  SEC  and  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  change  the  financial 
accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements. These changes 
can  be  hard  to  predict  and  can  materially  affect  how  the  Corporation  records  and  reports  its  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. In some cases, the Corporation could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, 
resulting  in  changes  to  previously  reported  financial  results,  or  a  cumulative  charge  to  retained  earnings.  In  addition, 
management  is  required  to  use  certain  assumptions  and  estimates  in  preparing  our  financial  statements,  including 
determining  the  fair  value  of  certain  assets  and  liabilities,  among  other  items.  If  the  assumptions  or  estimates  are 
incorrect, the Corporation may experience unexpected material consequences. 

We rely heavily on our management team and the unexpected loss of key officers may adversely affect our operations. 

We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our executive officers. We 
also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the communities they 
serve.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  these  officers  could  disrupt  our  operations  and  impair  our  ability  to 
implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The success of our business strategies depends on our ability to identify and recruit individuals with experience and 
relationships in our primary markets. 

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate and 
retain  skilled  personnel  to  develop  new  customer  relationships  as  well  as  new  financial  products  and  services.  The 
market  for  qualified  management  personnel  is  competitive.  In  addition,  the  process  of  identifying  and  recruiting 
individuals with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategy is often lengthy. Our inability 
to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage our operations effectively and in a timely manner could limit 
our growth, which could materially adversely affect our business. 

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could 
lose the beneficial aspects fostered by our culture, which could harm our business. 

We  believe  that  a  critical  contributor  to  our  success  has  been  our  corporate  culture,  which  focuses  on  building 
personal relationships with our customers. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement more complex 
organizational  management  structures,  we  may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  maintain  the  beneficial  aspects  of  our 
corporate culture. This could negatively affect our future success. 

Our common stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors. 

Our common stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate in the 
future.  These  factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  actual  or  anticipated  variations  in  earnings,  changes  in  analysts' 
recommendations or projections with regard to our common stock or the markets and businesses in which we operate, 
operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, and reports of trends and concerns and other 
issues  related  to  the  financial  services  industry.  Fluctuations  in  our  common  stock  price  may  be  unrelated  to  our 
performance.  General  market  declines  or  market  volatility  in  the  future,  especially  in  the  financial  institutions  sector, 
could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our  common  stock,  and  the  current  market  price  may  not  be  indicative  of  future 
market prices. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future  sales  of  our  common  stock  by  shareholders  or  the  perception  that  those  sales  could  occur  may  cause  our 
common stock price to decline. 

Although our common stock is listed for trading on NASDAQ Global Select Market, the trading volume in our 
common stock may be lower than that of other larger financial institutions. A public trading market having the desired 
characteristics  of  depth,  liquidity  and  orderliness  depends  on  the  presence  in  the  marketplace  of  willing  buyers  and 
sellers  of  the  common  stock  at  any  given  time.  This  presence  depends  on  the  individual  decisions  of  investors  and 
general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the potential for lower relative trading 
volume in our common stock, significant sales of the common stock in the public market, or the perception that those 
sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be 
in the absence of these sales or perceptions. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The following describes the location and general character of the principal offices and other materially important 

physical properties of the Corporation. 

C&F Bank owns a building located at Eighth and Main Streets in the business district of West Point, Virginia. The 
building, originally constructed in 1923, has three floors totaling 15,000 square feet. This building houses C&F Bank’s 
Main Office and the main office of C&F Investment Services. 

C&F Bank owns a building located at 3600 LaGrange Parkway in Toano, Virginia. The building was acquired in 
2004 and has 85,000 square feet. Portions of the building were renovated in 2005 and 2014 in order to house the C&F 
Bank's operations center, which consists of C&F Bank’s loan, deposit and administrative functions and staff. 

The building owned by C&F Bank and previously used for the its loan operations at Sixth and Main Streets in 
West Point, Virginia, which is a 5,000 square foot building acquired and remodeled by the Corporation in 1998, has been 
retained  as  back-up  facilities  for  the  Toano  operations  center.  Management  has  not  yet  determined  the  long-term 
utilization of this property. 

C&F Bank owns a building located at 1400 Alverser Drive in Midlothian, Virginia. The building provides space 
for a branch office of C&F Bank and for a C&F Mortgage branch office, as well as C&F Mortgage’s main administrative 
offices. This two-story building has 25,000 square feet and was constructed in 2001. 

C&F Bank owns 23 other retail banking branch locations and leases one retail banking branch location and one 
regional commercial lending office in Virginia. Rental expense for leased locations totaled $141,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2014. 

C&F Bank owns a building located at 2036 New Dorset Road in Powhatan, Virginia. The building was built in 
1996 and has three floors totaling 14,000 square feet that had previously housed CVB's operations center. The building is 
currently utilized as an additional training and backup facility. 

C&F Mortgage’s Newport News loan production office is located on the second floor of C&F Bank’s Newport 
News branch building. In addition, C&F Mortgage has 14 loan production offices leased from nonaffiliates including 10 
in Virginia, two in Maryland, and two in North Carolina. Rental expense for leased locations totaled $774,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2014. 

The  Hampton  office  of  C&F  Finance  is  located  on  the  second  floor  of  C&F  Bank’s  Hampton  branch  building. 
C&F Finance has a lease agreement with an unrelated third party for approximately 17,000 square feet of office space in 
Richmond, Virginia, which is being used for C&F Finance’s headquarters and its loan and administrative functions and 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
staff.  C&F  Finance  has  two  leased  offices,  one  each  in  Maryland  and  Tennessee.  Rental  expense  for  leased  locations 
totaled $325,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s present 

and anticipated future needs. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries may be involved in certain litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of 
business.  Although  the  ultimate  outcome  of  these  matters  cannot  be  ascertained  at  this  time,  and  the  results  of  legal 
proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe, based on current knowledge, that the resolution of any such 
matters arising in the ordinary course of business will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

None. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Name (Age) 
Present Position 

Business Experience 
During Past Five Years 

Larry G. Dillon (62) 
Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Thomas F. Cherry (46) 
President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 

Bryan E. McKernon (58)  
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
C&F Mortgage 

John A. Seaman, III (57) 
Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, 
C&F Bank 

  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Corporation  and 
C&F Bank since December 2014; Chairman, President and Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  the  Corporation  and C&F  Bank  from  1989 
to  December  2014;  Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer of CVBK and CVB from September 2013 through March 
2014  

  Secretary of the Corporation and C&F Bank since 2002; 

President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and 
C&F Bank since December 2014; Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and C&F Bank from 
December 2004 to December 2014; Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer of CVBK and CVB from September 2013 
through March 2014  

  President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 

1995 

Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of C&F Bank 
since October 2011 and of CVB from September 2013 through 
March 2014; Director of Homebuilder Banking-Special 
Situations Group, Mid-Atlantic Region, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 
with particular responsibility for residential loan resolution and 
workouts from 2008 through September 2011 

S. Dustin Crone (46) 
President, C&F Finance 

President of C&F Finance since 2010; Executive Vice President 
of C&F Finance from 2006 through 2009 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
PART II 

ITEM 5. 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

The  Corporation’s  common  stock  is  listed  for  trading on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  of  the NASDAQ 
Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of March 6, 2015, there were approximately 2,200 shareholders of record. 
As  of  that  date,  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Stock  Market  was  $35.80.  
Following are the high and low sales prices as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market, along with the dividends that 
were declared quarterly in 2014 and 2013. 

Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

2014 
     Low 

2013 
   Dividends     High       Low 

   Dividends 

    High 
  $  45.88   $  32.13   $ 

   37.04  
   36.99  
   39.97  

   30.33  
   32.61  
   32.40  

 0.29   $  42.00   $  36.80   $ 
 0.30  
 0.30  
 0.30  

   38.35  
   48.06  
   43.17  

   55.99  
   59.59  
   56.68  

 0.29
 0.29
 0.29
 0.29

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various federal 
and  state  regulatory  limitations.  For  further  information  regarding  payment  of  dividends  refer  to  Item  1,  “Business,” 
under the heading “Limits on Dividends.” 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The  Corporation’s  Board  of  Directors  has  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  for  the  Corporation’s 
outstanding common stock through May 2015 (the Repurchase Program).  Repurchases under the Repurchase Program 
may be made through privately-negotiated transactions, or open-market transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan 
in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exhange Act and/or Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act.  As of December 31, 2014, 
an additional $4.9 million of the Corporation’s common stock may be purchased under the Repurchase Program. 

The  following  table  summarizes  repurchases  of  the  Corporation's  common  stock  that  occurred  during  the  three 

months ended December 31, 2014. 

     Maximum Number  
(or Approximate 
  Dollar Value) of 

  Total Number of 
  Shares Purchased as    Shares that May Yet 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts) 
October 1, 2014 - October 31, 2014 
November 1, 2014 - November 30, 2014 
December 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014 
Total 

  Total Number of 
  Shares Purchased 1  

Part of Publicly 
  Average Price Paid   Announced Plans or    Under the Plans or  
Programs 

Be Purchased 

Programs 

per Share 

 234   $
 —  
 1,349  
 1,583   $

 33.01   
 —   
 38.74   
 37.89   

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —
 —
 —
 —

1   These  shares  were  withheld  from  employees  to  satisfy  tax  withholding  obligations  arising  upon  the  vesting  of 

restricted shares. 

24 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6.          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Five Year Financial Summary 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share 
amounts) 
Selected Year-End Balances: 
Total assets 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total loans (net) 
Total deposits 
Summary of Operations: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Effective dividends on preferred stock 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Per share: 

Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends 

Weighted average number of shares—assuming 
dilution 
Significant Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average common equity 
Dividend payout ratio – common shares 
Average common equity to average assets 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

  $  1,333,323  
 123,373  
 800,198  
   1,026,101  

$  1,312,297  
 112,941  
 785,532  
 1,008,292  

  $

  $

  $

$

$

$

 86,495  
 8,525  
 77,970  
 16,330  
 61,640  
 19,571  
 64,135  
 17,076  
 4,730  
 12,346  
 — 
 12,346  

 3.63  
 3.59  
 1.19  

 80,212  
 8,623  
 71,589  
 15,085  
 56,504  
 22,220  
 57,612  
 21,112  
 6,710  
 14,402  
 — 
 14,402  

 4.36  
 4.18  
 1.16  

$

$

$

$

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 977,018  
 102,197  
 640,283  
 686,184  

 76,964  
 10,111  
 66,853  
 12,405  
 54,448  
 20,622  
 51,042  
 24,028  
 7,646  
 16,382  
 311  
 16,071  

 5.00  
 4.86  
 1.08  

 928,124   $
 96,090  
 616,984  
 646,416  

 904,137  
 92,777  
 606,744  
 625,134  

 73,790   $
 11,881  
 61,909  
 14,160  
 47,749  
 17,171  
 46,209  
 18,711  
 5,735  
 12,976  
 1,183  
 11,793   $

 3.76   $
 3.72  
 1.01  

 69,848  
 13,235  
 56,613  
 14,959  
 41,654  
 17,935  
 48,530  
 11,059  
 2,949  
 8,110  
 1,149  
 6,961  

 2.26  
 2.24  
 1.00  

   3,436,278  

 3,443,982  

   3,305,902  

   3,172,277  

   3,103,469  

 0.93 %  
 10.34  
 32.80  
 9.02  

 1.35 %    
 13.39  
 26.61  
 10.07  

 1.71 %    
 17.05  
 21.60  
 10.03  

 1.30 %   
 14.86  
 26.86  
 8.75  

 0.78 %
 9.74  
 44.25  
 8.01  

25 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
    
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 7. 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This  report  contains  statements  concerning  the  Corporation’s  expectations,  plans,  objectives,  future  financial 
performance  and  other  statements  that  are  not  historical  facts.  These  statements  may  constitute  “forward-looking 
statements”  as  defined  by  federal  securities  laws  and  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  regarding  future 
financial  performance,  liquidity,  strategic  business  initiatives,  operating  initiatives  related  to  the  acquisition  of  CVBK 
and  continued  integration  of  CVB  into  C&F  Bank,  the  Corporation’s  and  each  business  segment’s  loan  portfolio, 
allowance  for  loan  losses,  trends  regarding  the  provision  for  loan  losses,  trends  regarding  net  loan  charge-offs,  trends 
regarding levels of nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings and expenses associated with nonperforming 
assets, provision for indemnification losses, levels of noninterest income and expense, interest rates and yields including 
possible  future  rising  interest  rate  environments,  the  deposit  portfolio  including  trends  in  deposit  maturities  and  rates, 
interest  rate  sensitivity,  market  risk,  regulatory  developments,  monetary  policy  implemented  by  the  Federal  Reserve 
Board including quantitative easing programs, capital requirements, growth strategy, hedging strategy and financial and 
other goals. These statements may address issues that involve estimates and assumptions made by management and risks 
and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from historical results or those anticipated by such statements. 
Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but 
are not limited to, changes in: 

 

interest rates, such as volatility in yields on U.S. Treasury bonds and increases or volatility in mortgage rates 

  general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets 

  general economic conditions, including unemployment levels 

 

the legislative/regulatory climate, including the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, the 
CFPB and the regulatory and enforcement activities of the CFPB and the Basel III Final Rules  

  monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal 

Reserve Board, and the effect of these policies on interest rates and business in our markets 

 

 

the  ability  to  achieve  the  operations  and  results  expected  after  the  CVBK  acquisition,  including  anticipated 
cost savings, continued relationships with major customers and deposit retention, and the ability to effectively 
integrate CVB into C&F Bank 

the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios 

  demand for loan products 

 

 

 

 

the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans 

the commercial and residential real estate markets 

the inventory level and pricing of used automobiles, including sales prices of repossessed vehicles 

the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses 

  deposit flows 

  demand in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets 

26 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

the level of indemnification losses related to mortgage loans sold 

  the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties and the economy in general 

  competition from both banks and non-banks 

  demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area 

 

the Corporation's expansion and technology initiatives 

  reliance on third parties for key services 

  accounting principles, policies and guideline and elections by the Corporation thereunder 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial 
soundness  of  other  financial  institutions.  Financial  services  institutions  are  interrelated  as  a  result  of  trading,  clearing, 
counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, 
including  brokers  and  dealers,  commercial  banks,  and  other  institutions.  As  a  result,  defaults  by,  or  even  rumors  or 
questions about defaults by, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could 
create  another  market-wide  liquidity  crisis  similar  to  that  experienced  in  late  2008  and  early  2009  and  could  lead  to 
losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially adversely 
affect the Corporation’s results of operations. 

There can be no assurance that the actions taken by the federal government and regulatory agencies will alleviate 
the  industry  or  economic  factors  that  may  adversely  affect  the  Corporation’s  business  and  financial  performance. 
Further,  many  aspects  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  remain  subject  to  rulemaking  and  will  take  effect  over  several  years, 
making it difficult to anticipate the overall effect on the Corporation’s business and financial performance. 

These  risks  and  uncertainties,  and  the  risks  discussed  in  more  detail  in  Item  1A,  "Risk  Factors,"  should  be 
considered  in  evaluating  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein.  We  caution  readers  not  to  place  undue 
reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. 

The  following  discussion  supplements  and  provides  information  about  the  major  components  of  the  results  of 
operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis should be 
read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. Those accounting policies 
with  the  greatest  uncertainty  and  that  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments  affecting  the 
application  of  these  policies,  and  the  likelihood  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under  different 
conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the form 
of a provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe that the collection of the 
principal  is  unlikely.  Subsequent  recoveries  of  losses  previously  charged  against  the  allowance  are  credited  to  the 
allowance. The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on existing 
loans that may become uncollectible. Our judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on evaluations of 
the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes 
in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay 
and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. This evaluation is inherently 
subjective  because  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information  becomes 
available.  For more information see the section titled “Asset Quality” within Item 7. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Indemnifications: The allowance for indemnifications is established through charges to earnings 
in the form of a provision for indemnifications, which is included in other noninterest expenses. A loss is charged against 
the allowance for indemnifications under certain conditions when a purchaser of a loan (investor) sold by C&F Mortgage 
incurs a loss due to borrower misrepresentation, fraud, early default, or underwriting error. The allowance represents an 
amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  arising  from  indemnification  requests. 
Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the  allowance  is  based  on  the  volume  of  loans  sold,  historical 
experience, current economic conditions and information provided by investors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, 
as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

Impairment of Loans: We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to 
collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. We do not consider a loan impaired during 
a period of delay in payment if we expect the ultimate collection of all amounts due. We measure impairment on a loan-
by-loan  basis  for  commercial,  construction  and  residential  loans  in  excess  of  $500,000  by  either  the  present  value  of 
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair 
value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  Large  groups  of  smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans  are 
collectively evaluated for impairment. We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired 
loan is less than the recorded investment. Troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) are also considered impaired loans, even 
if the loan balance is less than $500,000. A TDR occurs when we agree to significantly modify the original terms of a 
loan due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. For more information see the section titled “Asset 
Quality” within Item 7. 

Loans  Acquired  in  a  Business  Combination:  The  Corporation  has  accounted  for  the  loans  acquired  in  the 
acquisition of CVBK and its subsidiary CVB in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 
805,  Business  Combinations.  Accordingly,  as  of  the  acquisition,  CVB's  loans  were  segregated  between  (i)  purchased 
credit-impaired (PCI) loans and (ii) purchased performing loans and were recorded at estimated fair value without the 
carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. 

PCI  loans  are  those  for  which  there  is  evidence  of  credit  deterioration  since  origination  and  for  which  it  is 
probable at the date of acquisition that the Corporation will not collect all contractually required principal and interest 
payments. When determining fair market value, PCI loans were aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk 
characteristics  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition  such  as  loan  type,  date  of  origination,  and  evidence  of  credit  quality 
deterioration  such  as  internal  risk  grades  and  past  due  and  nonaccrual  status.  The  difference  between  contractually 
required  payments  at  acquisition  and  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  at  acquisition  is  referred  to  as  the 
"nonaccretable difference," and is not recorded.  Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair 
value is referred to as the "accretable" yield and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of the loan when 
there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows. Subsequent decreases to the expected 
cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses, while subsequent increases in cash flows may result in a 
reversal of post-acquisition provision for loan losses, or a transfer from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. 

Subsequent to acquisition, we evaluate on a quarterly basis our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. In 
the  current  economic  environment,  estimates  of  cash  flows  for  PCI  loans  require  significant  judgment.  Subsequent 
decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the 
allowance for loans losses. Subsequent significant increases in cash flows will generally result in an increase in interest 
income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool(s) of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sale of loans to 
third parties, receipt of payments in full or part from the borrower or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the 
loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount. 

The Corporation's PCI loans currently consist of loans acquired in connection with the acquisition of CVB. PCI 
loans  that  were  classified  as  nonperforming  loans  by  CVB  are  no  longer  classified  as  nonperforming  so  long  as,  at 
acquisition and quarterly re-estimation periods, we believe we will fully collect the new carrying value of the pools of 
loans. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased  performing  loans  are  recorded  at  fair  value  as  of  the  acquisition  using  the  contractual  cash  flows 
method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans' contractual cash flows. The fair value discount, 
including  a  credit  discount,  is  accreted  as  an  adjustment  to  yield  over  the  estimated  lives  of  the  loans.  There  is  no 
allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan losses 
may be required in future periods for any deterioration in these loans subsequent to the acquisition. 

Impairment  of  Securities:  Impairment  of  securities  occurs  when  the  fair  value  of  a  security  is  less  than  its 
amortized cost. For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net 
income  if  either  (i)  we  intend  to  sell  the  security  or  (ii)  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  we  will  be  required  to  sell  the 
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If, however, we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more-
likely-than-not  that  we  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  recovery,  we  must  determine  what  portion  of  the 
impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present 
value  of  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  the  security.  If  there  is  no  credit  loss,  there  is  no  other-than-
temporary  impairment.  If  there  is  a  credit  loss,  other-than-temporary  impairment  exists,  and  the  credit  loss  must  be 
recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income. 
For  equity  securities,  impairment  is  considered  to  be  other-than-temporary  based  on  our  ability  and  intent  to  hold  the 
investment until a recovery of fair value. Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity security results in a write-down 
that must be included in net income. We regularly review each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment 
based  on  criteria  that  includes  the  extent  to  which  cost  exceeds  market  price,  the  duration  of  that  market  decline,  the 
financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, our best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to 
be collected from debt securities, our intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that we 
would be required to sell the security before recovery. 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO): Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and 
are  initially  recorded  at  the  lower  of  the  loan  balance  or  the  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure. 
Subsequent  to  foreclosure,  management  periodically  performs  valuations  of  the  foreclosed  assets  based  on  updated 
appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of like properties, length of time the properties have been held, and 
our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to  continued  ownership  of  the  properties.  The  Corporation  may  incur  additional 
write-downs  of  foreclosed  assets  to  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  if  valuations  indicate  a  further  other-than-temporary 
deterioration in market conditions. 

Goodwill: The Corporation's goodwill was recognized in connection with the Corporation's acquisition of CVBK 
in  October  2013  and  C&F  Bank's  acquisition  of  C&F  Finance  Company  in  September  2002.  With  the  adoption  of 
Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2011-08,  Intangible-Goodwill  and  Other-Testing  Goodwill  for  Impairment,  in 
2012, the Corporation may first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of 
goodwill is less than the carrying amount, which determines if the two-step goodwill impairment test is necessary. If the 
likelihood of impairment is more than 50 percent, the Corporation must perform a test for impairment and we may be 
required to record impairment charges. In assessing the recoverability of the Corporation’s goodwill, major assumptions 
used  in  determining  impairment  are  increases  in  future  income,  sales  multiples  in  determining  terminal  value  and  the 
discount rate applied to future cash flows. If an impairment test is performed, we will prepare a sensitivity analysis by 
increasing the discount rate, lowering sales multiples and reducing increases in future income. 

Retirement  Plan:  C&F  Bank  maintains  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  eligible  full-time 
employees as specified by the plan. Plan assets, which consist primarily of mutual funds invested in marketable equity 
securities  and  corporate  and  government  fixed  income  securities,  are  valued  using  market  quotations.  C&F  Bank’s 
actuary determines plan obligations and annual pension expense using a number of key assumptions. Key assumptions 
may include the discount rate, the interest crediting rate, the estimated future return on plan assets and the anticipated 
rate of future salary increases. Changes in these assumptions in the future, if any, or in the method under which benefits 
are calculated may impact pension assets, liabilities or expense. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Financial Instruments:  The Corporation recognizes derivative financial instruments at fair value as 
either  an  other  asset  or  other  liability  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  Corporation's  derivative  financial 
instruments consist of (1) the fair value of interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) on mortgage loans that will be held 
for  sale  and  related  forward  sales  commitments  and  (2)  interest  rate  swaps  that  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  the 
Corporation's  trust  preferred  capital  notes.  Because  the  IRLCs  and  forward  sale  commitments  are  not  designated  as 
hedging  instruments,  adjustments  to  reflect  unrealized  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  changes  in  fair  value  of  the 
Corporation's IRLCs and forward sales commitments and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are 
reported  as  noninterest  income.  The  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  Corporation's  cash  flow  hedges  is 
reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, and reclassified into earnings in the same 
period or periods during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. 

Accounting  for  Income  Taxes:  Determining  the  Corporation’s  effective  tax  rate  requires  judgment.  In  the 
ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax outcomes are uncertain. In 
addition,  the  Corporation’s  tax  returns  are  subject  to  audit  by  various  tax  authorities.  Although  we  believe  that  the 
estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially different than that 
which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual. 

For further information concerning accounting policies, refer to Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary 

Data,” under the heading “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” 

OVERVIEW 

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable growth 
initiatives  that  will  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.  We  track  three  primary  financial  performance  measures  in 
order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: (i) return on average assets (ROA), (ii) return on average 
common equity (ROE), and (iii) growth in earnings.  In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the 
performance  of  the  Corporation’s  three  principal  business  activities:  retail  banking,  mortgage  banking,  and  consumer 
finance.  We  also  actively  manage our  capital  through  growth, dividends  and  share repurchases,  while  considering the 
need to maintain a strong regulatory capital position. 

On  October  1,  2013,  the  Corporation  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  common  stock  of  CVBK.  On  March  22, 
2014,  CVBK  was  merged  with  and  into  the  Corporation  and  CVB  was  merged  with  and  into  C&F  Bank.    The 
Corporation's financial position and results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 include the 
acquired  assets  and  assumed  liabilities  of  CVBK  that  remain  on  the  Corporation’s  balance  sheet  and  the  results  of 
operating such assets and liabilities subsequent to the acquisition of CVBK. 

Financial Performance Measures 

Net  income  for  the  Corporation  was  $12.3  million  in  2014,  or  $3.59  per  common  share  assuming  dilution 
compared  with  net  income  of  $14.4  million  in  2013  or  $4.18  per  common  share  assuming  dilution.  The  change  in 
financial results for 2014, as compared to 2013, was principally attributable to lower earnings at the Mortgage Banking 
and  Consumer  Finance  segments,  offset  in  part  by  an  increase  in  earnings  at  the  Retail  Banking  segment.  At  the 
Mortgage Banking segment, interest rates, low housing inventory, cash buyers, new mortgage lending regulations and 
other market conditions have led to weaker mortgage loan origination volume and correspondingly lower income from 
gains on sales of loans and ancillary mortgage lending fees during 2014.  Partially offsetting the negative effects of the 
production  decline  was  a  decline  in  production-based  compensation.  At  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  higher  net 
charge-offs attributable to (1) the continued difficult economic environment for non-prime consumers, (2) reduced sale 
prices  on  repossessed  vehicles,  (3)  the  effect  of  easing  of  underwriting  standards  by  our  competitors  and  (4)  our 
borrowers willingness to default on their loans has resulted in a higher provision for loan losses during 2014, compared 
to 2013. The Retail Banking segment, which reported an increase in earnings during 2014, compared to 2013, benefited 
from (1) fair value accounting adjustments associated with the acquisition of CVBK, (2) the effect of the continued low 
interest rate environment on the costs of deposits, (3) a decline in the provision for loan losses as a result of improvement 
in asset quality, and (4) a decline in expenses associated with other real estate owned as a result of the sale of a majority 
of these properties since December 31, 2013.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See “Principal Business Activities” below for additional discussion. 

The  Corporation’s  ROE  and  ROA  were  10.34  percent  and  0.93  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014,  compared  to  13.39  percent  and  1.35  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2013.  The decrease in these ratios during 2014 resulted primarily from lower net income during 2014. The decline in 
ROE was also affected by internal capital growth of 9.2 percent since December 31, 2013 resulting from earnings and an 
increase in unrealized appreciation of the corporation’s investment securities portfolio, offset by dividends and warrant 
and share repurchases. The decline in ROA was also affected by average asset growth of 24.0 percent resulting from the 
corporation’s acquisition of CVBK in 2013. 

2015 Outlook 

Management  believes  the  Corporation's  financial  performance  in  2015  will  be  affected  by  (i)  lower  accretion 
income  related  to  the  fair  value  accounting  adjustments  for  the  CVBK  acquisition,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in 
interest  income  from  growth  in  average  loans  outstanding,  (ii)  continued  sluggish  mortgage  loan  demand  that  may 
continue  to  depress  loan  production  levels  in  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  could  be  further  affected  by 
increases  in  interest  rates,  and  (iii)  continued  elevated  charge-off  levels  and  competition  in  the  Consumer  Finance 
segment. The following additional factors could influence the Corporation’s financial performance in 2015: 

•  Retail Banking: Our ability to achieve loan growth will be a significant influence on the Bank’s performance 
during 2015. General economic trends in the Bank’s markets have contributed to lackluster demand for new 
loans and increased competition. It will be challenging to maintain the Retail Banking segment's net interest 
margin at its current level if funds obtained from loan repayments and from deposit growth cannot be fully 
used  to  originate  new  loans  and  instead  are  reinvested  in  lower-yielding  assets,  or  held  as  interest-bearing 
deposits  in  other  banks.  As  part  of  our  strategy  to  increase  lending  and  build  our  brand,  C&F  Bank  has 
continued  to  strengthen  its  commercial  lending  presence  in  Hampton  Roads  and  Richmond,  Virginia, 
improved its small business loan platform, and has fully integrated the former CVB branches expanding the 
branch network to 25. While we incurred initial costs to fully integrate CVB's operations into the Bank, we 
expect to realize cost savings going forward and will be able to leverage our technology investments over the 
past several years in systems and products that enhance fraud prevention and deliver state-of-the-art banking 
products to our customers. 

•  Mortgage Banking: C&F Mortgage generates significant noninterest income from the sale of residential loan 
products into the secondary market to investors. Our ability to  maintain a level of loan production in 2015 
sufficient to sustain profitability will be dependent on market factors beyond our control, such as changes in 
interest  rates,  housing  starts  and  loan  demand.  If  mortgage  interest  rates  rise  during  2015,  C&F  Mortgage 
may  experience  a  continuation  of  lower  loan  demand,  particularly  for  mortgage  refinancings,  which  could 
negatively  affect  earnings  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  in  2015.  In  addition,  during  2015  C&F 
Mortgage will continue to (i) incur fixed costs associated with its expansion into new markets (ii) compete to 
retain  and  attract  qualified  loan  officers,  especially  given  the  heightened  federal  regulation  of  lending 
practices  and  loan  terms  (iii)  incur  higher  costs  related  to  compliance  with  new  residential  mortgage 
regulations and (iv) implementation of new technology. 

•  Consumer Finance: C&F Finance provides automobile financing through lending programs that are designed 
to  serve  customers  in  the  non-prime  market.  Increased  competition  and  loan  pricing  strategies  that 
competitors  have  used  to  grow  market  share  have  had  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  the  growth  of  the 
Consumer  Finance  segment’s  loan  portfolio.    In  addition,  loan  performance  within  this  market  segment  is 
particularly  vulnerable  to  economic  conditions,  including  a  protracted  period  of  unemployment  because 
unemployment benefits expire for those who have not been able to find employment and households may be 
underemployed.  C&F  Finance  began  experiencing  higher  delinquency  levels  and  charge-offs  during  the 
second  half  of  2013,  and  if  economic  conditions  for  customers  in  the  non-prime  finance  segment  do  not 
improve and if resale values on repossessed vehicles continue to decline, the elevated levels of charge-offs 
may continue in 2015, which will negatively affect the Consumer Finance segment's earnings in 2015. The 
combination of these factors may result in slower loan growth and lower earnings in the Consumer Finance 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
segment during 2015. We also expect continued strong competition among automobile finance lenders for 
qualified personnel in 2015, which may affect personnel costs at C&F Finance during 2015. 

Principal Business Activities 

An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s principal segments is presented below. A more 

detailed discussion is included in the section “Results of Operations.” 

Retail  Banking:   The  Retail  Banking  segment  reported  net  income  of  $5.6  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2014,  compared  to  $3.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  The  improvement  in  financial 
results for 2014, as compared to 2013, was significantly driven by the fair value accounting adjustments resulting from 
the acquisition of CVB. These adjustments resulted from marking assets and liabilities acquired from CVB to fair market 
values  as  of  the  acquisition date.  Accordingly,  yields  on  loans  and  investments  acquired  from  CVB  increased  and  the 
cost  of  certificates  of  deposit  decreased,  the  benefits  of  which  were  partially  offset  by  the  amortization  of  the  core 
deposit intangible and higher depreciation associated with the write-up of certain buildings recognized in the acquisition 
of CVB. The net accretion attributable to these adjustments was $1.9 million, net of taxes ($3.0 million before taxes), 
during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $549,000, net of taxes ($844,000 before taxes) during 2013 after 
the acquisition of CVB.  The improvement in net income of the Retail Banking segment for the year ended December 31, 
2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 also resulted from, (1) the effects of the continued low interest 
rate environment on C&F Bank's cost of deposits throughout 2014, (2) stability in loan credit quality resulting in a $1.0 
million  decrease  in  the  loan  loss  provision  for  2014  compared  to  2013,  and  (3)  a  significant  decline  in  C&F  Bank's 
foreclosed properties resulting in lower holding costs and loss provisions.   Partially offsetting these positive factors for 
Retail Banking were the effects of the following:  (1) higher personnel costs associated with increased staff levels and 
support  positions  associated  with  the  addition  of  seven  branches  through  the  acquisition  of  CVB  and  the  addition  of 
commercial loan personnel focused on growing the segment’s commercial and small business loan portfolios, (2) one-
time costs and ongoing operating expenses associated with the effects of combining CVB’s operations into the Bank’s, 
and  (3)  depreciation  of  equipment  purchased  to  upgrade  CVB’s  systems  and  equipment  to  conform  to  the  Bank’s 
technology infrastructure. 

C&F  Bank's  nonperforming  assets  were  $5.5  million  at  December  31,  2014,  compared  to  $7.2  million  at 
December 31, 2013. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2014 included $4.7 million in nonaccrual loans, compared to 
$4.4 million at December 31, 2013, and $786,000 in foreclosed properties, compared to $2.8 million at December 31, 
2013. The increase in nonaccrual loans since December 31, 2013 was generally attributable to smaller balance residential 
real estate and commercial loans. The decline in OREO during the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted from sales of 
properties that had a total carrying value of $2.5 million at December 31, 2013, partially offset by foreclosures in 2014.  
Troubled debt restructured (TDR) loans were $5.8 million at December 31, 2014, of which $2.0 million were included in 
nonaccrual loans, as compared to $5.6 million of TDR loans at December 31, 2013, of which $2.6 million were included 
in nonaccrual loans.  

Mortgage  Banking:  C&F  Mortgage  reported  net  income  of  $411,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014, 
compared  to  $2.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  The  entire  mortgage  industry,  including  the 
Corporation’s  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  is  experiencing  significantly  reduced  refinancing  and  historically  low 
purchase activity, which has translated into weaker mortgage loan volume and correspondingly lower income from gains 
on sales of loans and ancillary mortgage lending fees.  

Loan origination volume for the year ended December 31, 2014 declined to $478.6 million from $721.3 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2013. During 2014, the amount of loan originations for refinancings and new and resale 
home purchases were $71.8 million and $406.8 million, respectively, compared to $223.6 million and $497.7 million, 
respectively, during 2013. The decrease in origination volume is largely a result of  interest rates, low housing inventory, 
cash buyers, new mortgage lending regulations and other market conditions. The lower volume of loan originations in 
2014 resulted in a decrease in gains on sales of loans, which were $5.1 million  for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
compared to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If conditions influencing the mortgage banking environment, such as interest rates and housing inventories, do not 
improve, C&F Mortgage may experience a continuation of lower loan demand, particularly for mortgage refinancings, 
which would negatively affect earnings of the mortgage banking segment in future periods. 

Consumer Finance: C&F Finance reported net income  of $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
compared to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Average loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 
were essentially level with average loans for the year ended December 31, 2013. The lack of portfolio growth year over 
year, along with a decline of 74 basis points in the average yield on the portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2014 
have resulted in a $2.1 million decline in net interest income during the year.  Increased competition and loan pricing 
strategies  that  competitors  have  used  to  grow  market  share  have  had  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  the  growth  and 
average yield of the Consumer Finance segment’s loan portfolio.   

The provision for loan losses increased $2.3 million as a result of an increase in charge offs and growth in the loan 
portfolio.  The increase in loan charge-offs during 2014 is a result of the current economic environment for non-prime 
consumers,  reduced  sales  prices  of  repossessed  vehicles  and  easing  of  underwriting  standards  and  pricing  by 
competitors. Because of the increase in charge-offs and management’s expectation that the factors driving the increased 
charge-offs  will  persist,  we  have  increased  C&F  Finance's  allowance  for  loan  losses  as  a  percentage  of  loans  at 
December 31, 2014 to 8.50 percent, as compared with 8.32 percent at December 31, 2013. Management believes that the 
current  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate  to  absorb  probable  losses  in  the  loan  portfolio.  However,  if  the  current 
economic environment continues and credit easing by new entrants and competitors in the automobile financing sector 
intensifies, the Consumer Finance segment could continue to experience an elevated level of charge-offs during 2015, 
which may result in higher provisions for loan losses and limit loan portfolio growth. 

Other and Eliminations:  The net loss for this combined segment was $587,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2014, compared to a net loss of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The "other segment" includes the 
Corporation's  holding  company,  which  recognized  $1.0  million  in  transaction  costs,  net  of  taxes  ($1.2  million  before 
taxes) during the year ended December 31, 2013 associated with the Corporation's acquisition of CVBK. 

Capital Management 

Total shareholders’ equity was $123.4 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $112.9 million at December 
31, 2013.  Capital growth resulted from earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 and an increase in unrealized 
holding  gains  on  securities  available  for  sale,  which  are  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income, 
partially offset by dividends and warrant and share repurchases.  

The  Corporation’s board  of directors  continued  its  policy  of paying dividends  in 2014  and  declared a  quarterly 
cash dividend of 30 cents per common share for the fourth quarter of 2014. The dividend payout ratio was 32.8 percent 
of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  The  board  of  directors  continues  to  evaluate  the 
dividend payout in light of changes in economic conditions, capital levels and expected future levels of earnings, and the 
changes to the regulatory capital framework implemented by the Basel III Final Rules that were approved during 2013 
by the federal banking agencies and are effective (subject to certain limited phase-in schedules) as of January 1, 2015. 

Further affecting capital during 2014 was the Corporation’s repurchase from the United States Department of the 
Treasury (Treasury) of a warrant to purchase 167,504 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at an exercise price of 
$17.91 per share (Warrant).  The Warrant was issued to Treasury in January 2009 in connection with the Corporation’s 
participation  in  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  (TARP)  Capital  Purchase  Program.    The  Corporation  paid  an 
aggregate purchase price of $2.3 million for the repurchase of the Warrant, which has been cancelled.  The repurchase 
price  was  based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Warrant  as  agreed  upon  by  the  Corporation  and  Treasury.    With  the 
repurchase of the Warrant, the Corporation has completely exited the TARP Capital Purchase Program. 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2014,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  authorized  a  share  repurchase 
program to purchase up to $5.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock.  The Corporation purchased 2,800 shares 
under this repurchase program during 2014 through open market transactions at an average price of $33.05 per share.   

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

NET INTEREST INCOME 

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012 and includes the average balances of CVBK since October 1, 2013. The table also shows the amounts of interest 
earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, with related rates. Net 
interest  income  also  includes  the  net  interest  income  of  CVBK  since  October  1,  2013,  which  includes  accretion  and 
amortization  associated  with  the  fair  value  adjustments  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Corporation's  purchase  of 
CVBK.  Loans  include  loans  held  for  sale.  Loans  placed  on  a  nonaccrual  status  are  included  in  the  balances  and  are 
included in the computation of yields, but had no material effect. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented 
on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to 
the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid using the federal corporate income tax rate of 34 percent in all three 
years presented). 

TABLE 1: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets 
Securities: 
Taxable 
Tax-exempt 
Total securities 

2014 
  Average       Income/     Yield/
    Expense     Rate
  Balance 

2013 

  Average       Income/     Yield/
    Expense     Rate
  Balance 

2012 
  Average       Income/     Yield/  
    Expense     Rate  
  Balance 

  $ 

 96,286  $  2,493  
 6,693  
 9,186  

 118,221 
 214,507 

 2.59%  $
 5.66 
 4.28 

 47,886   $  1,065   
   6,928   
   7,993   

 116,846  
 164,732  

 2.22 %  $ 
 5.93  
 4.85  

   117,612  
   137,988  

 20,376   $ 

 336   
   7,059   
   7,395   

 1.65 %
 6.00 
 5.36 

Loans, net 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

and Fed funds sold 

 854,948 

   79,246  

 9.27 

 761,751  

  74,456   

 9.77  

   732,972  

  71,998   

 9.82 

 157,205 

 378  

 0.24 

 68,093  

 159   

 0.23  

 11,695  

 22   

 0.19 

Total earning assets 
Allowance for loan losses 
Total non-earning assets 

   88,810  

 7.24 

   1,226,660 
    (35,090) 
 132,546 

  82,608   

 8.31  

 994,576  
 (34,880) 
 108,088  

Total assets 

  $  1,324,116 

$1,067,784  

  79,415   

 9.00 

   882,655  
   (35,126) 
 92,821  

$   940,350  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Time and savings deposits: 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Money market deposit accounts 
Savings accounts 
Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand 

or more 

Other certificates of deposit 
Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

  $ 

 186,548  $
 181,530 
 97,643 

 439  
 493  
 83  

 0.24%  $  137,615   $
 0.27 
 0.09 

 132,449  
 61,237  

 412   
 382   
 73   

 0.30 %  $   110,237   $ 
 0.29  
 0.12  

 98,045  
 45,645  

 410   
 369   
 45   

 0.37 %
 0.38 
 0.10 

 1,299  
 1,766  
 4,080  
 4,445  

 0.93 
 0.73 
 0.48 
 2.61 

 8,525  

 0.84 

 139,502 
 241,231 
 846,454 
 170,101 

   1,016,555 
 166,928 
 21,260 
   1,204,743 
 119,373 

 133,363  
 179,387  
 644,051  
 167,003  

   1,464   
   1,920   
   4,251   
   4,372   

 1.10  
 1.07  
 0.66  
 2.62  

   134,668  
   163,921  
   552,516  
   162,312  

   2,047   
   2,454   
   5,325   
   4,786   

 1.52 
 1.50 
 0.96 
 2.95 

   8,623   

 1.06  

 811,054  
 123,859  
 25,348  
 960,261  
 107,523  

  10,111   

 1.41 

   714,828  
   104,737  
 23,749  
   843,314  
 97,036  

$   940,350  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $  1,324,116 

$1,067,784  

Net interest income 
Interest rate spread 
Interest expense to average earning assets  
Net interest margin 

  $  80,285 

  $ 73,985  

  $  69,304 

 7.25 %  
 0.87 %  
 7.44 %  

 7.59 %
 1.15 %
 7.85 %

 6.40%  
 0.69%  
 6.55%  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
Interest  income  and  expense  are  affected  by  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  by  changes  in  the  volume  of  earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and by the interaction of rate and volume factors. The following table shows the 
direct  causes  of  the  year-to-year  changes  in  the  components  of  net  interest  income  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis,  and 
includes the changes in CVBK's net interest income since October 1, 2013. We calculated the rate and volume variances 
using  a  formula  prescribed  by  the  SEC.  Rate/volume  variances,  the  third  element  in  the  calculation,  are  not  shown 
separately in the table, but are allocated to the rate and volume variances in proportion to the relationship of the absolute 
dollar amounts of the change in each. 

TABLE 2: Rate-Volume Recap 

2014 from 2013 

2013 from 2012 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Interest income: 
Loans 
Securities: 
Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks and Fed funds 
sold 

Total interest income 

Interest expense: 
Time and savings deposits: 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Money market deposit accounts 
Savings accounts 
Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 
Other certificates of deposit 
Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

2014 Compared to 2013 

Increase (Decrease) 
Due to 

Rate 

     Volume 

Total 
Increase 
     (Decrease)     

Increase (Decrease) 
Due to 

Total 
Increase  
      Volume       (Decrease)  

Rate 

$ 

 (3,988) 

$ 

 8,778  

$ 

 4,790  

$ 

 (357)  

$ 

 2,815  

$ 

 2,458  

 199  
 (316) 

 5  
 (4,100) 

 (100) 
 (23) 
 (25) 
 (230) 
 (707) 
 (1,085) 
 (8) 
 (1,093) 
 (3,007) 

 1,229  
 81  

 214  
 10,302  

 127  
 134  
 35  
 65  
 553  
 914  
 81  
 995  
 9,307  

$ 

$ 

 1,428  
 (235) 

 219  
 6,202  

 27  
 111  
 10  
 (165) 
 (154) 
 (171) 
 73  
 (98) 
 6,300  

$ 

 150   
 (85)  

 7   
 (285)  

 (89)  
 (98)  
 11   
 (563)  
 (749)  
   (1,488)  
 (549)  
   (2,037)  
 1,752   

$ 

$ 

 579  
 (46) 

 130  
 3,478  

 91  
 111  
 17  
 (20) 
 215  
 414  
 135  
 549  
 2,929  

 729  
 (131) 

 137  
 3,193  

 2  
 13  
 28  
 (583) 
 (534) 
   (1,074) 
 (414) 
   (1,488) 
 4,681  

$ 

Net  interest  income,  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  was  $80.3  million, 
compared  to  $74.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  The  increase  in  net  interest  income  for  2014, 
compared to 2013, was a result of an increase in average earning assets resulting from the acquisition of CVBK, offset in 
part  by  a  decrease  in  the  net  interest  margin.  Net  interest  margin  decreased  89  basis  points  to  6.55  percent  for  2014 
relative to 2013. The decrease in net interest margin during 2014 was attributable to a decrease in the yield on interest-
earning assets of 107 basis points, offset in part by decreases in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and an increase in 
demand deposits that pay no interest. The decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets was primarily attributable to a 
large increase in interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold, which provides the lowest yield of all 
earning  assets,  and decreases  in  the  yields on  the  investment  and  loan portfolios.  The decrease  in  the  cost  of  interest-
bearing  liabilities  is  a  result  of  the  sustained  low  interest  rate  environment,  the  repricing  of  higher-rate  certificates  of 
deposit  as  they  mature  to  lower  rates,  and  a  shift  in  the  mix  of  deposits  from  higher  cost  interest-bearing  deposits  to 
lower  cost  deposits,  including  non-interest-bearing  demand  deposits  and  low-cost  interest-bearing  demand  deposits, 
money market deposits and savings accounts. 

Average loans, which includes both loans held for investment and loans held for sale, increased $93.2 million to 
$854.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  compared  to  2013.  In  total,  average  loans  held  for  investment 
increased $112.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013, which included increases attributable 
to the acquisition of CVBK on October 1, 2013. These increases were offset in part by a $19.2 million decline in the 
Mortgage  Banking  segment's  average  portfolio  of  loans  held  for  sale  during  2014,  compared  to  2013.  The  decline  in 
demand  for  mortgage  loans  and  refinancing  activity  during  2014  resulted  in  a  $242.7  million  decrease  in  loan 
originations during 2014, representing a 33.6 percent decline compared to 2013. 

35 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The overall yield on average loans decreased 50 basis points to 9.27 percent for year ended December 31, 2014, 
compared to 2013. The majority of the decrease was the result of a 74 basis point decline in the average yield on the 
Consumer  Finance  loan  portfolio for  the  year  ended December  31, 2014  which was  due  to  increased  competition  and 
loan pricing strategies that competitors have used to grow market share.  Partially offsetting these factors in 2014 was 
$2.7  million  of  accretion  related  to  the  fair  value  interest  adjustments  to  CVB's  loan  portfolio,  which  contributed 
approximately 32 basis points to the yield on loans and 22 basis points to the yield on interest earning assets and 23 basis 
points to the net interest margin for 2014. 

Average securities available for sale increased $49.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to  
2013,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  CVB's  securities  portfolio.  The  average  yield  on  the 
securities portfolio decreased due to the (1) lower-yielding securities within CVB’s portfolio that were included for the 
full  year,  (2)  purchase  of  lower-yielding  shorter-term  securities  and  (3)  reinvestment  of    the  proceeds  from  calls  and 
maturities of longer-term, higher yielding securities to shorter-term, lower-yielding taxable securities. The Corporation 
has utilized the strategy of investing in lower-yielding, shorter-term securities to limit exposure to potential future rising 
interest rate environments.  

Average interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold increased $89.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2014, compared to the same period of 2013, which was primarily attributable to the acquisition of CVBK. 
The remainder of the increase in 2014 resulted from deposit growth and lower loan funding needs of C&F Mortgage due 
to the decline in demand for mortgage loans during 2014. The average yield on these overnight funds increased one basis 
point during 2014. 

Average  interest-bearing  time  and  savings  deposits  increased  $202.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2014, compared to the same  period in 2013, which was primarily attributable to the acquisition of CVB. The average 
cost  of  interest-bearing  deposits  declined  18  basis  points  during  2014,  which  resulted  from  (1)  the  repricing  of  time 
deposits that matured throughout 2013 and into 2014 to lower interest rates, (2) a decline in interest rates paid on NOW 
and money market deposit accounts in the sustained low interest rate environment, (3) a shift in deposit composition to 
non-term savings and money market deposits, which pay lower interest rates, and (4) time deposit accretion related to the 
fair value accounting adjustment to CVB’s time deposit, which reduced the cost of interest-bearing deposits by 13 basis 
points. 

Average borrowings increased $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period 
of 2013. This increase was primarily due to the Corporation’s assumption of $5.2 million of trust preferred capital notes 
in connection with the acquisition of CVBK. The average cost of borrowings declined one basis point during 2014.  

The continuing challenge at the Retail Banking segment will be the deployment of excess cash into earning assets 
as we expect significant competition for loans and the low interest rate environment to continue to suppress yields on 
investment securities.  If market conditions, such as interest rates and housing inventories, do not improve, the Mortgage 
Banking  segment  may  continue  to  experience  lower  loan  demand,  particularly  for  refinancings,  which  could  reduce 
interest income on loans originated for sale, further contributing to a deterioration in net interest margin. The net interest 
margin at the Consumer Finance segment will be most affected by increasing competition and loan pricing strategies that 
competitors  may  use  to  grow  market  share  in  automobile  financing.  This  increased  competition  may  result  in  lower 
yields  and  lower  loan  growth  as  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  responds  to  competitive  pricing  pressures  and  fewer 
purchases of automobile retail installment sales contracts. 

2013 Compared to 2012 

Net  interest  income,  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  $74.0  million, 
compared  to  $69.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  increase  in  net  interest  income  for  2013, 
compared to 2012, was a result of an increase in average earning assets resulting from the acquisition of CVBK, offset in 
part by a decrease in the net interest margin. Net interest margin decreased 41 basis points to 7.44 percent for the 2013 
relative to 2012. The decrease in net interest margin during 2013 can be attributed to a decrease in the yield on interest-
earning assets offset in part by decreases in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and an increase in demand deposits that 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pay  no  interest.  The  decrease  in  the  yield  on  interest-earning  assets  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  large  increase  in 
interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold, which segment of earning assets provides the lowest yield 
of all segments of earning assets, and decreases in the yields on the investment and loan portfolios. The decrease in the 
cost of interest-bearing liabilities is a result of the sustained low interest rate environment, the repricing of higher-rate 
certificates of deposit and borrowings as they mature to lower rates, and a shift in the mix of deposits from higher cost 
interest-bearing  deposits  to  lower  cost  deposits,  including  non-interest-bearing  demand  deposits  and  low-cost  interest-
bearing demand deposits, money market deposits and savings accounts. 

Average loans, which includes both loans held for investment and loans held for sale, increased $28.8 million to 
$761.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period of 2012. In total, average loans held 
for  investment  increased  $45.2  million  from  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  to  the  same  period  in  2013,  which 
included  increases  of  $36.1  million  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  CVB  on  October  1,  2013  and  $20.7  million 
attributable to growth in the Consumer Finance segment's average loan portfolio. These increases were offset in part by a 
$12.0  million  decline  in  C&F  Bank's  portfolio  of  average  loans  held  for  investment,  where  loan  production  has  been 
negatively  affected  by  weak  demand  for  new  loans  in  the  current  economic  environment  and  intense  competition  for 
loans in our markets. The Mortgage Banking segment's average portfolio of loans held for sale decreased $16.4 million 
during 2013, compared to 2012. The decline in demand for mortgage loans and refinancing activity during 2013 resulted 
in a $118.8 million decrease in loan originations during 2013 compared to 2012. 

The overall yield on average loans decreased 5 basis points to 9.77 percent for year ended December 31, 2013, 
when compared to the same period of 2012. While the average loan yield benefited from growth in the higher-yielding 
Consumer Finance loan portfolio, yields on new loans in this segment have declined in response to aggressive pricing 
strategies by competitive lenders, and the yield on the Consumer Finance segment's portfolio declined 84 basis points to 
17.20  percent.  Further  contributing  to  the  decline  in  the  loan  yield  was  a  15  basis  point  decline  in  the  yield  on  C&F 
Bank's  loan  portfolio  resulting  from  the  sustained  low  interest  rate  environment,  coupled  with  competitive  pricing  for 
limited loan demand. Partially offsetting these factors in 2013 were (i) the collection of $307,000 of nonaccrual interest 
in  connection  with  the  pay-off  of  $2.0  million  of  TDRs  related  to  one  commercial  relationship,  which  contributed 
approximately four basis points to the yield on loans and three basis points to the total yield on interest earning assets 
and the net interest margin for 2013 and (ii) $797,000 of accretion related to the fair value interest adjustments to CVB's 
loan portfolio, which contributed approximately ten basis points to the yield on loans and eight basis points to the yield 
on interest earning assets and the net interest margin for 2013. 

Average securities available for sale increased $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 
the same period of 2012, of which $16.3 million was attributable to the acquisition of CVB's securities portfolio since 
October  1,  2013.  Securities  also  increased  at  C&F  Bank  where  the  average  balance  of  shorter-term  securities  of  U.S. 
government  agencies  and  corporations  increased  $10.1  million.  Shifts  in  the  mix  of  investments  from  higher-yielding 
securities to lower-yielding securities were attributable to (1) collateral requirements to support public deposits and (2) 
reinvesting the proceeds from calls and maturities of longer-term investments to shorter-term taxable securities to limit 
the  Corporation's  exposure  to  potential  future  rising  interest  rate  environments.  The  lower  yield  on  the  securities 
portfolio during 2013 resulted from the calls and maturities of higher-yielding securities and purchases of lower-yielding 
shorter-term securities, as described above, and the inclusion of lower-yielding securities within CVB’s portfolio. 

Average interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold increased $56.4 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013, compared to the same period of 2012, of which $15.7 million was attributable to the acquisition of 
CVBK. The remainder of the increase in 2013 resulted from deposit growth and lower loan funding needs of (i) C&F 
Bank  due  to  weak  loan  demand  and  heightened  competition  for  loans  and  (ii)  C&F  Mortgage  due  to  the  decline  in 
demand for mortgage loans during 2013. The average yield on these overnight funds increased four basis points during 
2013. 

Average  interest-bearing  time  and  savings  deposits  increased  $91.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2013,  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2012,  of  which  $68.9  million  was  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  CVB.  The 
remainder  of  the  increase  occurred  at  C&F  Bank  from  higher  average  interest-bearing  demand,  money  market  and 
savings  deposits  at  C&F  Bank,  which  was  offset  in  part  by  lower  average  certificates  of  deposit.  The  average  cost  of 
interest-bearing deposits declined 30 basis points during 2013, which resulted from (1) the repricing of time deposits that 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
matured throughout 2012 and into 2013 to lower interest rates, (2) a decline in interest rates paid on NOW and money 
market  deposit  accounts  in  the  sustained  low  interest  rate  environment  (3)  a  shift  in  deposit  composition  to  non-term 
savings  and  money  market  deposits,  which  pay  lower  interest  rates,  and  (4)  time  deposit  accretion  related  to  the  fair 
value  accounting  adjustment  to  CVB’s  time  deposit,  which  reduced  the cost  of  interest-bearing  deposits  by  four  basis 
points. 

Average borrowings increased $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period 
of  2012.  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  increases  in  retail  overnight  repurchase  agreements  with  commercial 
depositors during 2013. The average cost of borrowings declined 33 basis points during 2013 because of the maturity of 
$10.0  million  of  FHLB  advances  during  the  third  quarter  of  2012,  which  were  replaced  by  advances  carrying  lower 
interest rates. In addition, $5.0 million of trust preferred capital notes issued in 2007 converted to a lower variable rate 
from a higher fixed rate near the end of 2012. 

NONINTEREST INCOME 

TABLE 3: Noninterest Income 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other income 

Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Gains on sales of loans * 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

     Retail 
  Banking

$

— $

Year Ended December 31, 2014 
     Mortgage       Consumer       Other and      
  Banking 
  Eliminations   
5,108
—
2,314
—

—   
—   
14   
—   

 — 
 — 
 17 
 — 

  Finance 

$ 

$

$

Total 

5,108
4,468
6,246
29

4,468
3,901
29

 772  

 394  

 1,213   

 1,341   

 3,720  

$

 9,170   $

 7,816  

$

 1,227   

$ 

 1,358    $

 19,571  

     Retail 
  Banking
  $

 —   $

 4,197  
 2,917  
 6  
 552  
 7,672   $

  $

     Retail 
  Banking
  $

 —   $

 3,326  
 2,431  
 11  
 356  
 6,124   $

  $

Year Ended December 31, 2013 
     Mortgage       Consumer       Other and      
  Eliminations   
  Banking 

  Finance 

 7,510  
 —  
 3,131  
 —  
 1,177  
 11,818  

$

$

 —   
 —   
 9   
 —   
 1,181   
 1,190   

$ 

$ 

 —    $
 —   
 163   
 270   
 1,107   
 1,540    $

Year Ended December 31, 2012 
     Mortgage       Consumer       Other and      
  Eliminations   
  Banking 

  Finance 

 7,692  
 —  
 3,669  
 —  
 646  
 12,007  

$

$

 —   
 —   
 11   
 —   
 1,138   
 1,149   

$ 

$ 

 —    $
 —   
 199   
 —   
 1,143   
 1,342    $

Total 

 7,510  
 4,197  
 6,220  
 276  
 4,017  
 22,220  

Total 

 7,692  
 3,326  
 6,310  
 11  
 3,283  
 20,622  

*  Gains  on  sales  of  loans  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  current  year 

presentation. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Compared to 2013 

Total  noninterest  income  decreased  $2.6  million,  or  11.9  percent,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014, 
compared to the same period in 2013. The decrease in total noninterest income for 2014 was attributable to the Mortgage 
Banking segment where current market conditions caused a decline of 33.6 percent in loan origination volume during 
2014 and corresponding decreases of $2.4 million in gains on sales of loans and $1.6 million in ancillary loan origination 
fees  constituting  a  33.9  percent  decline  in  noninterest  income  generated  by  that  segment.    Noninterest  income  also 
declined  because  of  a  nonrecurring  $270,000  gain  recognized  in  2013  from  the  sale  of  securities  by  the  Corporation.  
These decreases were partially offset by higher noninterest income at the Retail Banking segment, which included a full 
year  of  CVB  noninterest  income.  In  addition,  C&F  Bank  recognized  higher  activity-based  debit  card  interchange  and 
service charges on its deposit accounts resulting from increased customer activity during 2014.  

2013 Compared to 2012 

Total noninterest income increased $1.6 million, or 7.7 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared 
to the same period in 2012. The increase in total noninterest income for 2013 included $668,000 of noninterest income of 
CVBK since October 1, 2013 consisting of $285,000 of service charges on deposit accounts, $237,000 of other service 
charges and fees and $146,000 of other income. In addition, noninterest income was affected by the Mortgage Banking 
segment's election in the second quarter of 2013 to use fair value accounting for its portfolio of loans held for sale and 
IRLCs, which resulted in a $333,000 favorable fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2013. Noninterest 
income for the Mortgage Banking segment was further affected by volatility in mortgage interest rates, which caused a 
decline of 14.1 percent in loan origination volume during 2013 and a corresponding $182,000 decrease in gains on sales 
of loans and $538,000 decrease in ancillary loan origination fees. C&F Bank recognized higher activity-based debit card 
interchange  and  service  charges  on  its  deposit  accounts  resulting  from  increased  customer  activity  during  2013.  The 
Corporation's holding company, which is included in "Other and Eliminations" above, recognized a $270,000 gain in the 
third quarter of 2013 from the sale of its holdings of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock. 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses: 

OREO expenses 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Other expenses 
Total other expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

TABLE 4: Noninterest Expense 

     Retail 
  Banking 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 
     Mortgage      Consumer        Other and      
  Eliminations  
Finance 
  Banking

Total 

     $

 22,944      $
 6,250  

 3,568      $
 1,832  

 8,962        $ 
 717   

 836       $
 7   

 36,310
 8,806  

 6  
 —  
 11,714  
 11,720  
 40,914   $

 —  
 240  
 2,536  
 2,776  
 8,176   $

 —   
 —   
 4,022   
 4,022   

 13,701    $ 

 —   
 —   
 501   
 501   
 1,344    $

 6  
 240  
 18,773  
 19,019  
 64,135  

  $

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses: 

OREO expenses 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Other expenses 
Total other expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits* 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses: 

OREO expenses 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Other expenses 
Total other expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

     Banking 
     $

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Retail 

  Mortgage   Consumer 

     Banking      Finance 

  Other and 
     Eliminations     

Total 

 18,361      $
 4,665  

 4,118      $
 1,894  

 7,877        $ 
 823   

 811       $
 15   

 31,167
 7,397  

 681  
 —  
 9,154  
 9,835  
 32,861   $

 —  
 558  
 3,429  
 3,987  
 9,999   $

 —   
 —   
 3,477   
 3,477   

 12,177    $ 

 —   
 —   
 1,749   
 1,749   
 2,575    $

 681  
 558  
 17,809  
 19,048  
 57,612  

  $

Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Retail 

  Banking 

  Mortgage   Consumer 
  Banking

Finance 

  Other and 
  Eliminations  

Total 

     $

 15,562     $
 4,041  

 3,795     $
 1,904  

 7,591       $ 
 827   

 865      $
 23   

 27,813
 6,795  

 1,634  
 —  
 6,710  
 8,344  

 —  
 1,205  
 3,156  
 4,361  

 —   
 —   
 3,273   
 3,273   

  $

 27,947   $  10,060   $

 11,691    $ 

 —   
 —   
 456   
 456   
 1,344    $

 1,634  
 1,205  
 13,595  
 16,434  
 51,042  

*  Salaries and employee benefits for prior periods at the Mortgage Banking segment have been reclassified to conform 

to current year presentation. 

2014 Compared to 2013 

Total  noninterest  expenses  increased  $6.5  million,  or  11.3  percent,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014, 
compared to the same period in 2013. The increase in total noninterest expenses for 2014, which includes a full year of 
CVBK  noninterest  expenses,  resulted  primarily  from  higher  personnel  costs  during  2014    (1)  at  C&F  Bank  due  to 
increased  staff  levels  and  support  positions  associated  with  the  addition  of  seven  branches  through  the  acquisition  of 
CVB and the addition of new personnel dedicated to growing C&F Bank's commercial and small business loan portfolio, 
(2)  due  to  one-time  costs  and  ongoing  operating  expenses  associated  with  the  effects  of  combining  CVB’s  operations 
into  C&F  Bank’s  and  (3)  due  to  depreciation  of  equipment  purchased  to  upgrade  CVB’s  systems  and  equipment  to 
conform  to  C&F  Bank’s  technology  infrastructure.  In  addition,  personnel  costs  increased  at  the  Consumer  Finance 
segment  due  to  an  increase  in  the  number  of  personnel  related  to  the  segment’s  expansion  efforts  throughout  2013.  
These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  lower  OREO  expense  at  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  lower  variable  loan 
production  costs  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  and  nonrecurring  transaction  costs  recognized  in  2013  associated 
with the Corporation’s acquisition of CVBK. 

2013 Compared to 2012 

Total  noninterest  expenses  increased  $6.6  million,  or  12.9  percent,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013, 
compared  to  the  same  period  in  2012.  The  increase  in  total  noninterest  expenses  for  2013  included  $2.8  million  of 
noninterest  expenses  of  CVBK  since  October  1,  2013  consisting  of  $1.0  million  of  salaries  and  employee  benefits, 
$282,000  of  occupancy  expense  and  $1.5  million  of  other  expenses.  Further  increases  resulted  primarily  from  higher 
personnel costs during 2013 at (1) C&F Bank due to increased staffing in the branch network to support customer service 
initiatives  and  the  addition  of  new  personnel  dedicated  to  growing  C&F  Bank's  commercial  and  small  business  loan 
portfolio,  (2)  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  due  to  higher  non-production  based  compensation  associated  with  the 
expansion into Virginia Beach, Virginia and with regulatory compliance and (3) the Consumer Finance segment due to 
an  increase  in  the  number  of  personnel  to  support  expansion  into  new  markets.  In  addition,  C&F  Bank  recognized  a 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$165,000  loss  on  the  sale  of  a  facility  in  West  Point,  Virginia  previously  used  for  its  deposit  operations,  and  the 
Corporation's  holding  company,  which  is  included  in  "Other  and  Eliminations"  above,  recognized  $1.2  million  in 
transaction costs associated with the Corporation's acquisition of CVBK. These increases were partially offset by a lower 
provision  for  indemnification  losses  in  connection  with  loans  sold  to  investors  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  and 
lower foreclosed properties expenses at C&F Bank. 

INCOME TAXES 

Income  taxes  on  2014  earnings  amounted  to  $4.7  million,  resulting  in  an  effective  tax  rate  of  27.7  percent, 
compared with $6.7 million, or 31.8 percent, in 2013 and $7.6 million, or 31.8 percent, in 2012. Earnings of the Retail 
Banking  segment,  which  are  exempt  from  state  income  taxes  and  include  tax-exempt  income  on  securities  issued  by 
states and political subdivisions, increased in 2014 and became a larger portion of the Corporation’s earnings.  Therefore, 
the Corporation’s effective tax rate declined in 2014 as compared to 2013.  Further, the Corporation’s effective tax rate 
in  2013  reflected  the  effect  of    $707,000  of  non-deductible  expenses  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  CVBK  on 
October  1,  2013.  For  2013  compared  to  2012,  the  effective  tax  rate  remained  the  same  even  through  earnings  of  the 
Retail  Banking  segment  increased  because  of  the  effect  of  $707,000  of  non-deductible  expenses  associated  with  the 
acquisition of CVB in 2013. 

ASSET QUALITY 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses 

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology – Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking. We conduct an analysis of the 
loan  portfolio  on  a  regular  basis.  This  analysis  includes  purchased  performing  loans  acquired  in  connection  with  the 
Corporation's acquisition of CVBK on October 1, 2013. We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance 
for loan losses and to determine the necessary provision for loan losses. The review process generally begins with loan 
officers or management identifying problem loans to be reviewed on an individual basis for impairment. In addition to 
these loans, all substandard commercial, construction and residential loans in excess of $500,000 and all troubled debt 
restructurings are considered for individual impairment testing.  We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we 
will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  A loan is not considered 
impaired  during  a period of delay  in  payment  if  the ultimate  collectibility  of  all  amounts due  is  expected.  If  a  loan  is 
considered impaired, impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the 
loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral 
dependent.  When a loan is determined to be impaired, we follow a consistent process to measure that impairment in our 
loan portfolio. We then establish a specific allowance for impaired loans based on the difference between the carrying 
value of the loan and its estimated fair value.  For collateral dependent loans we obtain an updated appraisal if we do not 
have  a  current  one  on  file.  Appraisals  are  performed  by  independent  third  party  appraisers  with  relevant  industry 
experience.  We may make adjustments to the appraised value based on recent sales of like properties or general market 
conditions  when  appropriate.  We  segregate  loans  meeting  the  classification  criteria  for  special  mention,  substandard, 
doubtful and loss, as well as impaired loans from performing loans within the portfolio. The remaining non-classified 
loans are grouped by loan type (e.g., commercial, consumer) and by risk rating. We assign each loan type an allowance 
factor based on the associated risk, current economic conditions, past performance, complexity and size of the individual 
loans within the particular loan category. We assign classified loans (e.g., special mention, substandard, doubtful, loss) a 
higher  allowance  factor  than  non-classified  loans  within  a  particular  loan  type  based  on  our  concerns  regarding 
collectibility or our knowledge of particular elements surrounding the borrower. Our allowance factors increase with the 
severity of classification. Allowance factors used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history 
for relevant periods of time which can vary depending on economic conditions, and our judgment based on the overall 
analysis of the lending environment including the general economic conditions.  Our analysis of charge-off history also 
considers  economic  cycles  and  the  trends  during  those  cycles.  Those  cycles  that  more  closely  match  the  current 
environment are considered more relevant during our review.   The allowance for loan losses is the aggregate of specific 
allowances,  the  calculated  allowance  required  for  classified  loans  by  category  and  the  general  allowance  for  each 
portfolio type. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In conjunction with the methodology described above, we consider the following risk elements that are inherent in 

the loan portfolio: 

  Real estate residential mortgage loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower 

and changes in the value of the collateral. 

  Real estate construction loans carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project 

will not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may, at any point in time, be less than the 
principal amount of the loan. Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may 
not be a loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure 
unrelated to the project. 

  Commercial, financial and agricultural loans carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a 
real estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment of 
these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In addition, there is 
risk associated with the value of collateral other than real estate which may depreciate over time and cannot be 
appraised with as much precision. 

  Equity lines of credit carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in 

the value of the collateral. 

  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value of the 
collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more likely 
than real estate loans to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. 

As  discussed  above  we  segregate  loans  meeting  the  criteria  for  special  mention,  substandard,  doubtful  and  loss 
from non-classified, or pass rated, loans. We review the characteristics of each rating at least annually, generally during 
the first quarter. The characteristics of these ratings are as follows: 

  Pass rated loans are to persons or business entities with an acceptable financial condition, appropriate collateral 
margins, appropriate cash flow to service the existing loan, and an appropriate leverage ratio. The borrower has 
paid all obligations as agreed and it is expected that this type of payment history will continue. When necessary, 
acceptable personal guarantors support the loan. 

  Special mention loans have a specific defined weakness in the borrower’s operations and the borrower’s ability to 
generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis. The borrower’s recent payment history is characterized by late 
payments. The Corporation’s risk exposure is mitigated by collateral supporting the loan. The collateral is 
considered to be well-margined, well maintained, accessible and readily marketable. 

  Substandard loans are considered to have specific and well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the viability of the 

Corporation’s credit extension. The payment history for the loan has been inconsistent and the expected or 
projected primary repayment source may be inadequate to service the loan. The estimated net liquidation value of 
the collateral pledged and/or ability of the personal guarantor(s) to pay the loan may not adequately protect the 
Corporation. There is a distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies 
associated with the loan are not corrected in the near term. A substandard loan would not automatically meet our 
definition of impaired unless the loan is significantly past due and the borrower’s performance and financial 
condition provide evidence that it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due. 

  Substandard nonaccrual loans have the same characteristics as substandard loans; however they have a non-
accrual classification because it is probable that the Corporation will not be able to collect all amounts due. 

42 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  Doubtful rated loans have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan that is classified substandard but with the added 
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, 
conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high. 

  Loss rated loans are not considered collectible under normal circumstances and there is no realistic expectation for 

any future payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off. 

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology - PCI Loans - As previously described, on a quarterly basis we evaluate 
our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans. These evaluations require the continued assessment of 
key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value, such as the effect of collateral value changes, 
changing loss severities, prepayment speeds and other relevant factors. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows 
will generally result in a provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the allowance for loans losses. For a more 
detailed description, see "Critical Accounting Policies" in this Item 7. 

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology – Consumer Finance. The Consumer Finance segment’s loans consist of 
non-prime  automobile  loans.  These  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  (1)  the  continued  credit-worthiness  of  borrowers 
who may be unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources and (2) the 
value  of  rapidly-depreciating  collateral.  These  loans  do  not  lend  themselves  to  a  classification  process  because  of  the 
short  duration  of  time  between  delinquency  and  repossession.  Therefore,  the  loan  loss  allowance  review  process 
generally  focuses  on  the  rates  of  delinquencies,  deferrals,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses.  Allowance  factors  also 
include an analysis of charge-off history for relevant periods of time which can vary depending on economic conditions, 
and our judgment based on the overall analysis of the lending environment.  Loans are segregated between performing 
and nonperforming loans.  Performing loans are those that have made timely payments in accordance with the terms of 
the loan agreement and are not past due 90 days or more.  Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest and 
are greater than 90 days past due. 

In  accordance  with  its  policies  and  guidelines  and  consistent  with  industry  practices,  C&F  Finance,  at  times, 
offers payment deferrals to borrowers, whereby the borrower is allowed to move up to two payments within a twelve-
month rolling period to the end of the loan. A fee will be collected for extensions only in states that permit it. An account 
for which all delinquent payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore 
is  not  included  as  a  delinquent  account.  Thereafter,  such  an  account  is  aged  based  on  the  timely  payment  of  future 
installments in the same manner as any other account. We evaluate the results of this deferment strategy based upon the 
amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred versus the extent to which the 
collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time. Based on this evaluation, we 
believe  that payment  deferrals  granted  according  to our policies  and guidelines  are  an effective portfolio  management 
technique  and result  in  higher  ultimate  cash  collections.  Payment  deferrals  may  affect  the  ultimate  timing  of when an 
account  is  charged  off.  Increased  use  of  deferrals  may  result  in  a  lengthening  of  the  loss  confirmation  period,  which 
would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore increase the allowance for loan losses 
and  related  provision  for  loan  losses.  The  average  amounts  deferred,  as  a  percentage  of  loans  outstanding,  was  2.10 
percent in 2014, 1.32 percent in 2013 and 0.73 percent in 2012. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on 
existing loans that may become uncollectible. The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and loans charged 
off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance. The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss experience for the 
periods indicated: 

TABLE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses: 

Retail Banking segment 
Mortgage Banking segment 
Consumer Finance segment 
Total provision for loan losses 

Loans charged off: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction1 
Commercial, financial and agricultural2 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Total loans charged off 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction1 
Commercial, financial and agricultural2 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Total recoveries 
Net loans charged off 
Allowance, end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding during 

period for Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding during 

period for Consumer Finance 

2014 
 34,852 

$

 — 
 60 
 16,270 
 16,330 

 161 
 — 
 271 
 80 
 312 
 19,022 
 19,846 

 59 
 — 
 210 
 — 
 250 
 3,751 
 4,270 
 15,576 
 35,606 

$

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 

2013 

2011 

2010 

$  35,907   $  33,677   $   28,840   $  24,027  

 1,030  
 90  
   13,965  
   15,085  

 849  
 — 
 2,298  
 126  
 399  
   16,398  
   20,070  

 2,400  
 165  
 9,840  
   12,405  

 793  
 — 
 2,074  
 159  
 337  
   10,134  
   13,497  

 6,000  
 360  
 7,800  
   14,160  

 1,096  
 — 
 2,566  
 52  
 319  
 8,144  
   12,177  

 6,500  
 34  
 8,425  
   14,959  

 334  
 — 
 3,787  
 44  
 189  
 7,976  
   12,330  

 106  
 3  
 227  
 28  
 173  
 3,393  
 3,930  
   16,140  

 6  
 — 
 21  
 32  
 83  
 2,042  
 2,184  
   10,146  
$  34,852   $  35,907   $   33,677   $  28,840  

 35  
 — 
 121  
 79  
 207  
 2,880  
 3,322  
   10,175  

 98  
 — 
 173  
 12  
 122  
 2,449  
 2,854  
 9,323  

 0.06% 

 0.73 % 

 0.72 %    

 0.89 % 

 0.97 % 

 5.39% 

 4.59 % 

 2.76 %    

 2.39 % 

 2.89 % 

1 
2 

Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending. 
Includes  the  Corporation’s  commercial  real  estate  lending,  land  acquisition and development  lending,  builder  line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

For further information regarding the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, refer to “Nonperforming Assets” 

within this Item 7. 

44 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The allocation of the allowance at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of related outstanding loan 

balances to total loans are as follows: 

TABLE 6: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allocation of allowance for loan losses, end of year: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 1 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 2 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Unallocated 
Balance, December 31 

Ratio of loans to total year-end loans: 
Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 1 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 2 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

2014 

2013 

December 31,  
2012 

2011 

2010 

  $

  $

 2,313 
 434  
 7,744 
 812 
 211 
 24,092 
 — 
 35,606 

$

 2,355   $
 434  
 7,805  
 892  
 273  
   23,093  
 — 

 1,442  
 581  
 8,688  
 380  
 307  
   17,442  
 — 
$  34,852   $  35,907   $   33,677   $  28,840  

 2,358   $ 
 424  
 9,824  
 885  
 283  
   22,133  
 — 

 2,379   $
 480  
   10,040  
 912  
 319  
   19,547  
 — 

 21% 
 1  
 37 
 6  
 1  
 34  
 100 % 

 23 % 
 1  
 35  
 6  
 1  
 34  
 100 % 

 22 %    

 1  
 30  
 5  
 1  
 41  
 100 %    

 22 % 
 1  
 33  
 5  
 1  
 38  
 100 % 

 23 % 
 2  
 34  
 5  
 1  
 35  
 100 % 

1 
2 

Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending. 
Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2014 were as follows: 

TABLE 7A: Credit Quality Indicators * 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 2 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 3 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

     Special 
  Mention 

     Substandard     

  Substandard    Nonaccrual 

Total1 

Pass 
  $  171,414   $

 4,677 
   269,631 
 48,443 
 7,984 

 2,978   $
 — 
 7,591 
 772 
 103 

  $  502,149  $  11,444  $

 2,953   $ 
 2,648 
 27,590 
 750 
 33 
 33,974  $ 

 2,472   $  179,817
 7,325 
   306,845 
 50,321 
 8,163 
 4,904  $  552,471 

 — 
 2,033 
 356 
 43 

* 

Included in the table above are loans purchased in connection with the acquisition of CVB of $87.3 million pass 
rated, $3.0 million special mention, $10.7 million substandard and $603,000 substandard nonaccrual. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Consumer finance 

Non‐

    Performing      
  $  282,293   $ 

Performing           Total        
 1,040    $  283,333  

1  At December 31, 2014, the Corporation did not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss. 
2 
3 

Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending. 
Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

45 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
     
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2013 were as follows: 

TABLE 7B: Credit Quality Indicators 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 2 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 3 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

Pass 

     Special 
  Mention 

     Substandard     

  Substandard    Nonaccrual 

Total1 

  $  180,670   $  2,209   $

 2,899  
   243,576  
 48,603  
 8,616  

 116  
 8,571  
 1,003  
 2  

  $  484,364   $  11,901   $

 3,580   $ 
 2,795  
 34,573  
 898  
 158  
 42,004   $ 

 1,996   $  188,455  
 5,810  
   288,593  
 50,795  
 9,007  
 4,391   $  542,660  

 — 
 1,873  
 291  
 231  

* 

Included in the table above are loans purchased in connection with the acquisition of CVB of $119.8 million pass 
rated, $3.3 million special mention, $17.8 million substandard and $652,000 substandard nonaccrual. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Consumer finance 

Non-

    Performing      
  $  276,537   $ 

Performing           Total        
 1,187   $  277,724  

1  At December 31, 2013, the Corporation did not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss. 
2 
3 

Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending. 
Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

The Retail Banking segment's allowance for loan losses decreased $305,000 since December 31, 2013 as a result 
of  net  charge-offs  during  2014  that  were  largely  provided  for  through  provisions  in  loan  losses  recognized  in  prior 
periods.    While  there  was  a  slight  increase  in  substandard  nonaccrual  loans  since  December  31,  2013,  there  was  no 
provision for loan losses at the Retail Banking segment during 2014 because of the overall improvement in the quality of 
the loan portfolio as indicated by the $8.0 million decline in substandard loans. The allowance for loan losses to total 
loans,  excluding  purchased  credit  impaired  loans,  declined  to  2.08  percent  at  December  31,  2014,  compared  to  2.22 
percent  at  December  31,  2013.  We  believe  that  the  current  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  C&F  Bank  is 
adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. If current economic conditions continue 
or worsen, a higher level of nonperforming loans may be experienced in future periods, which may then require a higher 
provision for loan losses. 

The Consumer Finance segment’s allowance for loan losses increased by $999,000 to $24.1 million at December 
31, 2014 from $23.1 million at December 31, 2013, and its provision for loan losses increased $2.3 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 2013. The increase in provision for loan losses during 2014 and the lack of 
significant loan portfolio growth since December 31, 2013 resulted in an increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan 
losses  as  a  percentage  of  loans  at  December  31,  2014  to  8.50  percent  from  8.32  percent  at  December  31,  2013.  The 
increase in the provision for loan losses during 2014 was primarily attributable to higher net charge-offs, which resulted 
from the uncertain economic conditions, lower resale prices of repossessed vehicles and easing of underwriting standards 
and pricing by our competitors leading to higher default rates. We believe that the current level of the allowance for loan 
losses  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  is  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  loans  that  may  become 
uncollectible.  However,  if  factors  influencing  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  result  in  higher  net  charge-off  ratio  in 
future  periods,  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  may  need  to  increase  the  level  of  its  allowance  for  loan  losses,  which 
could negatively affect future earnings of the Consumer Finance segment. 

46 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 

A  loan’s  past  due  status  is  based  on  the  contractual  due  date  of  the  most  delinquent  payment  due.  Loans  are 
generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, 
if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the financial strength of 
the  borrower.  Loans  greater  than  90  days  past  due  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if  management  determines  it  has 
adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. For those loans that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are 
first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.  A  loan  may  be  returned  to  accrual  status  if  the  borrower  has  demonstrated  a 
sustained period of repayment performance in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable 
assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed. These policies are applied consistently across our loan 
portfolio, including purchased loans. 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of 
the  loan  balance  or  the  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure.  Subsequent  to  foreclosure,  management 
periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent 
sales  of  like  properties,  length  of  time  the  properties  have  been  held,  and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to 
continued ownership of the properties. We may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less costs 
to  sell  if  valuations  indicate  a  further  other-than-temporary  deterioration  in  market  conditions.  Revenue  and  expenses 
from  operations  and  changes  in  the  property  valuations  are  included  in  net  expenses  from  foreclosed  assets  and 
improvements are capitalized. 

During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  generally 
increase at the Consumer Finance segment. These periods also may be accompanied by decreased consumer demand for 
used  automobiles  and  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans,  which  weakens  collateral  coverage 
and  increases  the  amount  of  a  loss  in  the  event  of  default.  Significant  increases  in  the  inventory  of  used  automobiles 
during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may sell repossessed automobiles or delay 
the  timing  of  these  sales.  Because  C&F  Finance  focuses  on  non-prime  borrowers,  the  actual  rates  of  delinquencies, 
defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  on  these  loans  are  higher  than  those  experienced  in  the  general  automobile  finance 
industry  and  could  be  more  dramatically  affected  by  a  general  economic  downturn.  While  we  manage  the  higher  risk 
inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through the underwriting criteria and collection methods employed by 
C&F  Finance,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  these  criteria  or  methods  will  afford  adequate  protection  against  these  risks. 
However, we believe that the current allowance for loan losses is appropriate to absorb any losses on existing Consumer 
Finance segment loans that may become uncollectible. 

At the Consumer Finance segment, the automobile repossession process is generally initiated after a loan becomes 
more than 60 days delinquent. Repossessions are handled by independent repossession firms engaged by C&F Finance. 
After the prescribed waiting period, the repossessed automobile is sold in a third-party auction. We credit the proceeds 
from the sale of the automobile, and any other recoveries, against the balance of the loan and related fees. Proceeds from 
the sale of the repossessed vehicle and other recoveries are usually not sufficient to cover the outstanding balance of the 
loan,  and  the  resulting  deficiency  is  charged  off.  The  charge-off  represents  the  difference  between  the  actual  net  sale 
proceeds  minus  collections  and  repossession  expenses  and  the  principal  balance  of  the  delinquent  loan.  C&F  Finance 
pursues collection of deficiencies when it deems such action to be appropriate. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 8 summarizes nonperforming assets at December 31 of each of the past five years. 

TABLE 8: Nonperforming Assets 

Retail Banking Segment 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Nonaccrual loans 
OREO* 
Total nonperforming assets ** 
Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 
Troubled debt restructurings 
Total loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO* 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans 

  $

2014 
 4,717  
 786  
 5,503  
  $
 14  
  $
  $
 5,827  
  $  549,183
  $  10,961  

2013 

$

 4,391  
 2,768  
 7,159  
$
 75  
$
$
 5,620  
$  539,746  
$  11,266  

$

$ 

2010 

2012 
 7,765  
$  11,461  
 10,295  
 6,236  
$  18,060  
$  17,697  
 1,030  
$
 — 
$
$  16,492  
 9,769  
$
  $  395,664      $  401,745       $   412,092  
$  11,228  
$  13,381  

2011 
 10,011  
 6,059  
 16,070  
 68  
 17,094  

 13,650  

$ 
$ 
$ 

 1.00 %    
 2.00  
 232.37  

 1.34 %    
 2.09  
 256.57  

$ 
 4.40 %    
 3.38 
 116.75  

 3.94 %  
 3.40  
 136.35 

 4.28 %  
 2.72  
 144.60  

*   OREO is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. 
**  Because the Corporation acquired CVBK on October 1, 2013, and the Corporation did not own CVBK's assets 
(including CVB's nonperforming assets) prior to October 1, 2013, information regarding CVB's nonperforming 
assets for periods prior to the acquisition is not included in Table 8. Further, as required by purchase accounting, 
PCI loans that were considered nonaccrual and TDRs prior to the acquisition lose these designations and are not 
included in post-acquisition nonperforming assets in Table 8. 

Mortgage Banking Segment 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Nonaccrual loans 
OREO* 
Total nonperforming assets 
Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 
Troubled debt restructurings 
Total loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO* 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

$

 187 
 — 
 187 
$
 — 
$
 — 
$
 3,288 
$
 553 
$
 5.69%    
 16.82 
 295.72 

$

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 2,914  
 493  

$
$
$
$
$
 —%    

$ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 2,340  
 393  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
 —%    

 16.92  
 — 

 16.79  
 — 

$

 621  
 — 
 621  
 — 
 — 
 2,611  
 480  

$
$
$
$
$
 23.78 %    
 18.38  
 77.29 

 — 
 379  
 379  
 — 
 — 
 2,739  
 170  
 12.16 %
 6.21  
 — 

*  OREO is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. 

Consumer Finance Segment 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Nonaccrual loans 
Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 
Total loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Nonaccrual consumer finance loans to total consumer 

finance loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans  

2014 

 1,040 
  $
  $
 — 
  $  283,333 
 24,092 
  $

2013 

 1,187  
$
$
 — 
$  277,724  
$  23,093  

2012 

 655  
$
$
 — 
$  278,186  
$  22,133  

2011 

 381  
$ 
$ 
 — 
$   246,305  
 19,547  
$ 

2010 

 151  
$
$
 — 
$  220,753  
$  17,442  

 0.37%    
 8.50 

 0.43 %    
 8.32  

 0.24 %    
 7.96  

 0.15 %    
 7.94 

 0.07%
 7.90  

48 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
     
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 9 presents the changes in the OREO balance for 2014 and 2013: 

TABLE 9: OREO Changes 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of year, gross 
Transfers between loans and other real estate owned 
Acquired from CVB 
Charge-offs 
Sales proceeds 
Gain on disposition 
Deferred gain on disposition 
Balance at the end of year, gross 
Less valuation allowance 
Balance at the end of year, net 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2014 

 6,904  
 1,960  
 —  
 (4,135) 
 (4,382) 
 324  
 144  
 815  
 (29) 
 786  

2013 
 10,173
 588
 395
 (261)
 (4,209)
 218
 —
 6,904
 (4,135)
 2,769

$

$

  $ 

  $ 

Nonperforming  assets  of  C&F  Bank  totaled  $5.5  million  at  December  31,  2014,  compared  to  $7.2  million  at 
December 31, 2013, a 23 percent decrease during 2014. C&F Bank's nonperforming assets at December, 2014 included 
$4.7 million of nonaccrual loans, compared to $4.4 million at December 31, 2013, and $786,000 of OREO compared to 
$2.8 million at December 31, 2013. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans decreased to 232.37 
percent  at  December  31,  2014  from  256.57  percent  at  December  31,  2013.  The  increase  in  nonaccrual  loans  since 
December 31, 2013 was generally attributable to smaller balance residential real estate and commercial loans. 

We  believe  we  have  provided  adequate  loan  loss  reserves  based  on  our  evaluations  of  collectability  of  loans, 
which considers trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current 
econcomic  conditions  that  may  affect  borrowers’  ability  to  repay  and  collateral  values,  overall  portfolio  quality  and 
review of specific potential losses.   

The Corporation's aggregate OREO properties were $786,000 at December 31, 2014, compared to $2.8 million at 
December  31,  2013,  and  primarily  consisted  of  residential  lots.  These  properties  have  been  written  down  to  their 
estimated fair values less cost to sell. The decline in OREO during 2014 resulted from sales of properties that had a net 
carrying value of $2.5 million at December 31, 2013, partially offset by foreclosures in 2014.  In connection with the 
OREO  sales  in  2014,  the  Corporation  recognized  $4.1  million  of  OREO  charge-offs  which  were  largely  provided  for 
through OREO loss provisions recognized in prior periods. 

Nonaccrual loans at the Consumer Finance segment decreased to $1.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $1.2 
million at December 31, 2013. As noted above, the allowance for loan losses at the Consumer Finance segment increased 
from $23.1 million at December 31, 2013 to $24.1 million at December 31, 2014, and the ratio of the allowance for loan 
losses to total consumer finance loans was 8.50 percent as of December 31, 2014, compared to 8.32 percent at December 
31, 2013. Nonaccrual consumer finance loans remain low relative to the allowance for loan losses and the total consumer 
finance loan portfolio because the Consumer Finance segment generally initiates repossession of loan collateral once a 
loan is 60 days or more past due but before the loan reaches 90 days or more past due and is evaluated for nonaccrual 
status. 

If interest on nonaccrual loans had been recognized, we would have recorded additional gross interest income of 
$413,000  for 2014, $479,000  for 2013  and $654,000  for 2012. Interest  received  on nonaccrual  loans was  $233,000  in 
2014, $241,000 in 2013 and $171,000 in 2012. 

As  discussed  above,  we  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows 
discounted at the effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or 
the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the 
measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment. TDRs occur when we agree to significantly modify 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the original terms of a loan by granting a concession due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. 
These  concessions  typically  are  made  for  loss  mitigation  purposes  and  could  include  reductions  in  the  interest  rate, 
payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. TDRs are considered impaired loans. 

Impaired loans, which included $5.8 million of TDRs, and the related allowance at December 31, 2014, were as 

follows: 

TABLE 10A: Impaired Loans 

    Recorded     

Investment   Unpaid  

     Average     
  Balance-   
  Impaired  

Interest 
Income 
  Recognized 

in 
Loans 

  Principal   Related 
  Balance   Allowance   Loans 

  $

 3,000   $  3,094   $ 

 417   $   2,931   $ 

 139

 2,786  
 —  
 103  
 30  
 95  

   2,908  
 —  
 103  
 32  
 95  

 440  
 —  
 15  
 1  
 6  

 2,735  
 —  
 115  
 25  
 95  

  $

 6,014   $  6,232   $ 

 879   $   5,901   $ 

 150
 —
 7
 2
 4
 302

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 
Equity lines 

Consumer 
Total 

Impaired loans, which included $5.6 million of TDR loans, and the related allowance at December 31, 2013, were 

as follows: 

TABLE 10B: Impaired Loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Total 

     Recorded 
  Investment in Principal   Related 

    Unpaid     

  Average  
    Balance       Interest 
Income 
  Total 

Loans 

Balance   Allowance   Loans  Recognized 

  $ 

 2,601   $  2,694   $ 

 390   $  2,090   $ 

 99

 2,729  
 13  
 695  
 131  
 93  

   2,780  
 16  
 756  
 132  
 93  

 504  
 4  
 131  
 —  
 14  

   2,748  
 14  
 562  
 33  
 95  

  $ 

 6,262   $  6,471   $ 

 1,043   $  5,542   $ 

 99
 1
 11
 —
 9
 219

50 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

TABLE 11: Troubled Debt Restructurings 

December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Accruing TDRs 
Nonaccrual TDRs1 

Total TDRs2 

2013 

      2014 
  $ 

 3,801   $  3,026  
 2,026  
 2,594  
 5,827   $  5,620  

  $ 

1 
2 

Included in nonaccrual loans in Table 8: Nonperforming Assets. 
Included in impaired loans in Tables 10A and 10B: Impaired Loans. 

While TDRs are considered impaired loans, not all TDRs are on nonaccrual status.  If a loan was on nonaccrual 
status at the time of the TDR modification, the loan will remain on nonaccrual status following the modification and may 
be  returned  to  accrual  status  based  on  the  Corporation’s  policy  for  returning  loans  to  accrual  status.  If  a  loan  was 
accruing  prior  to  being  modified  as  a  TDR  and  if  the  Corporation  concludes  that  the  borrower  is  able  to  make  such 
modified payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would cause it to conclude otherwise, the TDR 
will remain on an accruing status. 

Allowance and Provision for Indemnification Losses 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party counterparties. 
As  is  customary  in  the  industry,  the  agreements  with  these  counterparties  require  C&F  Mortgage  to  extend 
representations  and  warranties  with  respect  to  program  compliance,  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud,  and  early 
payment performance. Under the agreements, the counterparties are entitled to make loss claims and repurchase requests 
of  C&F  Mortgage  for  loans  that  contain  covered  deficiencies.  C&F  Mortgage  has  obtained  early  payment  default 
recourse waivers for a significant portion of its business. Recourse periods for early payment default for the remaining 
counterparties  vary  from  90  days  up  to  one  year.  Recourse  periods  for  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud,  or 
underwriting  error  do  not  have  a  stated  time  limit.  C&F  Mortgage  maintains  an  indemnification  reserve  for  potential 
claims made under these recourse provisions. C&F Mortgage has adopted a reserve methodology whereby provisions are 
made to an expense account to fund a reserve maintained as a liability account on the balance sheet for potential losses. 
The  loan  performance  data  of  sold  loans  is  not  made  available  to  C&F  Mortgage  making  the  evaluation  of  potential 
losses  inherently  subjective  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information 
becomes available. A schedule of expected losses on loans with claims or indemnifications is maintained to ensure the 
reserve  is  adequate  to  cover  estimated  losses.  Often  times,  claims  are  not  factually  validated  and  they  are  rescinded. 
Once claims are validated and the actual or potential loss is agreed upon with the counterparties, the reserve is charged 
and a cash payment is made to settle the claim. The balance of the indemnification reserve has adequately provided for 
all claims in each of the three years ended December 31, 2014. The following table presents the changes in the allowance 
for indemnification losses for the periods presented: 

TABLE 12: Allowance for Indemnification Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Payments 
Allowance, end of period 

51 

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 
2014 

     2013 
  $  2,415   $   2,092   $  1,702  
   1,205  
 (815) 
  $  2,089   $   2,415   $  2,092  

 240  
 (566) 

 558  
 (235) 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The higher levels of the provision for indemnification losses and payments during 2012 relative to 2014 and 2013 
were  attributable  to  more  claims  arising  throughout  the  mortgage  banking  industry  from  more  stringent  agency  (i.e., 
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac) loan reviews.   

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

SUMMARY 

A  financial  institution’s  primary  sources  of  revenue  are  generated  by  its  earning  assets  and  sales  of  financial 
assets, while its major expenses are produced by the funding of those assets with interest-bearing liabilities, provisions 
for loan losses and compensation to employees.  Effective management of these sources and uses of funds is essential in 
attaining a financial institution’s maximum profitability while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. 

At December 31, 2014, the Corporation had total assets of $1.33 billion compared to $1.31 billion at December 

31, 2013. The significant components of the Corporation’s balance sheet are discussed below. 

LOAN PORTFOLIO 

General 

Through  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  we  engage  in  a  wide  range  of  lending  activities,  which  include  the 
origination, primarily in the Retail Banking segment’s market area, of (1) one-to-four family and multi-family residential 
mortgage loans, (2) commercial real estate loans, (3) construction loans, (4) land acquisition and development loans, (5) 
consumer loans and (6) commercial business loans. We engage in non-prime automobile lending through the Consumer 
Finance segment and in residential  mortgage lending through the Mortgage Banking segment with the majority of the 
loans sold to third-party investors. At December 31, 2014, the Corporation’s loans held for investment in all categories 
totaled $800.2 million and loans held for sale had a fair value of $28.3 million. 

Tables 13 and 14 present information pertaining to the composition of loans and maturity/repricing of loans. 

TABLE 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 1 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural 2 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Total loans 
Less allowance for loan losses 
Total loans, net 

2013 

2011 

2014 

2010 

December 31,  
2012 
  $  179,817   $  188,455   $  149,257   $  147,135   $  146,073  
 12,095  
  219,226  
 32,187  
 5,250  
  220,753  
  635,584  
   (28,840) 
  $  800,198   $  785,532   $  640,283   $  616,984   $  606,744  

 5,810  
  288,593  
 50,795  
 9,007  
  277,724  
  820,384  
   (34,852) 

 7,325  
  306,845  
 50,321  
 8,163  
  283,333  
  835,804  
   (35,606) 

 5,737  
  212,235  
 33,192  
 6,057  
  246,305  
  650,661  
   (33,677)  

 5,062  
  205,052  
 33,324  
 5,309  
  278,186  
  676,190  
   (35,907)  

1 
2 

Includes the Corporation’s real estate construction lending and consumer real estate lot lending. 
Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE 14: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans 

December 31, 2014 

     Commercial, 

Financial, 

  Real Estate  
  and Agricultural    Construction 

  $ 

  $ 

 67,736   $ 
 26,045  
 37,873  

 14,873   $ 
 85,646  
 74,672  

 4,953
 —
 —

 2,372
 —
 —

(Dollars in thousands) 
Variable Rate: 

Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
After 5 years 

Fixed Rate: 

Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
After 5 years 

The increase in total loans primarily occurred in the Bank’s real estate loans for commercial, land acquisition and 
development  and builder  line  purposes,  which  was offset  in  part  by  a  decline  in  residential  mortgage  and  commercial 
business loans. 

Total  loans  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013  include  loans  purchased  in  connection  with  the  Corporation’s 
acquisition  of  CVB  on  October  1,  2013.  These  loans  were  recorded  at  estimated  fair  value  on  the  date  of  acquisition 
without  the  carryover  of  the  related  allowance  for  loan  losses.  The  acquired  loans  fall  into  two  categories,  purchased 
performing loans and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans. On the date of acquisition, the Corporation acquired PCI 
loans with a fair value of $35.3 million and acquired purchased performing loans with a fair value of $111.8 million. The 
following tables present the outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of purchased loans that are included 
in the Corporation's balance sheet at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

TABLE 15: PCI and Purchased Performing Loans 

December 31, 2014 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Outstanding principal balance 
Carrying amount 

Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

Total acquired loans 

   Purchased      
Credit 

  Purchased   
Impaired   Performing        Total      
 85,015 
$  36,541

$  121,556

$ 

  $

 1,723   $ 
 —  
   19,367  
 318  
 16  

  $  21,424   $ 

 18,688   $  20,411
 —
 64,382
 15,782
 995
 80,146   $  101,570

 —  
 45,015  
 15,464  
 979  

53 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Outstanding principal balance 
Carrying amount 

Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

Total acquired loans 

December 31, 2013 

    Purchased      
  Credit 
  Impaired 
  $  49,041

  Purchased 
  Performing 
$   110,977 

     Total     
$  160,018

  $

 2,694   $ 
 771  
   28,602  
 332  
 121  

 29,285   $  31,979
 1,688
 83,806
 17,241
 2,277
  $  32,520   $   104,471   $  136,991

 917  
 55,204  
 16,909  
 2,156  

See "Critical Accounting Policies" in this Item 7 for a description of the Corporation's accounting for purchased 

performing and PCI loans. 

Credit Policy 

The  Corporation’s  credit  policy  establishes  minimum  requirements  and  provides  for  appropriate  limitations  on 
overall  concentration  of  credit  within  the  Corporation.  The  policy  provides  guidance  in  general  credit  policies, 
underwriting policies and risk management, credit approval, and administrative and problem asset management policies. 
The  overall  goal  of  the  Corporation’s  credit  policy  is  to  ensure  that  loan  growth  is  accompanied  by  acceptable  asset 
quality with uniform and consistently applied approval, administration, and documentation practices and standards. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale 

The  Mortgage  Banking  segment’s  guidelines  for  underwriting  conventional  conforming  loans  comply  with  the 
underwriting criteria established by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and/or the applicable third party investor. The guidelines 
for non-conforming conventional loans are based on the requirements of private investors and information provided by 
third-party  investors.  The  guidelines  used  by  C&F  Mortgage  to  originate  FHA-insured,  USDA-guaranteed  and  VA-
guaranteed  loans  comply  with  the  criteria  established  by  HUD,  the  USDA,  the  VA  and/or  the  applicable  third  party 
investor. The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates or purchases that have loan-to-value ratios greater than 
80 percent at origination are generally insured by private mortgage insurance. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment 

The Retail Banking segment originates residential mortgage loans secured by first and second liens on properties 
located in its primary market area in southeastern and central Virginia. The Bank offers various types of residential first 
mortgage loans in addition to traditional long-term, fixed-rate loans. The majority of such loans include 10, 15 and 30 
year amortizing mortgage loans with fixed rates of interest and fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms of 20, 25 and 30 
years  but  subject  to  call  after  five  years  at  the  Bank’s  option.  Second  mortgage  loans  are  offered  with  fixed  and 
adjustable rates. Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between five and 20 years. Call 
option provisions are included in the loan documents for some longer-term, fixed-rate second mortgage loans, and these 
provisions allow the Bank to make interest rate adjustments for such loans. 

Loans associated with residential mortgage lending are included in the real estate—residential mortgage category 

in Table 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Construction Lending 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  has  a  real  estate  construction  lending  program.  We  make  loans  primarily  for  the 
construction  of  one-to-four  family  residences  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  multi-family  dwellings.  The  Bank  also  makes 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
construction  loans for office and  warehouse  facilities  and other nonresidential  projects,  generally  limited  to  borrowers 
that present other business opportunities for the Retail Banking segment. 

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the size and 
complexity  of  the  project,  and  the  financial  strength  of  the  borrower  and  any  guarantors  of  the  loan.  The  term  for  a 
typical construction loan ranges from nine months to 15 months for the construction of an individual residence and from 
15  months  to  a  maximum  of  three  years  for  larger  residential  or  commercial  projects.  We  do  not  typically  amortize 
construction loans, and the borrower pays interest monthly on the outstanding principal balance of the loan. The interest 
rates on construction loans are fixed and variable. We do not generally finance the construction of commercial real estate 
projects built on a speculative basis. For residential builder loans, we limit the number of models and/or speculative units 
allowed depending on market conditions, the builder’s financial strength and track record and other factors. Generally, 
the maximum loan-to-value ratio for one-to-four family residential construction loans is 80 percent of the property’s fair 
market value, or 85 percent of the property’s fair market value if the property will be the borrower’s primary residence. 
The fair market value of a project is determined on the basis of an appraisal of the project conducted by an appraiser 
acceptable to the Bank. For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a concern, we may also obtain a feasibility 
study  or  other  acceptable  information  from  the  borrower  or  other  sources  about  the  likely  disposition  of  the  property 
following the completion of construction. 

Construction loans for nonresidential projects and multi-unit residential projects are generally larger and involve a 
greater  degree  of  risk  to  the  Bank  than  residential  mortgage  loans.  We  attempt  to  minimize  such  risks  (1)  by  making 
construction  loans  in  accordance  with  our  underwriting  standards  and  to  established  customers  in  our  primary  market 
area and (2) by monitoring the quality, progress and cost of construction. Generally, our maximum loan-to-value ratio for 
non-residential  projects  and  multi-unit  residential  projects  is  80  percent;  however,  this  maximum  can  be  waived  for 
particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis. 

Loans  associated  with  construction  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—construction  category  in  Table  13: 

Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Consumer Lot Lending 

Consumer lot loans are loans made to individuals for the purpose of acquiring an unimproved building site for the 
construction  of  a  residence  that  generally  will  be  occupied  by  the  borrower.  Consumer  lot  loans  are  made  only  to 
individual borrowers, and each borrower generally must certify his or her intention to build and occupy a single-family 
residence on the lot. These loans typically have a maximum term of either three or five years with a balloon payment of 
the entire balance of the loan being due in full at the end of the initial term. The interest rate for these loans is fixed or 
variable at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. We do not 
believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and development loans because such loans are not made 
for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not made to developers and builders, and are not concentrated 
in any one subdivision or community. 

Loans  associated  with  consumer  lot  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—construction  category  in  Table  13: 

Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending 

The  Retail  Banking  segment's  commercial  real  estate  loans are  primarily  secured  by  the  value of  real  property. 
The  proceeds  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  generally  used  by  the  borrower  to  finance  or  refinance  the  cost  of 
acquiring  and/or  improving  a  commercial  property.  The  properties  that  typically  secure  these  loans  are  office  and 
warehouse facilities, hotels, retail facilities,  restaurants and other commercial properties. Present policy is generally to 
restrict  the  making  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  borrowers  who  will  occupy  or  use  the  financed  property  in 
connection with their normal business operations. However, we also will consider making commercial real estate loans 
under the following two conditions: (1) the borrower is in strong financial condition and presents a substantial business 
opportunity  for  the  Corporation  and  (2)  the  borrower  has  substantially  pre-leased  the  improvements  to  high-caliber 
tenants. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years to 25 years 
and  usually  have  a  term  to  maturity  ranging  from  five  years  to  15  years.  These  loans  normally  have  provisions  for 
interest rate adjustments after the loan is three to five years old. The maximum loan-to-value ratio for a commercial real 
estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis. 
Most commercial real estate loans are further secured by one or more unconditional personal guarantees. 

In  recent  years,  we have  structured  a  portion of  our  commercial  real  estate  loans  as mini-permanent  loans.  The 
amortization period, term and interest rates for these loans vary based on borrower preferences and our assessment of the 
loan and the degree of risk involved. If the borrower prefers a fixed rate of interest, we usually offer a loan with a fixed 
rate of interest for a term of three to ten years with an amortization period of up to 25 years. The remaining balance of 
the loan is due and payable in a single balloon payment at the end of the initial term. We believe these loan terms provide 
some protection from changes in the borrower’s business and income as well as changes in general economic conditions. 
In the case of fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, shorter maturities also provide an opportunity to adjust the interest 
rate on this type of interest-earning asset in accordance with our asset and liability management strategies. 

Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential 
mortgage  loans.  Because  payments  on  loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  are  usually  dependent  on  successful 
operation or management of the properties securing such loans, repayment of such loans is subject to changes in both 
general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income. As a result, events beyond our control, 
such  as  a  downturn  in  the  local  economy,  could  adversely  affect  the  performance  of  the  commercial  real  estate  loan 
portfolio. We seek to minimize these risks by lending to established customers and generally restricting our commercial 
real estate loans to our primary market area. Emphasis is placed on the income producing characteristics and quality of 
the collateral. 

Loans associated with commercial real estate lending are included in the commercial,  financial and agricultural 

category in Table 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Land Acquisition and Development Lending 

Land  acquisition  and  development  loans  are  made  to  builders  and  developers  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring 
unimproved land to be developed for residential building sites, residential housing subdivisions, multi-family dwellings 
and a variety of commercial uses. Our policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for the purpose of acquiring 
developed  lots  for  single-family,  townhouse  or  condominium  construction.  We  will  make  both  land  acquisition  and 
development  loans  to  residential  builders,  experienced  developers  and  others  in  strong  financial  condition  to  provide 
additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank. 

We  underwrite  and  process  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  in  much  the  same  manner  as  commercial 
construction loans and commercial real estate loans. For land acquisition and development loans, we use lower loan-to-
value ratios, which are a maximum of 65 percent for raw land, 75 percent for land development and improved lots and 
80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in accordance with the appraisal policies for 
developed  lots  for  single-family  or  townhouse  construction.  We  can  waive  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  for 
particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis. The term of land acquisition and development loans ranges from a 
maximum of two years for loans relating to the acquisition of unimproved land to, generally, a maximum of three years 
for  other  types  of  projects.  All  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  generally  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more 
unconditional  personal  guarantees.  Because  these  loans  are  usually  in  a  larger  amount  and  involve  more  risk  than 
consumer  lot  loans,  we  carefully  evaluate  the  borrower’s  assumptions  and  projections  about  market  conditions  and 
absorption  rates  in  the  community  in  which  the  property  is  located  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  carry  the  loan  if  the 
borrower’s assumptions prove inaccurate. 

Loans  associated  with  land  acquisition  and  development  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Builder Line Lending 

The Retail Banking segment offers builder lines of credit to residential home builders to support their land and lot 
inventory needs. A construction loan facility for a builder will typically have an expiration of 12 months or less. Each 
loan that is made under the master loan facility will have a stated maturity that allows time for the residential unit to be 
constructed and sold to a homebuyer under prevailing market conditions. Specific terms vary based on the purpose of the 
loan (e.g., lot inventory, spec or non pre-sold units, pre-sold units) and previous sales activity to new homebuyers in the 
particular  development.  Repayment  relies  upon  the  successful  performance  of  the  underlying  residential  real  estate 
project.  This  type  of  lending  carries  a  higher  level  of  risk  related  to  residential  real  estate  market  conditions,  a 
functioning  first  and  secondary  market  in  which  to  sell  residential  properties,  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  manage 
inventory and run projects. We manage this risk by lending to experienced builders and by using specific underwriting 
policies and procedures for these types of loans. 

Loans associated with builder line lending are included in the commercial, financial and agricultural category in 

Table 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Commercial Business Lending 

Commercial  business  loan  products  include  revolving  lines  of  credit  to  provide  working  capital,  term  loans  to 
finance  the  purchase  of  vehicles  and  equipment,  letters  of  credit  to  guarantee  payment  and  performance,  and  other 
commercial loans. In general, these credit facilities carry the unconditional guaranty of the owners and/or stockholders. 

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide for the 
acceleration of repayment upon any event of default, are monitored monthly or quarterly to ensure compliance with loan 
covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually. Interest rates generally will float at a spread tied to the Bank’s 
prime lending rate. Term loans are generally advanced for the purchase of, and are secured by, vehicles and equipment 
and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to five years, on either a fixed or floating rate basis. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  business  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and  agricultural 

category in Table 13: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Equity Line Lending 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  offers  its  customers  home  equity  lines  of  credit  that  enable  customers  to  borrow 
funds  secured by  the  equity  in  their homes.  Currently,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are offered with  adjustable  rates  of 
interest that are generally priced at a spread to the prime lending rate. Home equity lines of credit are made on an open-
end, revolving basis. Home equity loans generally do not present as much risk to the Bank as other types of consumer 
loans. These loans must satisfy our underwriting criteria, including loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with equity line lending are included in the equity lines category in Table 13: Summary of Loans 

Held for Investment. 

Consumer Lending 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  offers  a  variety  of  consumer  loans,  including  automobile,  personal  secured  and 
unsecured,  and  loans  secured  by  savings  accounts  or  certificates  of  deposit.  The  shorter  terms  and  generally  higher 
interest rates on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average loan yield and its cost of 
funds.  Consumer  loans  secured  by  collateral  other  than  a  personal  residence  generally  involve  more  credit  risk  than 
residential mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral or, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. 
However, we believe the higher yields generally earned on such loans compensate for the increased credit risk associated 
with such loans. 

Loans associated with consumer lending are included in the consumer category in Table 13: Summary of Loans 

Held for Investment. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Finance 

C&F  Finance  has  an  extensive  automobile  dealer  network  through  which  it  purchases  installment  contracts 
throughout  its  markets.  Credit  approval  is  centralized  in  two  locations,  which  along  with  the  application  processing 
system, ensures that contract purchase decisions comply with C&F Finance’s underwriting policies and procedures. 

Finance  contract  application  packages  completed  by  prospective  borrowers  are  submitted  by  the  automobile 
dealers electronically through a third-party online automotive sales and finance platform  to C&F Finance’s automated 
origination and application system, which processes the credit bureau report, generates all relevant loan calculations and 
recommends  the  contract  structure.  C&F  Finance  personnel  with  credit  authority  review  the  system-generated 
recommendations and determine whether to approve or deny the purchase of the contract. The purchase decision is based 
primarily on the applicant’s credit history with emphasis on prior auto loan history, current employment status, income, 
collateral type and mileage, and the loan-to-value ratio. 

C&F  Finance’s  underwriting  and  collateral  guidelines  form  the  basis  for  the  purchase  decision.  Exceptions  to 
credit policies and authorities must be approved by a designated credit officer. C&F Finance’s typical customers have 
experienced prior credit difficulties. Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit standards 
imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  we  expect  C&F  Finance  to  sustain  a  higher  level  of  credit 
losses than traditional automobile financing sources. However, C&F Finance generally purchases contracts with interest 
at  higher  rates  than  those  charged  by  traditional  financing  sources.  These  higher  rates  should  more  than  offset  the 
increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. 

Loans  associated  with  automobile  sales  finance  are  included  in  the  consumer  finance  category  in  Table  13: 

Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

SECURITIES 

The investment portfolio plays a primary role in the management of the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity. In 
addition,  the  portfolio  serves  as  a  source  of  liquidity  and  is  used  as  needed  to  meet  collateral  requirements.  The 
investment portfolio consists of securities available for sale, which may be sold in response to changes in market interest 
rates,  changes  in  prepayment  risk,  increases  in  loan  demand,  general  liquidity  needs  and  other  similar  factors.  These 
securities are carried at estimated fair value. 

Table 16 sets forth the composition of the Corporation’s securities available for sale in dollar amounts at fair value 

and as a percentage of the Corporation’s total securities available for sale at the dates indicated. 

TABLE 16: Securities Available for Sale 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Corporate and other debt securities 

Total available for sale securities at fair value  

* 

Less than one percent 

  December 31, 2014 
     Amount      Percent       Amount 
*%   $  10,000  
  $
 29,950  
 50,863  
   127,139  
 158  
 100 %   $  218,110  

  December 31, 2013  
   Percent  
 5 %
 14  
 23  
 58  
* 
 100 %

 —  
 22,934  
 67,619  
   131,344  
 —  
  $  221,897  

 10  
 31  
 59  
* 

The  Corporation  seeks  to  diversify  its  portfolio  to  minimize  risk,  including  by  purchasing  mortgage-backed 
securities for cash flow and reinvestment opportunities and securities issued by states and political subdivisions due to 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the tax benefits and the higher yield obtained from these securities. All of the Corporation's mortgage-backed securities 
are direct issues of United States government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. The municipal bond sector, 
which is included in the Corporation's obligations of states and political subdivisions category of securities, is the largest 
component  within  the  securities  portfolio.  At  December  31,  2014,  approximately  97  percent  of  the  Corporation's 
obligations of states and political subdivisions, as measured by market value, were rated “A” or better by Standard & 
Poor's or Moody's Investors Service.  The securities portfolio composition has changed considerably during 2014 with 
the purchase of mortgage-backed securities that, while lower yielding, are of shorter duration which minimizes exposure 
to interest rate risk. 

Table 17 presents additional information pertaining to the composition of the securities portfolio by the earlier of 
contractual  maturity  or  expected  maturity,  excluding  preferred  stock.  Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

TABLE 17: Maturity of Securities 

2014 

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 

2012 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury securities: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

Total U.S.Treasury securities 

U.S. government agencies and corporations: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

Total U.S. government agencies and 
corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

Total mortgage-backed securities 

States and municipals:1 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

Total states and municipals 
Corporate and other debt securities: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

Total corporate and other debt securities 

Total securities:2 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 
Total securities 

  Amortized   Average
  Yield 

Cost 

    Weighted     

    Weighted        

  Amortized   Average 

    Weighted  
  Amortized   Average  

Cost 

  Yield 

Cost 

  Yield 

  $

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —%  $  10,000   
 —  
 — 
 —  
 — 
 —  
 — 
 10,000   
 — 

 0.01 %  $ 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 0.01  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —%
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 15,252   
 998   
 6,160   
 999   

 2.35  
 0.74  
 2.21  
 2.51  

 16,482   
 1,502   
 5,534   
 8,985   

 2.21  
 0.68  
 2.20  
 3.27  

 18,514   
 —  
 2,991   
 3,123   

 1.42  
 — 
 2.20  
 2.39  

 23,409   

 2.25  

 32,503   

 2.43  

 24,628   

 1.64  

 3   
 41,535   
 21,954   
 3,224   
 66,716   

 15,946   
 68,551   
 20,405   
 19,410   
  124,312   

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 6.24  
 2.34  
 2.76  
 2.86  
 2.50  

 5.36  
 4.95  
 5.36  
 6.45  
 5.30  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 2   
 1,403   
 2,392   
 47,521   
 51,318   

 11,188   
 51,002   
 38,547   
 22,992   
  123,729   

 —  
 —  
 —  
 158   
 158   

 4.50  
 3.00  
 2.68  
 2.76  
 2.76  

 5.94  
 5.66  
 5.26  
 6.42  
 5.70  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 9.44  
 9.44  

 28   
 2,099   
 —  
 —  
 2,127   

 13,030   
 34,474   
 46,168   
 23,207   
  116,879   

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 4.68  
 2.35  
 — 
 — 
 2.38  

 4.63  
 5.86  
 5.97  
 6.60  
 5.91  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 31,201   
  111,084   
 48,519   
 23,633   
  $  214,437   

 37,672   
 3.89  
 53,907   
 4.06  
 46,473   
 3.78 
 5.79 
 79,656   
 4.16%  $  217,708   

 31,572   
 2.73  
 36,573   
 5.45  
 49,159   
 4.76  
 3.89  
 26,330   
 4.26 %  $  143,634   

 2.75  
 5.66  
 5.74  
 6.10  
 5.13 %

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1  Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis. 
2  Total securities exclude preferred stock at amortized cost of $27,000 at December 31, 2012 (estimated fair value of 
$104,000 at December 31, 2012). The Corporation did not hold any preferred stock at December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

DEPOSITS 

The Corporation’s predominant source of funds is depository accounts, which are comprised of demand deposits, 
savings  and  money  market  accounts,  and  time  deposits.  The  Corporation’s  deposits  are  principally  provided  by 
individuals and businesses located within the communities served. 

Deposits totaled $1.03 billion at December 31, 2014, compared to $1.01 billion at December 31, 2013. The $17.8 
million increase in deposits from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 occurred primarily in non-term accounts, as 
depositors  shifted  from  time  deposits  in  order  to  position  themselves  for  flexibility  regarding  the  availability  of  their 
funds in the event of a favorable shift in interest rates. 

The  Corporation  had  $3.1  million  in  brokered  money  market  deposits  outstanding  at  December  31,  2014, 
compared  to  $2.4  million  in  brokered  money  market  deposits  at  December  31,  2013.  The  source  of  these  brokered 
deposits  is  uninvested  cash  balances  held  in  third-party  brokerage  sweep  accounts.  The  Corporation  uses  brokered 
deposits as a means of diversifying liquidity sources, as opposed to a long-term deposit gathering strategy. 

Table 18 presents the average deposit balances and average rates paid for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

TABLE 18: Average Deposits and Rates Paid 

2014 

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 

2012 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Interest-bearing transaction accounts 
Money market deposit accounts 
Savings accounts 
Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 
Other certificates of deposit 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

      Average 
Balance 
  $   166,928  
 186,548   
 181,530   
 97,643   
 139,502   
 241,231   
 846,454   

     Average     

  Rate 

  Rate 

Average 
Balance 
$  123,859  
 0.24 %      137,615   
 0.27  
   132,449   
 0.09  
 61,237   
 0.93  
   133,363   
 0.73  
   179,387   
 0.48 %      644,051   

     Average        Average 
Balance 
$   104,737  
 0.30 %      110,237   
 98,045   
 0.29  
 45,645   
 0.12  
   134,668   
 1.10  
 1.07  
   163,921   
 0.66 %      552,516   

     Average
  Rate 

 0.37 %  
 0.38  
 0.10  
 1.52  
 1.50  
 0.96 %  

Total deposits 

  $ 

1,013,382  

$  767,910  

$   657,253  

Table 19 details maturities of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2014. 

TABLE 19: Maturities of Certificates of Deposit with Balances of $100,000 or More 

(Dollars in thousands) 
3 months or less 
3-6 months 
6-12 months 
Over 12 months 

Total 

60 

$ 

      December 31, 2014  
 16,807  
 19,130  
 43,137  
 80,998  
 160,072  

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWINGS 

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term and long-term borrowings. Short-term borrowings from 
the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  and  the  FHLB  are  used  to  fund  the  Corporation's  day-to-day  operations.  Short-term 
borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with customers 
and generally mature the day following the day sold, and overnight unsecured fed funds lines with correspondent banks. 
Long-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB, advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit, 
and securities sold under agreement to repurchase with a third-party correspondent bank. All FHLB advances are secured 
by  a  blanket  floating  lien  on  all  of  C&F  Bank’s  qualifying  closed-end  and  revolving  open-end  loans  secured  by  1-4 
family residential properties. All Federal Reserve Bank advances are secured by loan-specific liens on certain qualifying 
loans of C&F Bank that are not otherwise pledged. The bank line of credit is non-recourse and is secured by loans at 
C&F Finance. The repurchase agreement is secured by a portion of the C&F Bank’s securities portfolio. 

In December, 2007, Trust II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing 
trust  preferred  capital  securities  for  general  corporate  purposes  including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.  On 
December 14,  2007,  Trust  II  issued  $10.0  million  of  trust  preferred  capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an 
institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the Corporation. The principal asset of Trust II is $10.3 million 
of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes. In July 2005, Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, 
was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities to partially fund the Corporation’s purchase of 
427,186 shares of its common stock. On July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in 
a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the Corporation. The principal asset of 
Trust I is $10.3 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes. In December 2003, CVBK Trust I was formed 
for the purpose of issuing $5.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in private placements to institutional investors. 
The principal asset of CVBK Trust I is $5.2 million of trust preferred capital notes originally issued by CVBK and then 
assumed by the Corporation. 

For  further  information  concerning  the  Corporation’s  borrowings,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 

Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 9: Borrowings.” 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to financial 
instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commitments 
to sell loans and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in addition to 
the amount on the balance sheet. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other 
party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by 
the  contractual  amount  of  these  instruments.  We  use  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  these  commitments  and 
conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of 
the customer in each circumstance. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms 
of the contract prior to funding. Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment of a fee by the customer. Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, 
the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The total amount of unused loan 
commitments was $136.0 million at December 31, 2014, and $129.2 million at December 31, 2013. 

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of 
a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in 
extending loans to customers. The total contract amount of standby letters of credit was $13.4 million at December 31, 
2014, and $13.7 million at December 31, 2013. 

At December 31, 2014, C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans aggregating $38.4 
million and loans held for sale of $28.3 million. At December 31, 2014, each loan held for sale by C&F Mortgage was 
subject  to  a  forward  sales  agreement.    C&F  Mortgage  enters  into  IRLCs  with  customers  and  will  sell  the  underlying 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
loans to investors on either a best efforts or a mandatory delivery basis. C&F Mortgage mitigates interest rate risk on 
IRLCs and loans held for sale by (a) entering into forward loan sales contracts with investors for loans to be delivered on 
a best efforts basis or (b) entering into forward sales contracts of mortgage-backed to-be-announced securities (TBAs) 
for  loans  to  be  delivered  on  a  mandatory  basis.  Both  the  IRLCs  with  customers  and  the  forward  sales  contracts  are 
considered derivative financial instruments. At December 31, 2014, C&F Mortgage had forward sales contracts with a 
notional  value  of  $66.7  million.  The  fair  value  of  these  derivative  instruments  at  December  31,  2014  was  $448,000, 
which was included in other assets. 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party counterparties. 
As  is  customary  in  the  industry,  the  agreements  with  these  counterparties  require  C&F  Mortgage  to  extend 
representations and warranties with respect to lending program compliance, borrower misrepresentation, fraud, and early 
payment performance. Under the agreements, the counterparties are entitled to make loss claims and repurchase requests 
of  C&F  Mortgage  for  loans  that  contain  covered  deficiencies.  C&F  Mortgage  has  obtained  early  payment  default 
recourse waivers for a significant portion of its business. Recourse periods for early payment default for the remaining 
counterparties  vary  from  90  days  up  to  one  year. Recourse  periods  for  borrower  misrepresentation  or  fraud,  or 
underwriting  error  do  not  have  a  stated  time  limit.  C&F  Mortgage  maintains  an  indemnification  reserve  that,  in 
management's  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  arising  from  valid  indemnification  requests.  Payments 
made under these recourse provisions were $566,000 in 2014, $235,000 in 2013 and $815,000 in 2012. 

Risks also arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. C&F Mortgage 
has procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations. 

The Corporation uses derivatives to manage exposure to interest rate risk through the use of interest rate swaps. 
Interest  rate  swaps  involve  the  exchange  of  fixed  and  variable  rate  interest  payments  between  two parties,  based on  a 
common  notional  principal  amount  and  maturity  date  with  no  exchange  of  underlying  principal  amounts.  The 
Corporation’s interest rate swaps qualify as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cash flow hedges effectively modify 
the Corporation’s exposure to interest rate risk by converting variable rates of interest on $10.0 million and $15.0 million 
of  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes  to  fixed  rates  of  interest  until  September  2015  and  December  2019, 
respectively.  The  cash  flow  hedges’  total  notional  amount  is  $25.0  million.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  $15.0  million 
cash flow hedges had a fair value of $40,000, which is recorded in other assets, and the $10.0 million cash flow hedges 
had  a  fair  value  of  ($143,000),  which  is  recorded  in  other  liabilities.  The  cash  flow  hedges  were  fully  effective  at 
December  31,  2014.  Therefore,  the  net  loss  on  the  cash  flow  hedges  was  recognized  as  a  component  of  other 
comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income taxes. 

LIQUIDITY 

The  objective  of  the  Corporation’s  liquidity  management  is  to  ensure  the  continuous  availability  of  funds  to 
satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors. Stable core deposits 
and a strong capital position are the components of a solid foundation for the Corporation’s liquidity position. Additional 
sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, loan payments and payoffs, deposit 
growth, sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the capacity to borrow additional funds. 

Liquid assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits at other banks, federal funds sold 
and nonpledged securities available for sale, totaled $279.1 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in liquid assets 
during 2014 resulted primarily from the increase in interest-bearing deposits at other banks, as the Corporation increased 
deposits  at  other  banks  as  it  could  not  deploy  funds  into  newly-originated  loans  or  into  securities  at  attractive  risk-
adjusted  returns.  The  Corporation’s  funding  sources,  including  capacity,  amount  outstanding  and  amount  available  at 
December 31, 2014 are presented in Table 20.  

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE 20: Funding Sources 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Unsecured federal funds agreements 
Repurchase agreements 
Repurchase lines of credit 
Borrowings from FHLB 
Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank 
Revolving line of credit 
Total 

December 31, 2014 
   Capacity    Outstanding     Available  
  $  65,000   $ 
 5,000  
 50,000  
  142,881  
 26,013  
  120,000  
  $ 408,894   $ 

 —   $  65,000
 —
 50,000
 95,881
 26,013
 44,512
 127,488   $ 281,406

 5,000  
 —  
 47,000  
 —  
 75,488  

We have no reason to believe these arrangements will not be renewed at maturity.  Additional loans and securities 
are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank or the FHLB above 
the  current  lendable  collateral  value. Our  ability  to  maintain  sufficient  liquidity  may  be  affected by numerous  factors, 
including  economic  conditions  nationally  and  in  our  markets.  Depending  on  our  liquidity  levels,  our  capital  position, 
conditions in the capital markets and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or 
other securities or other possible capital market transactions, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for 
our operations. 

Time deposits of $100,000 or more, maturing in less than a year, totaled $79.1 million at December 31, 2014; time 

deposits of $100,000 or more, maturing in more than one year, totaled $81.0 million. 

The Corporation’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at various intervals over the next 

five years and beyond as of December 31, 2014 are presented in Table 21. 

Table 21: Contractual Obligations 

Payments Due by Period 

     Less than 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Bank lines of credit 
FHLB advances 1 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
Operating leases 
Total2 

Total 
  $  75,488   $

 47,000  
 25,103  
 19,436  
 4,885  

     More than  
5 Years 

1 Year 

 7,500  
 —  

1‑3 Years 
 —   $  75,488 
 25,000  
 —  
  14,436                 —  
 1,992  

3‑5 Years 
$        — $          —  
 —  
  14,500  
  25,103  
 —  
  —  
 5,000 
 436  
 1,191  
$ 102,480       $  20,691      $  25,539  

 1,266  

  $  171,912   $  23,202

1.  FHLB advances include convertible advances of $17.5 million maturing in 2017 and $5.0 million maturing in 2018. 
These advances have fixed rates of interest unless the FHLB exercises its option to convert the interest on these 
advances from fixed-rate to variable-rate (i.e., the conversion date). We can elect to repay the advances in whole or 
in part on their respective conversion dates and on any interest payment dates thereafter without the payment of a fee 
if the FHLB elects to convert the advances. However, we would incur a fee if we repay the advances prior to their 
respective conversion dates, if the FHLB does not convert the advance on the conversion date, or, after notification 
of conversion, on any date other than the conversion date or any interest payment date thereafter. FHLB advances 
also include fixed rate hybrid advances of $7.5 million, $7.5 million $2.5 million, and $7.0 million maturing in 
2015, 2016, 2018, and 2019, respectively. These advances provide fixed-rate funding until the stated maturity date. 
We may add interest rate caps or floors at a future date, at which time the cost of the caps or floors will be added to 
the advance rate. For further information concerning the Corporation’s FHLB borrowings, refer to Item 8, 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 9: Borrowings.” 

2.  At December 31, 2014 there were no outstanding federal funds purchased or borrowings from the Federal Reserve 

Bank. 

63 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through liability 
funding, we believe that we maintain overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy the Corporation’s operational requirements and 
contractual obligations. 

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The assessment of capital adequacy depends on such factors as asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, and 
changing competitive conditions and economic forces. We regularly review the adequacy of the Corporation’s capital. 
We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb 
potential losses. While we will continue to look for opportunities to invest capital in profitable growth, share purchases 
are another tool that facilitates improving shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share. 

The  capital  positions  of  the  Corporation  and  C&F  Bank  continue  to  exceed  regulatory  minimum  requirements. 
The  primary  indicators  relied  on  by  bank  regulators  in  measuring  the  capital  position  at  December  31,  2014  and 
December 31, 2013, are the Tier 1 capital, total risk-based capital, and leverage ratios, as further described in Item 8.  
“Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  under  the  heading  “Note  15:  Regulatory  Requirements  and 
Restrictions.”  The  Corporation’s  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  ratio  was  13.3  percent  at  December  31,  2014, 
compared  with  13.4  percent  at  December  31,  2013.  The  total  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  ratio  was  14.5  percent  at 
December  31,  2014,  compared  with  14.7  percent  at  December  31,  2013.  The  Tier  1  leverage  ratio  was  9.2  percent  at 
December  31,  2014,  compared  with  8.9  percent  at  December  31,  2013.  These  ratios  are  in  excess  of  the  mandated 
minimum requirements. These ratios include the trust preferred securities issued by the Corporation in December 2003, 
December 2007 and July 2005, as well as issued by CVBK in 2003 and assumed by the Corporation in March 2014. 

Shareholders’ equity was $123.4 million at year-end 2014 compared with $112.9 million at year-end 2013. During 
2014,  the  Corporation  declared  common  stock  dividends  of  $1.19  per  share,  compared  to  $1.16  per  share  declared  in 
2013 and $1.08 per share declared in 2012. The dividend payout ratio was 32.8 percent of basic earnings per share for 
the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 26.6 percent in 2013 and 21.6 percent in 2012. On April 11, 2012, the 
Corporation redeemed the remaining $10.0 million of the total $20.0 million of Series A Preferred Stock. The funds for 
this  redemption  were  provided  by  existing  financial  resources  of  the  Corporation  and  no  new  capital  was  issued.    In 
addition, on  May  14, 2014,  the  Corporation  repurchased  the  ten-year  warrant  to  purchase  up  to  167,504  shares  of  the 
Corporation’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share at an initial exercise price of $17.91 per share for $2.3 million.  
The funds for this redemption were provided by existing financial resources of the Corporation and no new capital was 
issued. 

In June 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted the Basel III Final Rules (i) to implement the Basel III 
capital  framework  and  (ii)  for  calculating  risk-weighted  assets.  These  rules  are  effective  beginning  January  1,  2015, 
subject to limited phase-in periods.  Refer to Item 1. "Business" under the heading "Regulation and Supervision" for an 
overview of the Basel III Final Rules. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recent accounting pronouncements affecting the Corporation are described in Item 8, “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading  “Note  1:  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies-Recent  Significant 
Accounting Pronouncements.” 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES 

The  Corporation's  financial  statements  included  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  ("GAAP").  GAAP  presently  requires  the  Corporation  to  measure 
financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due 
to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Corporation 
is reflected in increased operating costs. In management's opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition 
of  a  financial  institution  to  a  far  greater  degree  than  changes  in  the  inflation  rate.  While  interest  rates  are  greatly 
influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  inflation  rate.  Interest  rates  are  highly  sensitive  to  many  factors  that  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Corporation, 
including  changes  in  the  expected  rate  of  inflation,  the  influence  of  general  and  local  economic  conditions  and  the 
monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of  the  United  States  government,  its  agencies  and  various  other  governmental  regulatory 
authorities. 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Corporation’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will 
impact the amount of interest income and expense the Corporation receives or pays on a significant portion of its assets 
and liabilities  and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding those which 
have a very short term until maturity. The Corporation does not subject itself to foreign currency exchange rate risk or 
commodity price risk due to the current nature of its operations. The Corporation had four outstanding interest rate swaps 
used as hedging transactions at December 31, 2014.  The interest rate swaps were entered into to fix the rate of interest 
paid on $25.0 million of the Corporation’s variable rate trust preferred capital notes. Two interest rate swaps with a total 
notional value of $10.0 million mature in 2015 and two interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $15.0 million 
mature in 2019. 

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and future 
net  interest  income  within  acceptable  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  while  satisfying  liquidity  and  capital  requirements. 
Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate. Thus the goal of interest 
rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest income is maximized while 
risk is maintained at an acceptable level. 

The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  as  a  result  of  its  normal  operations.  The  fair  values  of  most  of  the 
Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest rates change and that change may be either favorable or 
unfavorable to the Corporation. Management attempts to match maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities to 
the  extent  believed  necessary  to  balance  minimizing  interest  rate  risk  and  increasing  net  interest  income  in  current 
market conditions. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment 
and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more 
likely  to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  less  likely  to  do  so  in  a  falling  rate 
environment. Management monitors rates, maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage 
interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans, deposits and borrowings and by investing in securities with terms that 
manage the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk. 

We  use  simulation  analysis  to  assess  earnings  at  risk  and  economic  value  of  equity  (EVE)  analysis  to  assess 
economic value at risk. These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude of the 
Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure. These modeling techniques involve assumptions and estimates that inherently 
cannot  be  measured  with  complete  precision.  Key  assumptions  in  the  analyses  include  maturity  and  repricing 
characteristics  of  both  assets  and  liabilities,  prepayments  on  amortizing  assets,  other  embedded  options,  non-maturity 
deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain due to the timing, magnitude 
and  frequency  of  rate  changes  and  changes  in  market  conditions  and  management  strategies,  among  other  factors. 
However, the analyses are useful in quantifying risk and provide a relative gauge of the Corporation’s interest rate risk 
position over time. 

Simulation  analysis  evaluates  the  potential  effect  of  upward  and  downward  changes  in  market  interest  rates  on 
future net interest income. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining net interest income over 
the next twelve months. The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate scenarios is an indication 
of  the  Corporation’s  shorter-term  interest  rate  risk.  The  analysis  utilizes  a  “static”  balance  sheet  approach,  which 
assumes changes in interest rates without any management response to change the composition of the balance sheet. The 
measurement date balance sheet composition is maintained over the simulation time period with maturing and repayment 
dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms at current market rates. Additional assumptions are applied 
to  modify  volumes  and  pricing  under  the  various  rate  scenarios.  These  assumptions  include  loan  prepayments,  time 
deposit early withdrawals, the sensitivity of deposit repricing  to changes in market rates, withdrawal behavior of non-
maturing deposits, and other factors that management deems significant. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  simulation  analysis  results  are  presented  in  the  table  below.  These  results,  based  on  a  measurement  date 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2014, indicate that the Corporation would expect net interest income to decrease over 
the next twelve months 2.82 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 basis points 
(BP) and to increase 1.79 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

 1-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands) 

  Hypothetical Change in Net  
Interest Income  
for the Year Ended 
December 31, 2014 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 
-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

     Dollars 
  $
  $

 (2,152)   
 1,366   

      Percentage  
 (2.82)%
 1.79 %

The  EVE  analysis  provides  information  on  the  risk  inherent  in  the  balance  sheet  that  might  not  be  taken  into 
account in the simulation analysis due to the shorter time horizon used in that analysis. The EVE of the balance sheet is 
defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of the expected 
liability cash flows. The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected cash flows and in 
discounting the cash flows. The resulting percentage change in net present value in various rate scenarios is an indication 
of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet. 

The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below. These results as of December 31, 2014 indicate that the 
EVE would decrease 9.59 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP and would 
increase 1.52 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 
-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in EVE  
      Percentage  
      (9.59) %
          1.52  %

    Dollars 
 (19,844)   
  $
  $       3,150     

In the net interest income simulation above, net interest income increases over the next twelve months in the event 
of an immediate upward shift in interest rates, but declines in the event of an immediate downward shift in interest rates. 
In  a  rising  rate  environment,  the  Corporation’s  assets  would  reprice  quicker  than  what  the  Corporation  pays  on  its 
borrowings and deposits primarily due to the shorter maturity or repricing dates of its interest-bearing deposits in other 
banks and loan portfolios. However, in a falling rate environment the simulation assumes that adjustable-rate assets will 
continue  to  reprice  downward,  subject  to  floors  on  certain  loans,  and  fixed-rate  assets  with  prepayment  or  callable 
options will reprice at lower rates while certain deposits cannot reprice any lower. 

The EVE analysis above indicates an increase in the EVE in an immediate upward shift in interest rates, and a 
decrease in the EVE in an immediate downward shift in interest rates. The Corporation’s assets would reprice quicker 
over time than what the Corporation pays on its borrowings and deposits due to the shorter maturity or repricing dates of 
its  interest-bearing  deposits  in  other  banks  and  investment  and  loan  portfolios  as  compared  to  time  deposits  and 
borrowings and the longer average life of non-maturing deposits, such as interest checking and money market accounts. 
During  2014,  balances  in  interest-bearning  deposits  in  other  banks  increased,  the  maturity  or  repricing  dates  in  the 
Corporation’s investment portfolio were shortened, and the maturity or repricing dates in the Corporation’s borrowings 
were lengthened. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to 

interest rate changes. 

C&F Mortgage enters into IRLCs with customers and will sell the underlying loans to investors on either a best 
efforts or a mandatory basis. C&F Mortgage mitigates interest rate risk on IRLCs and loans held for sale by (a) entering 
into  forward  loan  sales  contracts  with  investors  for  loans  to  be  delivered  on  a  best  efforts  basis  or  (b)  entering  into 
forward sales contracts of TBAs for loans to be delivered on a mandatory basis. Both the IRLCs with customers and the 
forward  sales  contracts  are  considered  derivative  financial  instruments.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  Corporation  had 
forward  sales  contracts  with  a  notional  value  of  $66.7  million.  The  fair  value  of  these  derivative  instruments  at 
December 31, 2014 was $448,000, which was included in other assets. 

67 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 
Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Federal funds sold 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of $214,437 and $217,708, 

respectively 

Loans held for sale, at fair value 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $35,606 and $34,852, respectively 
Restricted stocks, at cost 
Corporate premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance of $29 and $4,135, respectively 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Core deposit intangible, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity 
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 3,418,750 and 3,388,793 

shares issued and outstanding, respectively, includes 135,600 and, 120,183 of 
nonvested shares, respectively) 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

68 

December 31,  

2014 

2013 

  $

 10,749   $
 156,867  
 —  
 167,616  

 14,666
 41,750
 91,723
 148,139

 221,897  
 28,279  
 800,198  
 3,442  
 37,295  
 786  
 6,421  
 14,425  
 2,583  
 14,484  
 35,897  

 218,110
 35,879
 785,532
 4,336
 38,232
 2,769
 6,360
 14,425
 3,774
 13,988
 40,753
  $ 1,333,323   $ 1,312,297

  $  161,839   $  147,520
 460,889
 399,883
  1,008,292
 11,780
 132,987
 25,068
 843
 20,386
  1,199,356

 497,755  
 366,507  
  1,026,101  
 14,436  
 127,488  
 25,103  
 740  
 16,082  
  1,209,950  

 —  

 —

 3,283  
 9,456  
 107,548  
 3,086  
 123,373  

 3,269
 10,686
 99,252
 (266)
 112,941
  $ 1,333,323   $ 1,312,297

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold 
Interest and dividends on securities 

U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds and other 
Total interest income 

Interest expense 

Savings and interest-bearing deposits 
Time deposits 
Borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Noninterest income 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Investment services income 
Gains on calls and sales of available for sale securities 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expenses 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expenses 
Other expenses 

Total noninterest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Effective dividends on preferred stock 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 

2014 

2012 

  $

 79,207   $ 
 378  

 74,415   $
 159  

 71,947  
 22  

 1,918  
 4,417  
 184  
 391  
 86,495  

 1,015  
 3,065  
 3,485  
 960  
 8,525  
 77,970  
 16,330  
 61,640  

 5,108  
 4,468  
 6,246  
 1,229  
 29  
 2,491  
 19,571  

 914  
 4,573  
 47  
 104  
 80,212  

 867  
 3,384  
 3,561  
 811  
 8,623  
 71,589  
 15,085  
 56,504  

 7,510  
 4,197  
 6,220  
 1,060  
 276  
 2,957  
 22,220  

 36,310  
 8,806  
 19,019  
 64,135  
 17,076  
 4,730  
 12,346  
 —  
 12,346   $ 
 3.63   $ 
 3.59   $ 

 31,167  
 7,397  
 19,048  
 57,612  
 21,112  
 6,710  
 14,402  
 —  
 14,402   $
 4.36   $
 4.18   $

  $
  $
  $

 273  
 4,659  
 —  
 63  
 76,964  

 824  
 4,501  
 3,799  
 987  
 10,111  
 66,853  
 12,405  
 54,448  

 7,692  
 3,326  
 6,310  
 1,017  
 11  
 2,266  
 20,622  

 27,813  
 6,795  
 16,434  
 51,042  
 24,028  
 7,646  
 16,382  
 311  
 16,071  
 5.00  
 4.86  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

69 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net: 

Changes in defined benefit plan assets and benefit obligations 
Changes in net (loss) gain arising during the period1 
Tax effect 

Amortization of prior service cost arising during the period1 
Tax effect 
Net of tax amount 

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedging instruments 
Unrealized holding gain arising during the period 
Tax effect 
Net of tax amount 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period 
Tax effect 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income2 
Tax effect 
Net of tax amount 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net: 

Comprehensive income, net 

  Year Ended December 31,  
     2014 
    2012 
     2013 
  $ 12,346   $ 14,402   $ 16,382

   (2,048) 
 717  

 (68) 
 24  
   (1,375) 

 227  
 (89) 
 138  

 985  
 (344) 

 (68) 
 24  
 597  

 182  
 (71) 
 111  

 31
 (11)

 (68)
 24
 (24)

 1
 —
 1

   7,088  
   (2,480) 
 (29) 
 10  
   4,589  
   3,352  

 2,096
 (734)
 (11)
 4
 1,355
 1,332
  $ 15,698   $  9,420   $ 17,714

   (8,478) 
 2,967  
 (276) 
 97  
   (5,690) 
   (4,982) 

1  These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost, which is a component of salaries and 

employee benefits expense on the consolidated statements of income. See Note 12, Employee Benefit Plans, for 
additional information. 

2  Gains are included in “Net gains on calls and sales of available for sale securities" on the consolidated  statements 

of income. 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

70 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Balance December 31, 2011 
Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net 

Stock options exercised 
Share-based compensation 
Restricted stock vested 
Accretion of preferred stock discount 
Preferred stock redemption 
Common stock issued 
Cash dividends declared – common stock ($1.08 per 

share) 

Cash dividends paid – preferred stock (5% per 

annum) 

Balance December 31, 2012 
Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net 

Stock options exercised 
Share-based compensation 
Restricted stock vested 
Common stock issued 
Common stock purchased 
Cash dividends declared – common stock ($1.16 per 

share) 

Balance December 31, 2013 
Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net 

Common stock warrant repurchased 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based compensation 
Restricted stock vested 
Common stock issued 
Common stock purchased 
Cash dividends declared – common stock ($1.19 per 

share) 

Balance December 31, 2014 

  Preferred
  Stock 
   $  10   $

Common 
Stock 
 3,091   $  13,438   $  76,167    $

Retained 
Earnings 

Additional 
Paid - In 
Capital 

     Accumulated     
Other 

Total 

  Comprehensive  Shareholders’  
  Income (Loss) 

 3,384   $

 —     
 1,332     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     

Equity 
 96,090

 16,382
 1,332
 1,309
 537
 29
 —
 (10,000)
 200

 —  
 —  
 1,260  
 537  
 13  
 172  
 (9,990) 
 194  

 16,382   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (172)   
 —   
 —   

 —  
 —  
 49  
 —  
 16  
 —  
 —  
 6  

 —  

 —  

 (3,479)   

 —     

 (3,479)

 —  
 3,162  

 —  
 5,624  

 (203)   
 88,695   

 —     
 4,716   

 (203)
 102,197

 —  
 —  
 94  
 —  
 11  
 3  
 (1) 

 —  
 —  
 4,207  
 687  
 101  
 122  
 (55) 

 14,402   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —  

 —     
 (4,982)     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —    

 14,402
 (4,982)
 4,301
 687
 112
 125
 (56)

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (10) 
 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —    

 —  
 3,269    

 —  

 10,686    

 (3,845)  
 99,252    

 —     
 (266)     

 (3,845)
 112,941

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 15  
 3  
 (4) 

 —  
 —  
 (2,303) 
 11  
 1,024  
 65  
 130  
 (157) 

 12,346   
 —   
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —  

 —     
 3,352     
 —    
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —    

 12,346
 3,352
 (2,303)
 11
 1,024
 80
 133
 (161)

 —  
 —   $

 —  
 3,283   $

 —  

 (4,050)  

 9,456   $  107,548   $ 

  $ 

 —     

 (4,050)
 3,086    $  123,373

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Deferred income taxes 
Provision for loan losses 
Provision for indemnifications 
Provision for other real estate owned losses 
Share-based compensation 
Net accretion of certain acquisition-related fair value adjustments 
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net 
Realized gains on sales and calls of securities 
Net realized gains on sales of other real estate owned 
Net realized (gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment 
Increase in bank-owned life insurance cash surrender value 
Origination of loans held for sale 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale 
Gains on sales of loans held for sale 
Change in other assets and liabilities: 

Accrued interest receivable 
Other assets 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and sales of securities available for sale 
Purchases of securities available for sale 
Net redemptions of FHLB stock 
Net increase in customer loans 
Other real estate owned improvements 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned 
Purchases of corporate premises and equipment, net 
Acquisition of Central Virginia Bankshares, Inc., net of cash paid 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Net increase in demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits 
Net decrease in time deposits 
Net (decrease) increase in borrowings 
Redemption of preferred stock 
Repurchase of common stock warrant 
Issuance of common stock 
Repurchase of common stock   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Cash dividends 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental disclosure 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale 
Transfers between loans and other real estate owned 
Pension adjustment 
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedging instruments 
Assets acquired, excluding cash and cash equivalents of $59,775 
Liabilities assumed 

Year Ended December 31,  
     2012 

      2013 

     2014 

$

 12,346  

$ 

 14,402  

$

 16,382  

 2,739  
 2,247  
 16,330  
 240  
 29  
 1,104  
 (2,969) 
 1,406  
 (29) 
 (324) 
 (96) 
 (497) 
 (478,641) 
   491,349  
 (5,108) 

 (61) 
 (1,285) 
 (103) 
 (4,500) 
 34,177  

 38,660  
   (36,246) 
 894  
   (30,288) 
 — 
 4,382 
 (1,815) 
 — 
   (24,413) 

 2,349  
 2,286  
 15,085  
 558  
 459  
 743  
 (844) 
 812  
 (276) 
 (218) 
 165  
 (188) 
 (721,340) 
   765,698  
 (7,510) 

 333  
 484  
 (905) 
 (8,455) 
 63,638  

 79,441  
   (33,823) 
 2,090  
   (13,030) 
 — 
 4,209  
 (3,654) 
 55,579  
 90,812  

 51,185  
   (32,258) 
 (2,844) 
 — 
 (2,303) 
 133  
 (161) 
 11  
 (4,050) 
 9,713  
 19,477  
   148,139  
$  167,616  

 20,955  
   (14,002) 
   (39,465) 
 — 
 — 
 125  
 — 
 4,301  
 (3,845) 
   (31,931) 
   122,519  
 25,620  
$   148,139  

$

$

 9,710  
 3,577  

$ 

 9,528  
 5,986  

 7,059  
 (1,960) 
 (2,116) 
 227  
 — 
 — 

$ 

 (8,754) 
 (588) 
 917  
 182  
   311,173  
   366,752  

 2,270  
 (848) 
 12,405  
 1,205  
 1,250  
 566  
 — 
 731  
 (11) 
 (39) 
 — 
 (108) 
 (840,140) 
   845,167  
 (7,692) 

 (431) 
 (1,172) 
 (274) 
 18  
 29,279  

 34,100  
   (40,906) 
 23  
   (39,570) 
 (205) 
 2,683  
 (891) 
 — 
   (44,766) 

 61,102  
   (21,334) 
 1,595  
   (10,000) 
 — 
 200  
 — 
 1,309  
 (3,682) 
 29,190  
 14,113  
 11,507  
 25,620  

 10,385  
 8,949  

 2,085  
 (3,866) 
 (37) 
 1  
 — 
 — 

$

$

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  C&F 
Financial Corporation (the Corporation) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank (the Bank or C&F 
Bank). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, C&F 
Financial Corporation owns C&F Financial Statutory Trust I and C&F Financial Statutory Trust II, and Central Virginia 
Bankshares Statutory Trust I, all of which are unconsolidated subsidiaries. The subordinated debt owed to these trusts is 
reported  as  a  liability  of  the  Corporation.  The  accounting  and  reporting  policies  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and 
Subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and to 
predominant practices within the banking industry. 

Nature  of  Operations:  C&F  Financial  Corporation  is  a  bank  holding  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
Commonwealth of Virginia. The Corporation owns all of the stock of its subsidiary, C&F Bank, which is an independent 
commercial  bank  chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.  On  October  1,  2013,  the  Corporation 
acquired  Central  Virginia  Bankshares,  Inc.  (CVBK)  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Central  Virginia  Bank  (CVB), 
which was an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. On March 22, 
2014, CVBK was merged with and into C&F Financial Corporation and CVB was merged with and into C&F Bank. 

C&F  Bank  has  five  wholly-owned  active  subsidiaries:  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  (C&F  Mortgage), 
C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance), C&F Investment Services, Inc., C&F Insurance Services, Inc., and CVB Title 
Services, Inc. all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. C&F Mortgage, organized in September 
1995,  was  formed  to  originate  and  sell  residential  mortgages  and  through  its  subsidiary,  Certified  Appraisals  LLC, 
provides ancillary mortgage loan production services for residential appraisals. C&F Finance, acquired on September 1, 
2002, is a finance company providing automobile loans through indirect lending programs. C&F Investment Services, 
Inc.,  organized  in  April  1995,  is  a  full-service  brokerage  firm  offering  a  comprehensive  range  of  investment  services. 
C&F Insurance Services, Inc., organized in July 1999, owns an equity interest in an insurance agency that sells insurance 
products to customers of C&F Bank, C&F Mortgage and other financial institutions that have an equity interest in the 
agency.  CVB  Title  Services,  Inc.,  was  organized  for  the  primary  purpose  of  owning  membership  interests  in  two 
insurance-related limited liability companies. Business segment data is presented in Note 18. 

Basis of Presentation: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to 
significant  change  in  the  near  term  relate  to  the  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  the  allowance  for 
indemnifications, impairment of loans, impairment of securities, the valuation of other real estate owned, the projected 
benefit obligation under the defined benefit pension plan, the valuation of deferred taxes, fair value measurements and 
goodwill impairment. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, 
which  are  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the  results  of  operations  in  these  financial  statements,  have  been  made. 
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation. 

Significant  Group  Concentrations  of  Credit  Risk:  The  Corporation  invests  in  a  variety  of  securities,  principally 
obligations  of  U.S.  government  agencies  and  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions.  At  December  31,  2014, 
securities issued by the Commonwealth of Virginia and its political subdivisions comprised 10.5 percent of its state and 
political subdivision portfolio and securities issued by the Virginia State Housing Authority comprised 2.8 percent of its 
state and political subdivision portfolio.  There are no other concentrations in any one state greater than 10.0 percent and 
no  other  individual  issuers  greater  than  1.5  percent.  The  Corporation  does  not  have  any  other  significant  securities 
concentrations  in  any  one  industry  or  geographic  region,  or  to  any  one  issuer.  Note  3  discusses  the  Corporation’s 
securities portfolio and investment activities.  

Substantially all of the Corporation’s lending activities are with customers located in Virginia, Georgia and Tennessee. 
At  December 31, 2014,  36.7  percent  of  the  Corporation’s  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  commercial,  financial  and 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agricultural  loans,  which  include  loans  secured  by  real  estate  for  builder  lines,  acquisition  and  development  and 
commercial  development,  as  well  as  commercial  loans  secured  by  personal  property.  In  addition,  33.9  percent  of  the 
Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of non-prime consumer finance loans to individuals, secured by automobiles. The 
Corporation does not have any significant loan concentrations to any one customer. Note 4 discusses the Corporation’s 
lending activities. 

Business  Combination:  On  October  1,  2013,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  acquired  CVBK.  This  acquisition  was 
accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, meaning the assets and liabilities of CVBK were recorded at 
their respective fair values as of October 1, 2013. These fair values were preliminary and subject to refinement for up to 
one year after the closing date of the transaction (the Measurement Period) as information relative to closing date fair 
values  became  available.  The  Corporation's  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013 include CVBK's financial position as of December 31, 2013 and CVBK's results of operations from 
October 1, 2013.  Note 2 presents the Measurement Period adjustments to the preliminary fair values. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:  For  purposes  of  the  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
include  cash,  balances  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  in  banks  and  federal  funds  sold,  all  of  which  mature 
within 90 days. The Bank is  required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). At 
December 31, 2014,  the  minimum  requirement  was  $713,000  for  C&F  Bank.  At  December 31, 2013,  the  minimum 
requirement  was  $373,000  for  C&F  Bank  and  $90,000  for  CVB.  The  Corporation  is  required  to  maintain  collateral 
against  all  loss  positions  in  its  interest  rate  swaps  which  are  described  in  Note  19.  At  December 31, 2014,  the 
Corporation was required to maintain collateral of $620,000 in connection with its interest rate swaps. 

Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as either held to 
maturity,  available  for  sale,  or  trading,  based  on  management’s  intent.  Currently  all  of  the  Corporation’s  investment 
securities  are  classified  as  available  for  sale.  Available  for  sale  securities  are  carried  at  estimated  fair  value  with  the 
corresponding unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Gains or 
losses  are  recognized  in  earnings  on  the  trade  date  using  the  amortized  cost  of  the  specific  security  sold.  Purchase 
premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. 

Impairment  of  securities  occurs  when  the  fair  value  of  a  security  is  less  than  its  amortized  cost.  For  debt  securities, 
impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) we intend to sell 
the security or (ii) it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized 
cost  basis.  If,  however,  the  Corporation  does  not  intend  to  sell  the  security  and  it  is  not  more-likely-than-not  that  the 
Corporation  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  recovery,  the  Corporation  must  determine  what  portion  of  the 
impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present 
value  of  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  the  security.  If  there  is  no  credit  loss,  there  is  no  other-than-
temporary  impairment.  If  there  is  a  credit  loss,  other-than-temporary  impairment  exists,  and  the  credit  loss  must  be 
recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income. 
For equity securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on the Corporation's ability and intent 
to hold the investment until a recovery of fair value. Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity security results in a 
write-down that must be included in net income. The Corporation regularly reviews each investment security for other-
than-temporary impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the duration of 
that  market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the Corporation's best estimate of the 
present  value  of  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  debt  securities,  the  Corporation's  intention  with  regard  to 
holding  the  security  to  maturity  and  the  likelihood  that  the  Corporation  would  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before 
recovery. 

Loans Held for Sale: During the second quarter of 2013, the Corporation elected to begin using fair value accounting 
for  its  entire  portfolio  of  loans  held  for  sale  (LHFS)  in  accordance  with  ASC  820  -  Fair  Value  Measurement  and 
Disclosures. Fair value of the Corporation's LHFS is based on observable market prices for similar instruments traded in 
the secondary mortgage loan markets in which the Corporation conducts business. Substantially all loans originated by 
C&F Mortgage are held for sale to outside investors. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans  Acquired  in  a  Business  Combination:  Loans  acquired  in  a  business  combination,  such  as  C&F  Financial 
Corporation's acquisition of CVB, are recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition without the carryover 
of the related allowance for loan losses. Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans are those for which there is evidence of 
credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Corporation will not 
collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. When determining fair market value, PCI loans were 
aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics as of the date of acquisition such as loan type, date 
of  origination,  and  evidence  of  credit  quality  deterioration  such  as  internal  risk  grades  and  past  due  and  nonaccrual 
status.  The  difference  between  contractually  required  payments  at  acquisition  and  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be 
collected at acquisition is referred to as the "nonaccretable difference," and is not recorded. Any excess of cash flows 
expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as interest 
income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such 
cash flows. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses, while 
subsequent increases in cash flows may result in a reversal of post-acquisition provision for loan losses, or a transfer 
from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. 

Loans not designated PCI loans as of the acquisition date are designated Purchased Performing Loans. The Corporation 
accounts  for  purchased  performing  loans  using  the  contractual  cash  flows  method  of  recognizing  discount  accretion 
based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a 
credit discount. The fair value discount is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. There 
is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan 
losses is recorded for any deterioration in these loans subsequent to the acquisition. 

Originated  Loans:  The  Corporation  makes  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans  to  customers.  Our  recorded 
investment in loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-
off generally are reported at their unpaid principal balances adjusted for charges-offs, unearned discounts, any deferred 
fees or costs on originated loans, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is credited to operations based on 
the  principal  amount  outstanding.  Loan  fees  and  origination  costs  are  deferred  and  the  net  amount  is  amortized  as  an 
adjustment of the related loan’s yield using the level-yield method. The Corporation is amortizing these amounts over the 
contractual life of the related loans. 

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due.  Loans are generally 
placed  on  nonaccrual  status  when  the  collection  of  principal  or  interest  is  90  days  or  more  past  due,  or  earlier,  if 
collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the financial strength of the 
borrower. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if management determines it has adequate 
collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.  For  those  loans  that  are  carried  on  nonaccrual  status,  payments  are  first 
applied to principal outstanding.  A loan may be returned to accrual status if the borrower has demonstrated a sustained 
period of repayment performance in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance 
the  borrower  will  continue  to  make  payments  as  agreed.  These  policies  are  applied  consistently  across  our  loan 
portfolio. 

The Corporation considers a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest 
and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in 
payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for 
commercial, construction and residential loans in excess of $500,000 by either the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, 
if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  Large  groups  of  smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans  are  collectively  evaluated  for 
impairment. Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately identify individual consumer, residential and certain small 
commercial loans that are less than $500,000 for impairment disclosures, except for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) 
as  noted  below.  Consistent  with  the  Corporation’s  method  for  nonaccrual  loans,  payments  on  impaired  loans  are  first 
applied to principal outstanding, except potentially for TDRs as noted below. 

TDRs occur when the Corporation agrees to significantly modify the original terms of a loan due to the deterioration in 
the  financial  condition  of  the  borrower.  TDRs  are  considered  impaired  loans.  Upon  designation  as  a  TDR,  the                         

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporation evaluates the borrower’s payment history, past due status and ability to make payments based on the revised 
terms of the loan.  If a loan was accruing prior to being modified as a  TDR and if the Corporation concludes that the 
borrower is able to make such payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would cause it to conclude 
otherwise, the loan will remain on an accruing status.  If a loan was on nonaccrual status at the time of the TDR, the loan 
will remain on nonaccrual status following the modification and may be returned to accrual status based on the policy for 
returning loans to accrual status as noted above. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Corporation had $5.83 million 
and $5.62 million, respectively, of loans classified as TDRs. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a 
provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses for the difference between the 
carrying value of the loan and the estimated net realizable value or fair value of the collateral, if collateral dependent, 
when: 

  Management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely regardless of delinquency status. 

  The loan is a consumer loan and is 120 days past due. 

  The loan is a non-consumer loan and is 180 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and recovery is 

probable. 

  The borrower is in bankruptcy, unless the debt has been reaffirmed, is well secured and recovery is probable. 

Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on existing 
loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.  Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the  allowance  is  based  on 
evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  trends  in  delinquencies  and 
charge-offs,  changes  in  the  nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  conditions  that  may  affect  a 
borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. 
This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective,  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more 
information becomes available.  The evaluation also considers the following risk characteristics of each loan portfolio: 

  Real estate residential mortgage loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the 

borrower and changes in the value of the collateral. 

  Real estate construction loans carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project 

will not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may, at any point in time, be less than the 
principal amount of the loan. Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may 
not be a loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure 
unrelated to the project. 

  Commercial, financial and agricultural loans carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business 
or a real estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the 
repayment of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In 
addition, there is risk associated with the value of collateral other than real estate which may depreciate over 
time and cannot be appraised with as much precision. 

  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value of the 
collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more 
likely than real estate loans to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal 
bankruptcy. 

  Equity lines of credit carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in 

the value of the collateral. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  Consumer finance loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of borrowers who may be 
unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources and the value of 
rapidly-depreciating collateral. 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as 
impaired,  and  is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will be 
ordered  if  a  current  one  is  not  on  file.  Appraisals  are  performed  by  independent  third-party  appraisers  with  relevant 
industry experience.  Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of like properties or general 
market  conditions  when  appropriate.  The  general  component  covers  non-classified  loans  and  those  loans  classified  as 
doubtful,  substandard  or  special  mention  that  are  not  impaired.  The  general  component  is  based  on  historical  loss 
experience  adjusted  for  qualitative  factors,  such  as  current  economic  conditions,  including  current  home  sales  and 
foreclosures,  unemployment  rates  and  retail  sales.  Relative  to  non-classified  loans,  non-impaired  classified  loans  are 
assigned  a  higher  allowance  factor  which  increases  with  the  severity  of  classification.  The  characteristics  of  the  loan 
ratings are as follows: 

  Pass rated loans are to persons or business entities with an acceptable financial condition, appropriate collateral 
margins, appropriate cash flow to service the existing loan, and an appropriate leverage ratio. The borrower has 
paid all obligations as agreed and it is expected that this type of payment history will continue. When necessary, 
acceptable personal guarantors support the loan. 

  Special mention loans have a specifically identified weakness in the borrower’s operations and in the 

borrower’s ability to generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis. The borrower’s recent payment history is 
characterized by late payments. The Corporation’s risk exposure is mitigated by collateral supporting the loan. 
The collateral is considered to be well-margined, well maintained, accessible and readily marketable. 

  Substandard loans are considered to have specific and well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the viability of 
the Corporation’s credit extension. The payment history for the loan has been inconsistent and the expected or 
projected primary repayment source may be inadequate to service the loan. The estimated net liquidation value 
of the collateral pledged and/or ability of the personal guarantor(s) to pay the loan may not adequately protect 
the Corporation. There is a distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies 
associated with the loan are not corrected in the near term. A substandard loan would not automatically meet 
our definition of impaired unless the loan is significantly past due and the borrower’s performance and financial 
condition provide evidence that it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due. 

  Substandard nonaccrual loans have the same characteristics as substandard loans; however, they have a non-
accrual classification because it is probable that the Corporation will not be able to collect all amounts due. 

  Doubtful rated loans have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan that is classified substandard but with the added 
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, 
conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high. 

  Loss rated loans are not considered collectible under normal circumstances and there is no realistic expectation 

for any future payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off. 

The consumer finance loans are segregated between performing and nonperforming loans.  Performing loans are those 
that  have  made  timely  payments  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement  and  are  not  past  due  90  days  or 
more.  Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest and are greater than 90 days past due. 

Allowance for Indemnifications: The allowance for indemnifications is established through charges to earnings in the 
form of a provision for indemnifications, which is included in other noninterest expenses. A loss is charged against the 
allowance  for  indemnifications  when  a  purchaser  of  a  loan  (investor)  sold  by  C&F  Mortgage  incurs  a  validated 
indemnified loss due to borrower misrepresentation, fraud, early payment default or underwriting error. 

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses arising from 
valid  indemnification  requests.  Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the  allowance  is  based  on  the 

77 

 
 
  
 
 
 
volume of loans sold, current economic conditions and information provided by investors. This evaluation is inherently 
subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

Restricted  Stocks:  Restricted  stocks  include  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB)  stock  and  Community  Bankers  Bank 
(CBB) stock owned by C&F Bank at December 31, 2014.  At December 31, 2013 restricted stocks included FHLB stock 
owned  by  C&F  Bank  and  FHLB  stock,  FRB  stock  and  CBB  stock  owned  by  CVB.  All  of  CVB’s  FRB  stock  was 
redeemed and C&F Bank assumed ownership of the CBB stock when CVB merged with and into C&F Bank on March 
22, 2014.  FHLB stock and CBB stock are carried at cost. No ready market exists for this stock and it has no quoted 
market value. For presentation purposes, such stock is assumed to have a market value that is equal to cost. Management 
reviews FHLB stock and CBB stock for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis. 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO): Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are 
initially  recorded  at  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure.  Subsequent  to  foreclosure,  management 
periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent 
sales  of  like  properties,  length  of  time  the  properties  have  been  held,  and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to 
continued  ownership  of  the  properties.  The  Corporation  may  incur  additional  write-downs  of  foreclosed  assets  to  fair 
value  less  costs  to  sell  if  valuations  indicate  a  further  deterioration  in  market  conditions.  Revenue  and  expenses  from 
operations and changes in the property valuations are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets and improvements 
are capitalized. 

Corporate  Premises  and  Equipment:  Land  is  carried  at  cost. Buildings  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated depreciation computed using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated 
useful lives range from ten to forty years for buildings and from three to ten years for equipment, furniture and fixtures. 
Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred  and  major  improvements  are  capitalized.  Upon  sale  or 
retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are netted against proceeds and any 
resulting  gain  or  loss  is  included  in  income.  Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 2014,  2013  and 
2012 was $2.74 million, $2.35 million and $2.27 million, respectively. 

Goodwill:  The  Corporation’s  goodwill  was  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Corporation's  acquisition  of  CVBK  in 
October  2013  and  its  acquisition  of  C&F  Finance  in  September  2002.  With  the  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards 
Update (ASU) 2011-08, Intangible-Goodwill and Other-Testing Goodwill for Impairment, in 2012, the Corporation may 
first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  the 
carrying  amount,  which  determines  if  the  two-step  goodwill  impairment  test  is  necessary.    If  the  likelihood  of 
impairment is more than 50 percent, the Corporation must perform a test for impairment and may be required to record 
impairment charges. While not required to do so, as of December 31, 2014 the Corporation completed an annual test for 
impairment  of  goodwill  related  to  the  acquisition  of  C&F  Finance  and  determined  there  was  no  impairment  to  be 
recognized in 2014. 

Core  Deposit  Intangible:  The  Corporation's  core  deposit  intangible  (CDI)  was  recognized  in  connection  with  the 
Corporation's acquisition of CVB in October 2013, and represents the value of long-term deposit relationships acquired 
in this transaction. The Corporation is amortizing the CDI over an estimated weighted average life of six years using the 
sum-of-the-years digits method. 

Transfer  of  Financial  Assets:  Transfers  of  loans  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  loans  has  been 
surrendered. Control over transferred loans is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the loans have been isolated from the 
Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to 
pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred 
loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Income  Taxes:  The  Corporation  determines  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  using  the  liability  (or  balance 
sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined annually for differences between 
the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future 
based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  affect  taxable 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
income. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken will be sustained upon examination by the taxing 
authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position 
that  will  be  ultimately  sustained.  The  benefit  of  a  tax  position  is  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  in  the  period 
during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are 
not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are 
measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with 
the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount 
measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet 
along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The 
Corporation  did  not  have  any  liabilities  resulting  from  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  December 31, 2014  and 
December 31, 2013. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income 
taxes in the statements of income. 

Retirement Plan: The Corporation recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit postretirement 
plan as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and recognizes a change in the plan’s funded status in the year in which 
the change occurs through other comprehensive income. The funded status of a benefit plan is measured as the difference 
between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. For the Corporation’s pension plan, the benefit obligation is 
the  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of  December  31.  In  addition,  enhanced  disclosures  about  certain  effects  on  net 
periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs 
or credits and transition asset or obligation are presented in the notes to financial statements. Valuations at December 31, 
2014 and 2013 determined that the Corporation's pension plan was overfunded. As a result, the Corporation recognized a 
pension asset of  $502,000 and $965,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and recognized a net loss of $1.4 
million in 2014, a net gain of $597,000 in 2013  and a net loss of $24,000 in 2012 as components of other comprehensive 
income (loss). The Corporation’s pension plan is described more fully in Note 12. 

Share-Based  Compensation:  Compensation  expense  for  grants  of  restricted  shares  is  accounted  for  using  the  fair 
market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded. Compensation expense 
for  restricted  shares  is  charged  to  income  ratably  over  the  vesting  period.  Compensation  expense  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 included $967,000 ($600,000 after tax), $659,000 ($409,000 after tax) and $488,000 
($303,000 after tax), respectively, for restricted stock granted during 2009 through 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there 
was  $2.79  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  that  will  be  recognized 
over the remaining vesting periods. The Corporation estimates forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and 
this estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite service period or vesting schedule based on the extent to which 
actual forfeitures differ from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures in future periods, if any, will be recognized 
through  a  cumulative  catch-up  adjustment  in  the  period  of  change,  which  will  affect  the  amount  of  estimated 
unamortized  compensation  expense  to  be  recognized  in  future  periods.  The  Corporation’s  share-based  compensation 
plans are described more fully in Note 14. 

Earnings  Per  Common  Share:  The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  guidance  requires  that  all 
outstanding  unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that  contain  rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends  participate  in 
undistributed earnings with common shareholders. This conclusion affects entities that accrue cash dividends on share-
based payment awards during the awards’ service period when the dividends do not need to be returned if the employees 
forfeit the awards. Because the awards are considered participating securities, the issuing entity is required to apply the 
two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS). The Corporation has applied the two-class 
method of computing basic and diluted EPS for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 because the 
Corporation’s  unvested  restricted  shares  outstanding  contain  rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends.  Accordingly,  the 
weighted average number of common shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS includes both vested and 
unvested common shares outstanding. EPS calculations are presented in Note 10. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income: Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses 
be  included  in  net  income.  Although  certain  changes  in  assets  and  liabilities,  such  as  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on 
available for sale securities, changes in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities, and unrealized gains and losses on cash 
flow hedging instruments are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, 
along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. These components are presented in the Corporation’s 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are described more fully in Note 10. 

Off-Balance-Sheet  Credit  Related  Financial  Instruments:  In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Corporation  has 
entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when 
they are funded. 

Rate Lock Commitments: C&F Mortgage enters into interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) to originate residential 
mortgage loans for sale whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. The period of time between 
issuance of  a  loan  commitment  and  closing  and  sale  of  the  loan generally  ranges  from  15  to  90 days.  C&F  Mortgage 
protects itself from changes in interest rates by (a) entering into forward loan sales contracts with investors for loans to 
be  delivered  on  a  best  efforts  basis  or  (b)  entering  into  forward  sales  contracts  of  mortgage-backed  to-be-announced 
securities (TBAs) for loans to be delivered on a mandatory basis. Both the IRLCs with customers and the forward sales 
contracts are considered derivative financial instruments, which are discussed below. 

Derivative Financial Instruments: The Corporation recognizes derivative financial instruments at fair value as either 
an other asset or other liability in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation’s derivative financial instruments as of 
December 31, 2014 consisted of (1) the fair value of interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) on mortgage loans that will 
be  sold  in  the  secondary  market  and  the  related  forward  commitments  to  sell  mortgage  loans  and  mortgage-backed 
securities (MBS) and (2) interest rate swaps that qualified as cash flow hedges on the Corporation's trust preferred capital 
notes.  Because  the  IRLCs  and  forward  sales  commitments  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments,  adjustments  to 
reflect  unrealized  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  changes  in  fair  value  of  the  Corporation's  IRLCs  and  forward  sales 
commitments  and  realized  gains  and  losses  upon  ultimate  sale  of  the  loans  are  classified  as  noninterest  income.  The 
Corporation's  IRLCs  and  forward  loan  sales  commitments  are  described  more  fully  in  Note 16  and  Note  17.  The 
effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  Corporation's  cash  flow  hedges  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other 
comprehensive  income,  net  of  deferred  income  taxes,  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  or  period(s) 
during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. The cash flow hedges are described more fully in Note 19. 

Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements: 

In  January  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-01,  Investments-Equity  Method  and  Joint  Ventures  -  Accounting  for 
Investments  in  Qualified  Affordable  Housing  Projects  (a  consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force).  The 
amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments 
in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under 
the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits 
and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component 
of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. 
A  reporting  entity  that  uses  the  effective  yield  method  to  account  for  its  investments  in  qualified  affordable  housing 
projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. 
The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods 
within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Corporation does not 
expect the adoption of ASU 2014-01 to have a material effect on its financial statements. 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors - 
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of 
the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). The amendments in this ASU clarify that if or when an in substance 
repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real 
estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the 
residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the 
residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the 
amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer 
mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local 
requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for 
annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Corporation 
does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-04 to have a material effect on its financial statements. 

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, 
and  Equipment  (Topic  360):  Reporting  Discontinued  Operations  and  Disclosures  of  Disposals  of  Components  of  an 
Entity.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  change  the  criteria  for  reporting  discontinued  operations  while  enhancing 
disclosures  in  this  area.  Under  the  new  guidance,  only  disposals  representing  a  strategic  shift  in  operations  should  be 
presented as discontinued operations. Those strategic shifts should have a major effect on the organization’s operations 
and financial results and include disposals of a major geographic area, a major line of business, or a major equity method 
investment. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial 
statement  users  with  more  information  about  the  assets,  liabilities,  income,  and  expenses  of  discontinued  operations. 
Additionally, the new guidance requires disclosure of the pre-tax income attributable to a disposal of a significant part of 
an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The amendments in the ASU are effective for 
public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 
15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted.  The Corporation does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-08 to have a material 
effect on its financial statements. 

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers:  Topic  606.  This  ASU 
applies to any entity using U.S. GAAP that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or 
enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. 
The  guidance  supersedes  the  revenue  recognition  requirements  in  Revenue  Recognition-Topic  605,  most  industry-
specific  guidance,  and  some  cost  guidance  included  in  Revenue  Recognition-Construction-Type  and  Production-Type 
Contracts-Subtopic 605-35. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the 
transfer  of  promised  goods  or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity 
expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To be in alignment with the core principle, an entity must 
apply  a  five  step  process  including:  identification  of  the  contract(s)  with  a  customer,  identification  of  performance 
obligations  in  the  contract(s),  determination  of  the  transaction  price,  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  to  the 
performance  obligations,  and  recognition  of  revenue  when  (or  as)  the  entity  satisfies  a  performance  obligation.  
Additionally, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of nonfinancial assets that are 
not  in  a  contract  with  a  customer  have  also  been  amended  to  be  consistent  with  the  guidance  on  recognition  and 
measurement.    The  amendments  in  this  ASU  are  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15, 
2016,  including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period.  Early  adoption  is  not  permitted.  The  Corporation  is 
currently assessing the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements. 

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-11,  Transfers  and  Servicing  (Topic  860):  Repurchase-to-Maturity 
Transactions,  Repurchase  Financings,  and  Disclosures.    This  ASU  aligns  the  accounting  for  repurchase-to-maturity 
transactions  and  repurchase  agreements  executed  as  a  repurchase  financing  with  the  accounting  for  other  typical 
repurchase  agreements.  The  new  guidance  eliminates  sale  accounting  for  repurchase-to-maturity  transactions  and 
supersedes the guidance under which a transfer of a financial asset and a contemporaneous repurchase financing could be 
accounted for on a combined basis as a forward agreement. The amendments in the ASU also require a new disclosure 
for  transactions  economically  similar  to  repurchase  agreements  in  which  the  transferor  retains  substantially  all  of  the 
exposure  to  the  economic  return  on  the  transferred  financial  assets  throughout  the  term  of  the  transaction.  Additional 
disclosures  will  be  required  for  the  nature  of  collateral  pledged  in  repurchase  agreements  and  similar  transactions 
accounted for as secured borrowings.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period 
beginning  after  December  15,  2014;  however,  the  disclosure  for  transactions  accounted  for  as  secured  borrowings  is 
required  to  be  presented  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2014,  and  interim  periods  beginning  after 
March 15, 2015. Early adoption is not permitted.  The Corporation is currently assessing the effect that ASU 2014-11 
will have on its financial statements. 

81 

 
 
 
  
 
In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-12,  Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Accounting  for 
Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the 
Requisite Service Period. The new guidance applies to reporting entities that grant employees share-based payments in 
which  the  terms  of  the  award  allow  a  performance  target  to  be  achieved  after  the  requisite  service  period.  The 
amendments  in  the  ASU  require  that  a  performance  target  that  affects  vesting  and  that  could  be  achieved  after  the 
requisite  service  period  be  treated  as  a  performance  condition.    Existing  guidance  in  Compensation  -  Stock 
Compensation (Topic  718),  should be  applied  to  account  for  these  types  of  awards.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  are 
effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early 
adoption is permitted and reporting entities may choose to apply the amendments in the ASU either on a prospective or 
retrospective  basis.    The  Corporation  is  currently  assessing  the  effect  that  ASU  2014-12  will  have  on  its  financial 
statements. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 
310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.  The amendments in this 
ASU  apply  to  creditors  that  hold  government-guaranteed  mortgage  loans  and  is  intended  to  eliminate  the  diversity  in 
practice  related  to  the  classification  of  these  guaranteed  loans  upon  foreclosure.    The  new  guidance  stipulates  that  a 
mortgage  loan  be  derecognized  and  a  separate  other  receivable  be  recognized  upon  foreclosure  if  (1)  the  loan  has  a 
government guarantee that is not separable from the loan prior to foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor 
has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has 
the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on 
the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the other receivable should be measured on the 
amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this 
ASU  are  effective  for  annual  periods  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15, 
2014. Entities may adopt the amendments on a prospective basis or modified retrospective basis as of the beginning of 
the annual period of adoption; however, the entity must apply the same method of transition as elected under ASU 2014-
04.  Early  adoption  is  permitted  provided  the  entity  has  already  adopted  ASU  2014-04.    The  Corporation  is  currently 
assessing the effect that ASU 2014-14 will have on its financial statements. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 
205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.  This update is intended 
to provide guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s 
ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  and  to  provide  related  footnote  disclosures.   Management  is  required under  the 
new guidance to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt 
about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued 
when preparing financial statements for each interim and annual reporting period.  If conditions or events are identified, 
the ASU specifies the process that must be followed by management and also clarifies the timing and content of going 
concern  footnote  disclosures  in  order  to  reduce  diversity  in  practice.    The  amendments  in  this  ASU  are  effective  for 
annual  periods  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods  beginning  after December  15, 2016.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  ASU  2014-15  to  have  a  material  effect  on  its  financial 
statements. 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):  Determining Whether 
the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.  
The amendments in ASU do not change the current criteria in U.S. GAAP for determining when separation of certain 
embedded  derivative  features  in  a  hybrid  financial  instrument  is  required.  The  amendments  clarify  how  current  U.S. 
GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial 
instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Specifically, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider all 
relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for bifurcation, in evaluating the 
nature  of  the  host  contract.  Furthermore,  the  amendments  clarify  that  no  single  term  or  feature  would  necessarily 
determine  the  economic  characteristics  and  risks  of  the  host  contract.  Rather,  the  nature  of  the  host  contract  depends 
upon the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument.  The amendments in this ASU also 
clarify that, in evaluating the nature of a host contract, an entity should assess the substance of the relevant terms and 
features (i.e., the relative strength of the debt-like or equity-like terms and features given the facts and circumstances) 
when considering how to weight those terms and features.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business 

82 

 
 
 
entities  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2015.  Early 
adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. The Corporation does not expect the adoption of ASU 
2014-16 to have a material effect on its financial statements.    

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting.  
The  amendments  in  ASU  provide  an  acquired  entity  with  an  option  to  apply  pushdown  accounting  in  its  separate 
financial  statements  upon  occurrence  of  an  event  in  which  an  acquirer  obtains  control  of  the  acquired  entity.    An 
acquired  entity  may  elect  the  option  to  apply  pushdown  accounting  in  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  change-in-
control  event  occurs.  An  acquired  entity  should  determine  whether  to  elect  to  apply  pushdown  accounting  for  each 
individual change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. If pushdown accounting is 
not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an acquired entity will have the option to 
elect  to  apply  pushdown  accounting  in  a  subsequent  reporting  period  to  the  acquired  entity’s  most  recent  change-in-
control event. An election to apply pushdown accounting in a reporting period after the reporting period in which the 
change-in-control event occurred should be considered a change in accounting principle in accordance with Topic 250, 
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. If pushdown accounting is applied to an individual change-in-control event, 
that election is irrevocable.  The amendments in this ASU are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, 
an  acquired  entity  can  make  an  election  to apply  the guidance to future change-in-control  events or  to  its  most  recent 
change-in-control event. However, if the financial statements for the period in which the most recent change-in-control 
event  occurred  already  have  been  issued  or  made  available  to  be  issued,  the  application  of  this  guidance  would  be  a 
change in accounting principle.  The Corporation does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-17 to have a material effect 
on its financial statements.    

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 
225-20):  Simplifying  Income  Statement  Presentation  by  Eliminating  the  Concept  of  Extraordinary  Items.    The 
amendments  in  this  ASU  eliminate  from  U.S.  GAAP  the  concept  of  extraordinary  items.  Subtopic  225-20,  Income 
Statement  -  Extraordinary  and  Unusual  Items,  required  that  an  entity  separately  classify,  present,  and  disclose 
extraordinary events and transactions.  Presently, an event or transaction is presumed to be an ordinary and usual activity 
of  the  reporting  entity  unless  evidence  clearly  supports  its  classification  as  an  extraordinary  item.    If  an  event  or 
transaction  meets  the  criteria  for  extraordinary  classification,  an  entity  is  required  to  segregate  the  extraordinary  item 
from the results of ordinary operations and show the item separately in the income statement, net of tax, after income 
from continuing operations. The entity also is required to disclose applicable income taxes and either present or disclose 
earnings-per-share data applicable to the extraordinary item.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015.  Early adoption is permitted provided 
that  the  guidance  is  applied  from  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  of  adoption.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the 
adoption of ASU 2015-01 to have a material effect on its financial statements.    

NOTE 2: Business Combinations 

On  October  1,  2013,  the  Corporation  completed  its  acquisition  of  CVBK,  the  one-bank  holding  company  for  CVB. 
Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 10, 2013, CVBK's shareholders received $0.32 for each share 
of  CVBK  common  stock  they  owned,  or  approximately  $846,000  in  the  aggregate.  In  addition,  the  Corporation 
purchased  from  the  U.S.  Treasury  for  $3.35  million  all  of  CVBK's  preferred  stock  and  warrants  issued  to  the  U.S 
Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program, including accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock. CVB had 
seven retail bank branches located in the Virginia counties of Powhatan, Cumberland, Chesterfield and Henrico. 

The Corporation accounted for the acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, 
Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of CVBK were recorded at 
their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, particularly related to the 
loan  portfolio,  is  a  complicated  process  involving  significant  judgment  regarding  methods  and  assumptions  used  to 
calculate the estimated fair values. The fair values determined on the acquisition date were preliminary and subject to 
refinement during the Measurement Period as additional information relative to the acquisition date fair values became 
available.  Goodwill  of  $5.91  million  was  initially  recorded  at  the  time  of  the  CVBK  acquisition.  As  a  result  of 
retrospective  fair  value  mark  refinements  during  the  Measurement  Period  in  accordance  with  ASC  805  and  related 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
guidance,  the  Corporation  reduced  goodwill  related  to  the  CVBK  acquisition  from  $5.91  million,  as  estimated  in  the 
Corporation’s 2013 audited financial statements, to $3.70 million. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash consideration paid for: 
CVBK common stock 
CVBK preferred stock and warrants 

Total cash consideration paid 

Identifiable assets acquired: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available for sale 
Loans 
Corporate premises and equipment (2) 
Other real estate owned 
Core deposit intangibles 
Deferred tax asset (3) 
Other assets (4) 

Total identifiable assets acquired 

Identifiable liabilities assumed: 

Deposits 
Borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Other liabilities 

Total identifiable liabilities assumed 

Net identifiable assets (liabilities) assumed 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition 

Amounts 
 Previously 

  Recognized as of
  October 1, 2013 (1)

  Measurement 
Period 

  Adjustments 

Adjusted  
Amounts 
  Recognized as of
  October 1, 2013  

  $

  $

 846  
 3,350  
 4,196  

  $

 846
 3,350
 4,196

 59,775   $ 
 120,097  
 147,066  
 10,948  
 395  
 4,107  
 6,029  
 16,624  
 365,041  

 315,421  
 42,124  
 4,439  
 4,768  
 366,752  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (910)  
 —  
 —  
 3,235  
 (120)  
 2,205  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 59,775
 120,097
 147,066
 10,038
 395
 4,107
 9,264
 16,504
 367,246

 315,421
 42,124
 4,439
 4,768
 366,752

  $

  $

 (1,711)  $ 

 2,205   $

 494

 5,907  

  $

 3,702

__________________ 

1  As previously reported in the Corporation’s 2013 Form 10-K. 
2  The fair value of CVBK’s premises, including land, buildings and improvements, was determined based upon 
appraisal by licensed appraisers.  Based on information as of the acquisition date that became available during 
the Measurement Period, the fair value of CVBK’s premises was reduced by $910,000. 

3  The  $3.24  million  adjustment  to  the  acquired  deferred  tax  asset  primarily  resulted  from  management’s 
determination  during  2014  that  the  amount  of  future  deductible  losses  on  the  purchased  credit  impaired  loan 
portfolio was greater than the amount originally estimated and recorded. 

4

  During 2014, management determined that the amount of accrued interest receivable recorded at the time of the 

acquisition was overstated by $120,000. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: Securities 

The Corporation’s debt and equity securities, all of which are classified as available for sale, at December 31, 2014 and 
2013 are summarized as follows: 

December 31, 2014 
     Gross 

    Gross 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Corporate and other debt securities 

Amortized Unrealized    Unrealized   Estimated  
  Fair Value 

  Losses 

Gains 

Cost 
  $  23,409   $
 66,716  
  124,312  
  $  214,437   $

 1   $ 

 935  
 7,158  
 8,094   $ 

 (476)  $  22,934
 67,619
 (32) 
 (126) 
  131,344
 (634)  $  221,897

December 31, 2013 
     Gross 

    Gross 

Amortized Unrealized    Unrealized   Estimated  
  Fair Value 

  Losses 

Gains 

Cost 
  $  10,000   $

 32,503  
 51,318  
  123,729  
 158  

  $  217,708   $

 —   $ 
 4  
 100  
 4,223  
 —  
 4,327   $ 

    (2,557)  
 (555)  
 (813)  
 —  

 —   $  10,000
 29,950
 50,863
  127,139
 158
 (3,925)   $  218,110

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2014 and 2013, by the earlier of contractual 
maturity  or  expected  maturity,  are  shown  below.  Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because 
borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

December 31, 2014 

  December 31, 2013 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Cost 

  Fair Value   

  $  31,201   $  31,243   $ 

   Amortized     Estimated     Amortized      Estimated  
  Fair Value 

Cost 
 37,672   $  36,580
   55,608
   46,338
   79,584
  $  214,437   $  221,897   $   217,708   $  218,110

  115,304  
   49,968  
   25,382  

  111,084  
 48,519  
 23,633  

    53,907  
    46,473  
    79,656  

Proceeds  from  the  maturities,  calls  and  sales  of  securities  available  for  sale  in  2014  were  $38.66  million,  resulting  in 
gross  realized  gains  of  $50,000  and  gross  realized  losses  of  $21,000;  in  2013  were  $79.44  million,  resulting  in  gross 
realized gains of $276,000; in 2012 were $34.10 million, resulting in gross realized gains of $11,000. 

The  Corporation  pledges  securities  to  primarily  secure  public  deposits  and  repurchase  agreements.  Securities  with  an 
aggregate  amortized  cost  of  $106.31  million  and  an  aggregate  fair  value  of  $110.37  million  were  pledged  at 
December 31, 2014.  Securities  with  an  aggregate  amortized  cost  of  $149.22  million  and  an  aggregate  fair  value  of 
$149.83 million were pledged at December 31, 2013. 

85 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  at  December 31, 2014,  by  duration  of  the  period  of  the  unrealized  loss,  are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. government agencies and 

corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political 

subdivisions 

  Less Than 12 Months
     Fair 
  Value 

    Unrealized     Fair 
  Value 

Loss 

  12 Months or More 

    Unrealized    
Loss 

Fair 
  Value 

Total 
    Unrealized 
Loss 

  $ 

 1,966   $ 
 —  

 2   $  21,234   $ 
 —  

 4,518  

 474   $  23,200   $ 

 32  

 4,518  

 476
 32

 126
 634

Total temporarily impaired securities 

  $ 

 8,245   $ 

    6,279  

 51  
 53   $  31,801   $ 

 6,049  

 75  

 12,328  

 581   $  40,046   $ 

There are 64 debt securities totaling $40.05 million considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014. The primary 
cause of the temporary impairments in the Corporation's investments in debt securities was fluctuations in interest rates. 
Interest rates declined throughout 2014, primarily in the middle and long-end of the United States Treasury yield curve, 
thereby  reducing  unrealized  losses  on  the  Corporation's  debt  securities.  Weaker  global  economic  conditions  increased 
demand for United States debt securities, as the domestic economy improved even as the Federal Reserve wound down 
its  “quantitative  easing”  program  of  buying  long-term  bonds  aimed  at  stimulating  the  economy.    The  municipal  bond 
sector, which includes the Corporation's obligations of states and political subdivisions, benefited from strong investor 
demand as general credit quality improved throughout 2014 while the supply of new municipal bonds fell as compared to 
last  year.    At  December 31, 2014,  approximately  97  percent  of  the  Corporation's  obligations  of  states  and  political 
subdivisions,  as  measured  by  market  value,  were  rated  “A”  or  better  by  Standard  &  Poor's  or  Moody's  Investors 
Service.  Of those in a net unrealized loss position, approximately 91 percent were rated “A” or better, as measured by 
market value, at December 31, 2014. For the approximately nine percent not rated "A" or better, as measured by market 
value at December 31, 2014, the Corporation considers these to meet regulatory credit quality standards, such that the 
securities have low risk of default by the obligor, and the full and timely repayment of principal and interest is expected 
over the expected life of the investment. Because the Corporation intends to hold these investments in debt securities to 
maturity  and  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Corporation  will  not  be  required  to  sell  these  investments  before  a 
recovery of unrealized losses, the Corporation does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired 
at December 31, 2014 and no other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized. 

Securities  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  at  December 31, 2013,  by  duration  of  the  period  of  the  unrealized  loss,  are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Total temporarily impaired securities 

$  29,430   $ 
 40,090  
   21,260  
$  90,780   $ 

Less Than 12 Months
  Unrealized
Loss 
 1,385 $  8,948   $ 

Fair 
Value 

Fair 
Value 

12 Months or More   

Total 

  Unrealized   Fair 
  Value 

Loss 

 Unrealized 
Loss 

 555  
 656

 —    

 3,078  

 2,596 $  12,026   $ 

 1,172  $  38,378 $ 

 40,090  

 —   
 157      24,338
 1,329  $ 102,806 $ 

 2,557
 555
 813
 3,925

The  Corporation’s  investment  in  restricted  stocks  totaled  $3.44  million  at  December 31, 2014,  and  was  comprised  of 
$3.30  million  of  FHLB  stock  and  $145,000  of  CBB  Stock.  Restricted  stock  is  generally  viewed  as  a  long-term 
investment  and  as  restricted  investment  securities,  which are  carried  at  cost,  because  there  is  no  market  for  the  stock, 
other  than  the  FHLBs  or  member  institutions.  Therefore,  when  evaluating  restricted  stock  for  impairment,  their 
respective values are based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines 
in value. The Corporation does not consider its investment in restricted stocks to be other-than-temporarily impaired at 
December 31, 2014 and no impairment has been recognized. Total restricted stocks is shown as a separate line item on 
the balance sheet and is not a part of the available for sale securities portfolio.  At December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restricted  stocks  included  $347,000  of  stock  in  the  FRB,  of  which  CVB  was  a  member,  and  $145,000  of  CBB  stock 
owned by CVB. 

NOTE 4: Loans 

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Less allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net 

December 31,  

2013 

2014 
 179,817   $  188,455  
 5,810  
 7,325  
 288,593  
 306,845  
 50,795  
 50,321  
 9,007  
 8,163  
 277,724  
 283,333  
 820,384  
 835,804  
 (35,606) 
 (34,852) 
 800,198   $  785,532  

  $ 

  $ 

1 

Includes the Corporation’s commercial real estate lending, land acquisition and development lending, builder line 
lending and commercial business lending. 

Consumer  loans  included  $355,000  and  $354,000  of  demand  deposit  overdrafts  at  December 31, 2014  and  2013, 
respectively. 

The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of loans acquired pursuant to the Corporation's acquisition of 
CVB  (or  acquired  loans)  that  were  recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date  and  are  included  in  the  consolidated 
balance sheet at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Outstanding principal balance 
Carrying amount 

Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

Total acquired loans 

December 31, 2014 
    Acquired Loans -    Acquired Loans -     

Purchased 
  Credit Impaired
  $ 

 36,541   $ 

Purchased 
Performing 

  Acquired Loans - 
Total 

 85,015   $ 

 121,556

  $ 

  $ 

 1,723   $ 
 —  
 19,367  
 318  
 16  
 21,424   $ 

 18,688   $ 
 —  
 45,015  
 15,464  
 979  
 80,146   $ 

 20,411
 —
 64,382
 15,782
 995
 101,570

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Outstanding principal balance 
Carrying amount 

Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 

Total acquired loans 

December 31, 2013 
   Acquired Loans -    Acquired Loans -    

Purchased 
Credit Impaired  

Purchased 
Performing 

  Acquired Loans -
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 49,041   $ 

 110,977   $ 

 160,018

 2,694   $ 
 771  
 28,602  
 332  
 121  
 32,520   $ 

 29,285   $ 
 917  
 55,204  
 16,909  
 2,156  
 104,471   $ 

 31,979
 1,688
 83,806
 17,241
 2,277
 136,991

Loans on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction: 
Construction lending1 
Consumer lot lending1 

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Land acquisition & development lending1 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Total loans on nonaccrual status 

December 31,  
2013 

      2014 
  $   2,472   $  1,996  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

  2,033  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 356  
 43  
  1,040  

   1,486  
 —  
 13  
 374  
 291  
 231  
   1,187  
  $   5,944   $  5,578  

1 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were no real estate construction lending loans, real estate consumer lot 
lending loans or land acquisition and development lending loans on nonaccrual status. 

If  interest  income  had  been  recognized  on  nonaccrual  loans  at  their  stated  rates  during  years  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
interest income would have increased by approximately $413,000, $479,000 and $654,000, respectively. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The past due status of loans as of December 31, 2014 was as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction: 
Construction lending 
Consumer lot lending 

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Land acquisition & development lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Total 

  30‑59 Days   60‑89 Days   90+ Days
  Past Due2,3
  Past Due2,3
  $ 

 1,717   $ 

 256   $ 

  Past Due2,3  

 892   $

  Total Past  
Due 
 2,865   $  176,952   $ 

  Current1,2,3    Total Loans   Accruing 

 179,817   $ 

     90+ Days 
  Past Due and 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 3,839  
 3,486  

 3,839  
 3,486  

 264  
 — 
 — 
 21  
 319  
 15  
 12,421  
 14,757   $ 

 53  
 — 
 — 
 53  
 205  
 37  
 2,599  
 3,203   $ 

  $ 

 115  
 218  
 — 
 — 
 122  
 6  
 1,040  
 2,393   $  20,353   $  815,451   $ 

   184,348  
 47,255  
 20,255  
 54,263  
 49,675  
 8,105  
   267,273  

 432  
 218  
 — 
 74  
 646  
 58  
 16,060  

 184,780  
 47,473  
 20,255  
 54,337  
 50,321  
 8,163  
 283,333  
 835,804   $ 

For the purposes of the table above, “Current” includes loans that are 1-29 days past due 

1 
2  The table above includes nonaccrual loans that are current of $3.06 million, 30-59 days past due of $697,000, 

60-89 days past due of $417,000 and 90+ days past due of $1.77 million. 

3  The table above includes loans purchased in the acquisition of CVB that are current of $99.54 million, 30-59 days 

past due of $1.05 million, 60-89 days past due of $141,000 and 90+ days past due of $846,000. 

The past due status of loans as of December 31, 2013 was as follows: 

  30 - 59 Days   60 - 89 Days   90+ Days
  Past Due2,3
  Past Due2,3
  $ 

 1,547   $

 952   $

  Past Due2,3  

 1,547   $

  Total Past  
Due 
 4,046   $  184,409   $ 

 188,455   $ 

  Current1,2,3    Total Loans   Accruing 

     90+ Days 
  Past Due and 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction: 
Construction lending 
Consumer lot lending 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 3,728  
 2,082  

 3,728  
 2,082  

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Land acquisition & development lending  
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Total 

  $ 

 5,567  
 — 
 — 
 306  
 264  
 54  
 14,174  
 21,912   $

 228  
 — 
 — 
 368  
 45  
 46  
 2,998  
 4,637   $

 72  
 272  
 — 
 2,033  
 173  
 195  
 1,187  
 5,479   $  32,028   $  788,356   $ 

   162,255  
 25,368  
 13,426  
 78,698  
 50,313  
 8,712  
   259,365  

 5,867  
 272  
 — 
 2,707  
 482  
 295  
 18,359  

 168,122  
 25,640  
 13,426  
 81,405  
 50,795  
 9,007  
 277,724  
 820,384   $ 

 —

 —
 —

 —
 —
 —
 —
 14 
 —
 —
 14 

 —

 —
 —

 72 
 —
 —
 —
 —
 3 
 —
 75 

For the purposes of the table above, “Current” includes loans that are 1-29 days past due 

1 
2  The table above includes nonaccrual loans that are current of $2.15 million, 30-59 days past due of $7,000, 

60-89 days past due of $306,000 and 90+ days past due of $3.11 million. 

3  The table above includes loans purchased in the acquisition of CVB that are current of $136.30 million, 30-59 

days past due of $1.35 million, 60-89 days past due of $841,000 and 90+ days past due of $2.98 million of which 
$3,000 are 90+ days past due and accruing. 

89 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan modifications that were classified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2014 

2013 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage – interest reduction 
Real estate – residential mortgage – interest rate concession 

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 

Commercial real estate lending – interest reduction 
Commercial real estate lending – interest rate concession 
Builder line lending – interest rate concession 
Commercial business lending – interest rate concession 
Commercial business lending – term concession 

Equity lines – term concession 
Consumer – interest rate concession 

Total 

  Number of   Recorded 
  Investment 
  Loans 

Post- 
  Modification  

Post- 
  Modification
  Number of   Recorded 
  Investment
  Loans 
 — 
 268 

 —   $ 
 2  

 124   
 674   

 2   $ 
 3  

 1  
 1  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 8   $ 

 103   
 96   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3   
 1,000   

 —  
 4  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 —  
 10   $ 

 — 
 1,829 
 17 
 117 
 77 
 30 
 — 
 2,338 

For the purposes of the above table, the pre-modification recorded investment for TDRs were the same as the post-
modification recorded investment for TDRs for December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

TDR payment defaults during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,  

2014 

2013 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate lending 

    Number of     Recorded      Number of     Recorded  
  Investment   Loans 
  Investment 
  Loans 
 —   

 —   $

 1   $

 3

For  purposes  of  this  disclosure,  a  TDR  payment  default  occurs  when,  within  12  months  of  the  original  TDR 
modification, either a full or partial charge-off occurs or a TDR becomes 90 days or more past due. 

Impaired loans, which included TDRs of $5.83 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2014 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Total 

     Average     
  Balance- 
  Impaired 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Recorded   Unpaid  
Investment   Principal   Related 

in Loans 

  Balance   Allowance    Loans 

  $ 

 3,000   $  3,094   $ 

 417   $   2,931   $ 

 139

 2,786  
 —  
 103  
 30  
 95  

   2,908  
 —  
 103  
 32  
 95  

 440  
 —  
 15  
 1  
 6  

   2,735  
 —  
 115  
 25  
 95  

  $ 

 6,014   $  6,232   $ 

 879   $   5,901   $ 

 150
 —
 7
 2 
 4
 302

90 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Impaired loans, which included TDR loans of $5.62 million, and the related allowance at December 31, 2013 were as 
follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 
Total 

     Average     
  Balance-   
  Impaired   

Interest 
Income 
  Recognized 

Recorded   Unpaid  
Investment   Principal   Related 

in Loans 

  Balance   Allowance   Loans 

  $ 

 2,601   $  2,694   $ 

 390   $   2,090   $ 

 99

 2,729  
 13  
 695  
 131  
 93  

   2,780  
 16  
 756  
 132  
 93  

 504  
 4  
 131  
 —  
 14  

   2,748  
 14  
 562  
 33  
 95  

  $ 

 6,262   $  6,471   $ 

 1,043   $   5,542   $ 

 99
 1
 11
 —
 9
 219

PCI  loans  had  an  unpaid  principal  balance  of  $36.54  million  and  a  carrying  value  of  $21.42  million  at 
December 31, 2014. Determining the fair value of purchased credit impaired loans required the Corporation to estimate 
cash flows expected to result from those loans and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. For such 
loans, the excess of the cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income 
over  the  remaining  lives  of  the  loans  and  is  called  the  accretable  yield. The difference  between contractually  required 
payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit 
losses  and  is  called  the  nonaccretable  difference.  In  accordance  with  GAAP,  there  was  no  carry-over  of  previously 
established allowance for loan losses from acquired loans. 

The  PCI  loan  portfolio  related  to  the  CVB  acquisition  was  accounted  for  at  fair  value  on  the  date  of  acquisition  as 
follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Contractual principal and interest due 
Nonaccretable difference 
Expected cash flows 
Accretable yield 
Purchase credit impaired loans - estimated fair value 

    October 1, 2013 
  $ 

 70,390
 (26,621)
 43,769
 (8,454)
 35,315

  $ 

The following table presents a summary of the change in the accretable yield of the PCI loan portfolio for the years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Accretable yield, balance at beginning of  period 
Accretion 
Reclassification of nonaccretable difference due to improvement in expected cash 

flows 

Other changes, net 
Accretable yield, balance at end of  period 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

  $ 

  $ 

 7,776   $
 (3,234)  

 10,593  
 (1,647)  
 13,488   $

 8,454
 (678) 

 —  
 —  
 7,776  

91 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
NOTE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 
Balance at the end of year 

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 
2013 
2014 
  $  34,852   $  35,907   $  33,677
   12,405
  (13,497)
 3,322
  $  35,606   $  34,852   $  35,907

   16,330  
  (19,846) 
 4,270  

   15,085  
  (20,070) 
 3,930  

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2014, the total allowance for loan losses, the allowance by impairment 
methodology (individually evaluated for impairment, collectively evaluated for impairment or PCI loans), the total loans 
and loans by impairment methodology (individually evaluated for impairment, collectively evaluated for impairment or 
PCI loans). 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance for loan losses: 

  Commercial,  
   Real Estate  
Financial &
  Residential Real Estate
  Mortgage Construction Agricultural

Equity 
Lines 

  Consumer
Consumer   Finance 

Total 

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 

Ending balance 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for 

impairment 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 2,355   $ 
 60  
 (161) 
 59  
 2,313   $ 

 434   $ 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 434   $ 

 7,805   $
 — 
 (271) 
 210  
 7,744   $

 892   $
 — 
 (80) 
 — 
 812   $

 273   $ 
 — 
 (312) 
 250  
 211   $ 

 23,093   $
 16,270    
 (19,022)   
 3,751    
 24,092   $

 34,852 
 16,330 
 (19,846)
 4,270 
 35,606 

 417   $ 

 —  $ 

 455   $

 1   $

 6   $ 

 —  $

 879 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Ending balance: acquired loans - purchase credit 

  $ 

 1,896   $ 

 434   $ 

 7,289   $

 811   $

 205   $ 

 24,092   $

 34,727 

impaired 

  $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $

 —  $

 —  $ 

 —  $

 —

Loans: 
Ending balance 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Ending balance: acquired loans - purchase credit 

  $   179,817   $ 

 7,325   $ 

 306,845   $

 50,321   $

 8,163   $ 

 283,333   $  835,804 

  $ 

 3,000   $ 

 —  $ 

 2,889   $

 30   $

 95   $ 

 —  $

 6,014 

  $   175,094   $ 

 7,325   $ 

 284,589   $

 49,973   $

 8,052   $ 

 283,333   $  808,366 

impaired 

  $ 

 1,723   $ 

 —  $ 

 19,367   $

 318   $

 16   $ 

 —  $

 21,424 

92 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents, as of December 31, 2013, the total allowance for loan losses, the allowance by impairment 
methodology (individually evaluated for impairment or collectively evaluated for impairment), the total loans and loans 
by impairment methodology (individually evaluated for impairment or collectively evaluated for impairment). 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance for loan losses: 

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 

Ending balance 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for 

  Commercial,  
   Real Estate  
  Residential Real Estate
Financial &
  Mortgage Construction Agricultural

Equity 
Lines 

  Consumer
Consumer   Finance 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 2,358   $ 
 740  
 (849) 
 106  
 2,355   $ 

 424   $ 
 7  
 — 
 3  
 434   $ 

 9,824   $
 52  
 (2,298) 
 227  
 7,805   $

 885   $
 105  
 (126) 
 28  
 892   $

 283   $ 
 216  
 (399) 
 173  
 273   $ 

 22,133   $
 13,965    
 (16,398)   
 3,393    
 23,093   $

 35,907 
 15,085 
 (20,070)
 3,930 
 34,852 

 390   $ 

 —  $ 

 639   $

 —  $

 14   $ 

 —  $

 1,043 

impairment 

  $ 

 1,965   $ 

 434   $ 

 7,166   $

 892   $

 259   $ 

 23,093   $

 33,809 

Ending balance: acquired loans - purchase credit 

impaired 

  $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $

 —  $

 —  $ 

 —  $

 —

Loans: 
Ending balance 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for 

  $   188,455   $ 

 5,810   $ 

 288,593   $

 50,795   $

 9,007   $ 

 277,724   $  820,384 

impairment 

  $ 

 2,601   $ 

 —  $ 

 3,437   $

 131   $

 93   $ 

 —  $

 6,262 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

  $   183,160   $ 

 5,039   $ 

 256,554   $

 50,332   $

 8,793   $ 

 277,724   $  781,602 

Ending balance: acquired loans - purchase credit 

impaired 

  $ 

 2,694   $ 

 771   $ 

 28,602   $

 332   $

 121   $ 

 —  $

 32,520 

Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2014 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction: 
Construction lending 
Consumer lot lending 

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Land acquisition & development lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 

     Special      

    Substandard     

Pass 

  Mention   Substandard   Nonaccrual 

Total1 

  $  171,414   $  2,978   $

 2,953   $ 

 2,472   $  179,817  

 1,191  
 3,486  

 —  
 —  

 2,648  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 3,839  
 3,486  

 165,804  
 43,693  
 18,321  
 41,813  
 48,443  
 7,984  

 4,136  
 1,136  
 1,389  
 930  
 772  
 103  

  $  502,149   $  11,444   $

 12,807  
 2,644  
 545  
 11,594  
 750  
 33  
 33,974   $ 

 2,033  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 356  
 43  

 184,780  
 47,473  
 20,255  
 54,337  
 50,321  
 8,163  
 4,904   $  552,471  

Included in the table above are loans purchased in connection with the acquisition of CVB of $87.26 million pass rated, 
$2.99 million special mention, $10.71 million substandard and $603,000 substandard nonaccrual. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Consumer finance 

    Performing    Non‐Performing          Total       

  $  282,293   $ 

 1,040   $  283,333

1  At December 31, 2014, the Corporation does not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss. 

93 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans by credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2013 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate – residential mortgage 
Real estate – construction: 
Construction lending 
Consumer lot lending 

Commercial, financial and agricultural: 
Commercial real estate lending 
Land acquisition & development lending 
Builder line lending 
Commercial business lending 

Equity lines 
Consumer 

     Special      

    Substandard     

Pass 

  Mention   Substandard   Nonaccrual 

Total1 

  $  180,670   $  2,209   $

 3,580   $ 

 1,996   $  188,455  

 1,068  
 1,831  

 11  
 105  

 2,649  
 146  

 —  
 —  

 3,728  
 2,082  

 152,017  
 18,236  
 11,608  
 61,715  
 48,603  
 8,616  

 2,934  
 1,601  
 1,278  
 2,758  
 1,003  
 2  

  $  484,364   $ 11,901   $

 11,685  
 5,803  
 527  
 16,558  
 898  
 158  
 42,004   $ 

 1,486  
 —  
 13  
 374  
 291  
 231  

 168,122  
 25,640  
 13,426  
 81,405  
 50,795  
 9,007  
 4,391   $  542,660  

Included in the table above are loans purchased in connection with the acquisition of CVB of $119.75 million pass rated, 
$3.30 million special mention, $17.77 million substandard and $652,000 substandard nonaccrual. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Consumer finance 

Non-

    Performing      
  $  276,537   $ 

Performing           Total        
 1,187   $  277,724  

1  At December 31, 2013, the Corporation did not have any loans classified as Doubtful or Loss. 

NOTE 6: Other Real Estate Owned 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, OREO was $786,000 and $2.77 million, respectively. OREO is primarily comprised of 
residential properties and non-residential properties associated with commercial relationships, and are located primarily 
in the state of Virginia. Changes in the balance for OREO are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of year, gross 
Transfers between loans and other real estate owned 
Acquisition of CVB 
Charge-offs 
Sales proceeds 
Gain on disposition 
Deferred gain on disposition 
Balance at the end of year, gross 
Less valuation allowance 
Balance at the end of year, net 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2014 

 6,904 
 1,960 
 — 
 (4,135)
 (4,382)
 324 
 144 
 815 
 (29)
 786 

$

$

2013 
 10,173  
 588  
 395  
 (261) 
 (4,209) 
 218  
 —  
 6,904  
 (4,135) 
 2,769  

  $ 

  $ 

94 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the allowance for OREO losses are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision for losses 
Charge-offs, net 
Balance at the end of year 

  $

  $

2014 
 4,135   $ 
 29  
 (4,135)  

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 
 3,937   $
 459  
 (261)  
 4,135   $

2012 
 3,927  
 1,250  
 (1,240) 
 3,937  

 29   $ 

Net expenses applicable to OREO, other than the provision for losses, were $6,000, $253,000 and $384,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

NOTE 7: Corporate Premises and Equipment 

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows: 

December 31,  

2014 

 8,431   $
 33,917  
 36,956  
 79,304  
 (42,009) 
 37,295   $

2013 

 8,431  
 32,493  
 40,100  
 81,024  
 (42,792) 
 38,232  

  $ 

  $ 

December 31,  

2013 
2014 
 60,565   $
 63,159  
 305,942  
 336,724  
 366,507   $  399,883  

  $ 

  $ 

$ 

$ 

 199,395  
 73,019  
 44,127  
 28,013  
 13,849  
 8,104  
 366,507  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Land 
Buildings 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation 

NOTE 8: Time Deposits 

Time deposits are summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Certificates of deposit, over $250 
Other time deposits 

Remaining maturities on time deposits at December 31, 2014 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

95 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTE 9: Borrowings 

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance outstanding at year end1 
Maximum balance at any month end during the year 
Average balance for the year 
Weighted average rate for the year 
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end 
Estimated fair value at year end 

  $
  $
  $

  $

December 31,  

2014 
 14,436  
 15,488  
 12,745  

$
$
$
 0.39 %    
 0.38 %    
$

 14,436  

2013 
 11,780  
 15,812  
 12,276  

 0.40 %
 0.40 %

 11,780  

1  Consists entirely of secured transactions with customers, which generally mature the day following the day sold. 

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2014 consist of a repurchase agreement with a third-party correspondent bank, 
which is secured by investment securities; advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit secured by loans 
at C&F Finance; and advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-end 
and  revolving,  open-end  loans  secured  by  1-4  family  residential  properties.  The  interest  rate  on  the  repurchase 
agreement, which matures in 2018, is 3.55% (7.00% minus three-month LIBOR with a maximum rate of 3.55%) and the 
outstanding balance as of December 31, 2014 was $5.00 million.  The interest rate on the revolving bank line of credit, 
which matures in 2017, floats at the one-month LIBOR rate plus a range of 200 to 225 basis points, depending upon the 
average balance outstanding on the line, and the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2014 was $75.49 million.  C&F 
Finance’s  revolving  bank  line  of  credit  agreement  contains  covenants  regarding  C&F  Finance’s  capital  adequacy, 
collateral performance, adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and interest expense coverage.  C&F Finance satisfied 
all such covenants during 2014.  Long-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2014 consist of $22.50 million of 
convertible  advances  and  $24.50  million  of  fixed  rate  hybrid  advances.  The  convertible  advances  have  fixed  rates  of 
interest  unless  the  FHLB  exercises  its  option  to  convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed  rate  to  variable 
rate.  The  fixed  rate  hybrid  advances  provide  fixed-rate  funding  until  the  stated  maturity  date.  C&F  Bank  may  add 
interest rate caps or floors at a future date, at which time the cost of the caps or floors will be added to the advance rate. 
The table below presents selected information on the FHLB advances: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance Outstanding at December 31, 2014 
Fixed Rate Hybrid Advances 

Convertible Advances 

Next 
  Conversion  
  Interest Rate   Maturity Date    Option Date 

$7,500   
$7,500   
$2,500   
$7,000  

$7,500   
$5,000   
$5,000   
$5,000   

 3.39 %  
 0.80  
 1.28  
 1.95  

 3.70  
 4.06  
 2.93  
 3.59  

08/10/15 
08/30/16 
08/30/18 
12/04/19 

10/19/17 
10/25/17 
11/27/17 
06/06/18 

01/20/15 
01/26/15 
02/27/15 

96 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings at December 31, 2014 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

   Fixed Rate    Floating Rate           Total       
  $

 7,500   $ 
 7,500  
   17,500  
 7,500  
 7,000  
 —  

  $  47,000   $ 

 —   $
 —  
 75,488  
 5,000  
 —  
 —  

 7,500
 7,500
 92,988
 12,500
 7,000
 —
 80,488   $  127,488

lines  of  credit  for  future  borrowings 

The  Corporation’s  unused 
total  approximately  $281.40  million  at 
December 31, 2014,  which  consists  of  $95.88  million  available  from  the  FHLB,  $44.51  million  on  C&F  Finance’s 
revolving  bank  line  of  credit,  $26.01  million  available  from  the  FRB,  $65.00  million  under  unsecured  federal  funds 
agreements with third party financial institutions, $50.00 million in repurchase lines of credit with third party financial 
institutions.  Additional loans and securities are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the 
FRB or the FHLB above the current lendable collateral value. 

In  December  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  for  general  corporate  purposes 
including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.  On  December  14,  2007,  Trust  II  issued  $10.00  million  of  trust  preferred 
capital securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the Corporation in 
exchange for cash. The securities mature in December 2037, are redeemable at the Corporation’s option beginning after 
five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust II to the holder of the securities at a rate equal to the three-month 
LIBOR rate plus 3.15%.  During 2014, in order to mitigate the effect of rising interest rates in the future, the Corporation 
entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  whereby  the  effective  fixed  interest  rate  on  all  $10.00  million  of  the 
securities became 4.82%.  The interest rate swap matures in December 2019. The principal asset of Trust II is $10.31 
million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred 
capital  securities.  The  interest  payments  by  the  Corporation  on  the  debt  securities  will  be  used  by  Trust  II  to  pay  the 
quarterly distributions payable by Trust II to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

In July 2005, C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I), a wholly-owned non-operating subsidiary of the Corporation, 
was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital  securities to partially fund the Corporation’s purchase of 
427,186 shares of its common stock. On July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.00 million of trust preferred capital securities 
in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the Corporation in exchange for 
cash. The securities  mature in September 2035, are redeemable at the Corporation’s option beginning after five years, 
and require quarterly distributions by Trust I to the holder of the securities at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate 
plus 1.57%.  During 2010, in order to mitigate the effect of rising interest rates in the future, the Corporation entered into 
two  interest  rate  swap  agreements  whereby  the  effective  fixed  interest  rate  on  $5.00  million  of  the  securities  became 
3.48% and the effective fixed interest rate on the remaining $5.00 million of the securities became 4.31%.  The interest 
rate  swaps  mature  in  September  2015.  The  principal  asset  of  Trust  I  is  $10.31  million  of  the  Corporation’s  trust 
preferred  capital  notes  with  like  maturities  and  like  interest  rates  to  the  trust  preferred  capital  securities.  The  interest 
payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will be used by Trust I to pay the quarterly distributions payable by 
Trust I to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

In December 2003, Central Virginia Bankshares Statutory Trust I (CVBK Trust I) was formed as a wholly-owned non-
operating subsidiary of CVBK for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes. 
On December 17, 2003, CVBK Trust I issued $5.00 million of trust preferred capital securities in a private placement to 
an  institutional  investor  and  $155,000  in  common  equity  to  CVBK  in  exchange  for  cash.  CVBK  Trust  I  became  a 
wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the  Corporation  pursuant  to  the  merger  of  CVBK  with  and  into  the 
Corporation in March 2014, and the Corporation assumed CVBK’s obligations on the underlying trust preferred capital 
notes.  The securities mature in December 2033, are redeemable at the Corporation's option beginning after five years, 
and  require  quarterly  distributions  by  CVBK  Trust  I  to  the  holder  of  the  securities  at  a  rate  equal  to  the  three-month 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBOR  plus  2.85%.  During  2014,  in  order  to  mitigate  the  effect  of  rising  interest  rates  in  the  future,  the  Corporation 
entered into an interest rate swap agreement whereby the effective fixed interest rate on all $5.00 million of the securities 
became 4.54%.  The interest rate swap matures in December 2019.  The principal asset of CVBK Trust I is $5.16 million 
of trust preferred capital notes originally issued by CVBK and assumed by the Corporation with like maturities and like 
interest rates to the trust preferred capital securities. The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will 
be used by CVBK Trust I to pay the quarterly distributions payable by CVBK Trust I to the holders of the trust preferred 
capital securities. The trust preferred capital securities issued by CVBK Trust I were adjusted to fair market value on the 
date of acquisition of CVBK. The resulting fair value adjustment was a discount of $716,000, which is being accreted 
over 20 years on a straight-line basis, and the balance of which was $672,000 as of December 31, 2014. 

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Corporation may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on 
the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital 
securities. 

NOTE 10: Shareholders’ Equity, Other Comprehensive Income and Earnings Per Common Share 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The  following  table  presents  the  cumulative  balances  of  the  components  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss),  net  of  deferred  taxes  of  $1.66  million,  $163,000  and  $2.51  million  as  of  December 31, 2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Net unrealized gains on securities 
Net unrecognized loss on cash flow hedges 
Net unrecognized losses on defined benefit plan 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Shareholders’ Equity 

December 31,  
      2013 

     2012 

     2014 
  $  4,850   $ 

 261   $  5,951  
   (313) 
   (922) 
  $ 3,086   $   (266)  $  4,716  

 (64) 
 (1,700) 

   (202) 
   (325) 

Preferred Shares. On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (Capital Purchase Program) established 
by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA), 
the Corporation issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $20.00 million in cash (1) 20,000 shares 
of  the  Corporation’s  fixed  rate  cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock,  Series  A,  par  value  $1.00  per  share,  having  a 
liquidation  preference  of  $1,000  per  share  (Series  A  Preferred  Stock)  and  (2)  a  ten-year  warrant  to  purchase  up  to 
167,504  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock,  par  value  $1.00  per  share  (Common  Stock),  at  an  initial  exercise 
price of $17.91 per share (Warrant).  Of the aggregate amount of $20.00 million proceeds received from the issuance of 
the Series A Preferred Stock, approximately $792,000 was attributable to the Warrant, based on the relative fair value of 
the Warrant on the date of issuance. 

On  July  27,  2011,  the  Corporation  redeemed  $10.00  million  of  the  total  $20.00  million  liquidation  preference  of  its 
Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation paid $10.10 million to redeem this portion of the Series A Preferred Stock, 
consisting of $10.00 million in liquidation preference and $100,000 of accrued and unpaid dividends associated with the 
preferred stock being redeemed. On April 11, 2012, the Corporation redeemed the remaining $10.00 million of the total 
$20.00 million liquidation preference of its Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation paid $10.08 million to redeem this 
portion of the Series A Preferred Stock, consisting of $10.00 million in liquidation preference and $78,000 of accrued 
and  unpaid  dividends  associated  with  the  preferred  stock  redemption.  The  funds  for  both  of  these  redemptions  were 
provided by existing financial resources of the Corporation; therefore, there was no dilution to the Corporation's common 
shareholders. Further, the Corporation will pay no future dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. 

On May 14, 2014, the Corporation repurchased the warrant for $2.30 million.  The repurchase price was based on the fair 
market  value  of  the  warrant  as  agreed  upon  by  the  Corporation  and  Treasury.    The  funds  for  this  redemption  were 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
provided by existing financial resources of the Corporation; therefore, there was no dilution to the Corporation's common 
shareholders. 

Common  Shares. The  Corporation  repurchased  4,608  and  1,215  shares  of  its  common  stock  during  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014  and  2013,  respectively.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  2,800  shares  were  purchased 
under  a  share  repurchase  program  authorized  by  the  Corporation’s  Board  of  Directors  for  the  purchase  of  up  to  $5.0 
million of the Corporation’s common stock through May 2015.  During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
1,808 and 1,215 shares were withheld from employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon the vesting of 
restricted  shares.  The  Corporation  did  not  repurchase  any  shares  of  its  common  stock  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2012. 

Earnings Per Common Share 

The components of the Corporation’s earnings per common share calculations are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Net income 
Accumulated dividends on Series A Preferred Stock 
Amortization of Series A Preferred Stock discount 
Net income available to common shareholders 

2014 
 12,346   $ 
 —  
 —  
 12,346   $ 

December 31,  
2013 
 14,402   $
 —  
 —  
 14,402   $

  $

  $

2012 
 16,382  
 (139) 
 (172) 
 16,071  

Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per common 

share—basic 

Effect of dilutive securities: 
Stock option awards and warrant 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per common 

share—assuming dilution 

   3,404,112  

   3,305,132  

   3,215,049  

 32,166  

 138,850  

 90,853  

   3,436,278  

   3,443,982  

   3,305,902  

Potential common shares that may be issued by the Corporation for its stock option awards and Warrant are determined 
using the treasury stock method. Approximately 150,000, 18,000 and 215,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options 
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were not included in computing diluted earnings 
per common share because they were anti-dilutive. 

NOTE 11: Income Taxes 

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the consolidated statements of income are as follows: 

  Year Ended December 31,  
     2014 
     2012 
     2013 
  $  2,483   $   4,424   $  8,494  
 (848) 
  $  4,730   $   6,710   $  7,646  

   2,247  

   2,286  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Current taxes 
Deferred taxes 

99 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The income tax provision is less than would be obtained by application of the statutory federal corporate tax rate to pre-
tax accounting income as a result of the following items: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Income tax computed at federal statutory 

  2014 

    Percent of     
  Pre-tax 
Income 

Year Ended December 31,  
    Percent of        
  Pre-tax 
Income 

2013 

    Percent of  
Pre-tax 
Income 

2012 

rates 

  $  5,977   

 35.0 %  $  7,389   

 35.0 %  $  8,410   

 35.0 %

Tax effect of exclusion of interest income 
on obligations of states and political 
subdivisions 

Reduction of interest expense incurred to 

carry tax-exempt assets 

State income taxes, net of federal tax 

benefit 

Nondeductible expenses primarily related 

to the acquisition of CVBK 

Tax credits 
Other 

 (1,546)  

 (9.0) 

 (1,600)  

 (7.6)  

 (1,631)   

 (6.8) 

 42   

 532   

 0.3  

 3.1  

 59   

 0.3  

 78   

 938   

 4.4  

   1,133   

 —   
 (180)  
 (95)  
  $  4,730   

 —  
 251   
 (1.1) 
 (225)  
 (0.6) 
 (102)  
 27.7 %  $  6,710   

 —   
 1.2  
 (225)   
 (1.1)  
 (0.4)  
 (119)   
 31.8 %  $  7,646   

 0.3  

 4.7  

 —  
 (0.9) 
 (0.5) 
 31.8 %

The Corporation’s net deferred income taxes totaled $20.7 million and $25.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Deferred tax asset 

Allowance for loan losses and OREO losses 
Fair market value adjustments related to acquisition 
Reserve for indemnification losses 
Deferred compensation 
Share-based compensation 
Interest on nonaccrual loans 
Depreciation 
Cash flow hedges 
Other 

Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 

Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Core deposit intangible 
Defined benefit plan 
Depreciation 
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

Deferred tax liability 
Net deferred tax asset 

      December 31,  
2013 

2014 

  $   13,590   $ 14,787  
   9,192  
 917  
   2,617  
 517  
 645  
 —  
 129  
   1,556  
 30,360  

 6,603  
 794  
 1,821  
 791  
 1,222  
 149  
 40  
 2,677  
  27,687  

   (3,291) 
 (904) 
 (176) 
 —  
   (2,611) 
   (6,982) 

  (3,079) 
  (1,321) 
 (513) 
 (132) 
 (141) 
  (5,186) 
  $   20,705   $ 25,174  

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several states. With few exceptions, the 
Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior 
to 2011. 

100 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: Employee Benefit Plans 

C&F  Bank  maintains  a  Defined  Contribution  Profit-Sharing  Plan  (the  Profit-Sharing  Plan)  sponsored  by  the  Virginia 
Bankers  Association  (VBA).  The  Profit-Sharing  Plan  includes  a  401(k)  savings  provision  that  authorizes  a  maximum 
voluntary salary deferral of up to 90% of compensation (with a partial company match), subject to statutory limitations. 
The Profit-Sharing Plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of each eligible employee based 
in part on C&F Bank’s profitability for a given year and on each participant’s yearly earnings. All full-time employees 
who have attained the age of eighteen and have at least three months of service are eligible to participate. Contributions 
and earnings may be invested in various investment vehicles offered through the VBA. All employee contributions are 
fully vested upon contribution. An employee is 20% vested in C&F Bank’s contributions after two years of service, 40% 
after  three  years, 60%  after  four  years, 80%  after five  years  and fully  vested  after six  years,  or  earlier  in  the  event  of 
retirement,  death  or  attainment  of  age  65  while  an  employee.  The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this  plan  were 
$557,000, $417,000 and $387,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.   

C&F Mortgage maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings Plan that authorizes a voluntary salary deferral of from 
1%  to  100%  of  compensation  (with  a  discretionary  company  match),  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  Substantially  all 
employees who have attained the age of eighteen are eligible to participate on the first day of the next month following 
employment date. The plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of each eligible employee 
based  in  part  on  C&F  Mortgage’s  profitability  for  a  given  year,  and  on  each  participant’s  contributions  to  the  plan. 
Contributions may be invested in various investment funds offered under the plan. All employee contributions are fully 
vested upon contribution. An employee is vested 25% in the  employer’s contributions after two years of service, 50% 
after three years, 75% after four years, and fully vested after five years.  The amounts charged to expense under this plan 
were $16,000, $104,000 and $29,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

C&F Finance maintains a Defined Contribution Profit-Sharing Plan sponsored by the VBA with plan features similar to 
the  Profit-Sharing Plan of  C&F  Bank.  The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this plan were $199,000,  $155,000  and 
$147,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Central Virginia Bank maintained a qualified defined contribution plan for all eligible full-time and part-time employees 
prior to March 22, 2014. The plan was sponsored by the VBA. CVB did not make any profit sharing contributions to the 
plan during 2014, 2013 and 2012. On March 22, 2014 the CVB plan was terminated and the CVB plan assets totaling 
$6.6  million  were  transferred  into  the  Profit-Sharing  Plan  and  the  CVB  plan  participants  became  participants  of  the 
Profit-Sharing Plan subject to its provisions. 

Individual  performance  bonuses  are  awarded  annually  to  certain  members  of  management  under  the  Corporation's 
Management  Incentive  Plan.  The  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee  recommends  to  the  Corporation’s  Board  of 
Directors  the  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the 
Corporation,  and  recommends  to  the  C&F  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  certain  other  senior  C&F 
Bank  and  C&F  Finance  officers.  In  addition,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  recommends  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  other 
officers  of  the  C&F  Bank  and  C&F  Finance.  In  determining  the  awards,  performance,  including  the  Corporation’s 
growth rate, returns on average assets and equity, and absolute levels of income are considered. In addition, C&F Bank’s 
Board of Directors considers the individual performance of the members of management who may receive awards. The 
expense for these bonus awards is accrued in the year of performance. Expenses under these plans were $1.20 million, 
$1.32 million and $1.02 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In accordance with employment agreements for 
certain senior officers of C&F Mortgage, performance bonuses of $173,000, $932,000 and $1.05 million were expensed 
in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Performance used in determining the awards is directly related to the profitability 
of C&F Mortgage. 

C&F Bank has a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan (Cash Balance Plan) for all full-time employees over 21 
years of age. Under the Cash Balance Plan, the benefit account for each participant will grow each year with annual pay 
credits based on age and years of service and monthly interest credits based on the prior year’s December average yield 
on 30-year Treasuries plus 150 basis points. C&F Bank funds pension costs in accordance with the funding provisions of 
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation has a nonqualified defined contribution plan for certain executives. The plan allows for elective salary 
and  bonus  deferrals.  The  plan  also  allows  for  employer  contributions  to  make  up  for  limitations  on  covered 
compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Bank’s Profit Sharing Plan and Cash Balance 
Plan and to enhance retirement benefits by providing supplemental contributions from time to time. Expenses under this 
plan were $215,000, $185,000 and $175,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investments for this plan are held in a 
Rabbi trust. These investments are included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  projected  benefit  obligations,  plan  assets,  funded  status  and  rate  assumptions 
associated with the C&F Bank’s Cash Balance Plan based upon actuarial valuations. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation 

Projected benefit obligation, beginning 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Benefits paid 

Projected benefit obligation, ending 
Change in plan assets 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 

Fair value of plan assets, ending 
Funded status 
Amounts recognized as an other asset (liability) 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Net loss 
Prior service cost 
Deferred taxes 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation at valuation date 

Discount rate 
Expected return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

     2014 

December 31, 
      2013 

2012 

  $ 10,659  
 763  
 451  
   1,882  
 (173)  
  $ 13,582  

  $ 11,624  
 633  
   2,000  
 (173)  
  $ 14,084  
 502  
  $
 502  
  $

  $  3,558  
 (942)  
 (916)  
  $  1,700  

$  10,058  
 776  
 425  
 91  
 (691)  
$  10,659  

$   9,612  
    1,703  
    1,000  
 (691)  
$  11,624  
 965  
$ 
 965  
$ 

$  8,768  
 636  
 395  
 505  
 (246) 
$ 10,058  

$  8,295  
 1,063 
 500  
 (246) 
$  9,612  
$  (446) 
$  (446) 

$   1,510  
   (1,010)  
 (175)  
 325  

$ 

$  2,495  
   (1,077) 
 (496) 
 922  

$

 3.6 %      
 7.5  
 3.0  

 4.4 %    
 8.0  
 3.0  

 4.0 %
 8.0  
 3.0  

102 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation was $13.58 million and $10.66 million as of the actuarial valuation dates December 
31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Components of net periodic benefit cost 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Amortization of net obligation at transition 
Recognized net actuarial loss 
Net periodic benefit cost 

  Year Ended December 31,   
      2013       2012   
     2014 

  $ 

 763   $   776   $  636
 451  
   395
   425  
   (832)  
  (633)
  (748) 
 (68)  
 (68)
 (68) 
  —  
  — 
 —
 33  
   106
   121  
 347  
   436
   506  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive 

loss 
Net loss (gain) 
Amortization of net obligation at transition 
Amortization of prior service costs 
Deferred taxes 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss (income) 

Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost as of 

Discount rate 
Expected return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 – 2024 

  2,048   
  —  
 68  
   (741)  
  1,375   

 (31)
 —
 68
 (13)
 24
  $  1,722    $   (91)  $  460

  (985) 
  — 
 68  
   320  
  (597) 

January 1, 
     2014        2013      2012   

 4.4 %   
 7.5  
 3.0  

 4.0 %   
 8.0  
 3.0  

 4.5 % 
 8.0  
 3.0  

  $ 

 1,249  
 633  
 734  
   2,155  
 771  
   4,822  
  $   10,364  

C&F  Bank  selects  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  assets  in  consultation  with  its  investment  advisors  and 
actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be 
invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net 
of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself. Undue weight is 
not given to recent experience, which may not continue over the measurement period. Higher significance is placed on 
current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. 

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose, 
the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which assets are invested. However, 
consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, 
and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not 
explicitly within periodic costs). 

103 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&F Bank’s defined benefit pension plan’s weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows: 

  December 31, 

Mutual funds-fixed income 
Mutual funds-equity 
Cash and equivalents 

* Less than one percent. 

     2014 

      2013   
 38 % 
 62  
* 
 100 % 

 39 %   
 61  
* 
 100 %   

The following table summarizes the fair value of the defined benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.  For 
more information about fair value measurements, see “Note 17: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.” 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Mutual funds-fixed income 1 
Mutual funds-equity 2 
Cash and equivalents 3 
Total pension assets 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Mutual funds-fixed income 1 
Mutual funds-equity 2 
Cash and equivalents 3 
Total pension assets 

December 31, 2014 
  Fair Value Measurements Using   Assets at Fair 
     Level 2      Level 3     
     Level 1 
 —   $ 
  $
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 5,540   $
 8,533  
 11  
 14,084   $

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 5,540
 8,533
 11
 14,084

Value 

  $

December 31, 2013 
  Fair Value Measurements Using   Assets at Fair 
     Level 2      Level 3     
     Level 1 
  $
 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 4,431   $
 7,181  
 12  
 11,624   $

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 4,431
 7,181
 12
 11,624

Value 

  $

1  This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on fixed income securities with both short-term and 
long-term investments. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market 
prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds. 

2  This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on equity securities with a diversified portfolio and 

includes investments in large cap and small cap funds, growth funds, international focused funds and value funds. 
The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying 
investments is used to value the funds. 

3  This category comprises cash and short-term cash equivalent funds. The funds are valued at cost which 

approximates fair value. 

The  trust  fund  is  sufficiently  diversified  to  maintain  a  reasonable  level  of  risk  without  imprudently  sacrificing  return, 
with a targeted asset allocation of 40% fixed income and 60% equities. The investment advisor selects investment fund 
managers  with  demonstrated  experience  and  expertise,  and  funds  with  demonstrated  historical  performance,  for  the 
implementation  of  the  plan’s  investment  strategy.  The  investment  manager  will  consider  both  actively  and  passively 
managed  investment  strategies  and  will  allocate  funds  across  the  asset  classes  to  develop  an  efficient  investment 
structure. 

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful to 
avoid  sacrificing  quality.  These  costs  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  management  and  custodial  fees,  consulting  fees, 
transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust. 

104 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13: Related Party Transactions 

Loans outstanding to directors and executive officers totaled $2.45 million and $2.72 million at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively. There were no new advances to directors and officers and repayments totaled $262,000 in the year 
ended  December 31, 2014.  Total  deposits  for  directors  and  executive  officers  were  $3.4  million  and  $3.6  million  at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  In the opinion of management, these transactions were made in the ordinary 
course  of  business  on  substantially  the  same  terms  and  conditions,  including  interest  rates,  collateral  and  repayment 
terms,  as  those  prevailing at  the  same  time  for  comparable  transactions with  unrelated  persons,  and, in  the opinion of 
management  and  the  Corporation’s  Board  of  Directors,  do  not  involve  more  than  normal  risk  or  present  other 
unfavorable features. 

NOTE 14: Share-Based Plans 

On April 16, 2013, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the C&F Financial Corporation 2013 Stock and Incentive 
Compensation Plan (the 2013 Plan) for the grant of equity awards to certain key employees of the Corporation, as well as 
non-employee directors (including non-employee regional or advisory directors). The 2013 Plan authorizes an aggregate 
of 500,000 shares of the Corporation's common stock to be issued as equity awards in the form of stock options, tandem 
stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and/or other stock-based awards. Since the 2013 Plan’s 
approval,  equity  awards  have  only  been  issued  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock,  which  are  accounted  for  using  the  fair 
market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the 2013  Plan,  the  Corporation  granted  equity  awards under  the  Amended  and  Restated  C&F 
Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  Amended  2004  Plan).  The  Amended  2004  Plan  authorized  an 
aggregate of 500,000 shares of Corporation common stock to be issued as equity awards in the form of stock options, 
stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  and/or  restricted  stock  units  to  key  employees  and  non-employee  directors. 
Since 2006, all equity awards that were issued under the Amended 2004 Plan were in the form of restricted stock, which 
were accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are 
awarded. 

Prior to the amendment of the Amended 2004 Plan in 2008, the Corporation awarded options to purchase common stock 
and/or grants of restricted shares of common stock to certain key employees of the Corporation under the plan that was 
approved by the Corporation’s shareholders on April 20, 2004. Options were issued to employees at a price equal to the 
fair market value of common stock at the date granted. Restricted shares were accounted for using the fair market value 
of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares were awarded. All options outstanding under this 
plan are exercisable as of December 31, 2014. All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Director Plan). In 1999, the Director Plan was 
amended  to  authorize  a  total  of  150,000  shares  for  issuance.  Under  the  Director  Plan,  options  were  issued  to  non-
employee directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted. All options outstanding 
under  the  Director  Plan  are  exercisable  as  of  December 31, 2014.  All  options  expire  ten  years  from  the  grant  date.  In 
2008, the Corporation ceased granting awards to non-employee directors under the Director Plan, which expired in 2008, 
and non-employee directors were added to the group of eligible award recipients under the Amended 2004 Plan. 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option transactions under the various plans for the periods indicated were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts) 
Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Outstanding and exercisable at end of year 

*  Weighted average 

2014 

    Exercise     Intrinsic    

  Value 

Price* 

Shares 
 164,150   $  38.21  
  —  
 39.29  
 38.95  

 —  
 (271) 
 (63,117) 
 100,762   $  37.75   $

 200   

2013 

2012 

    Exercise      
Price* 

Shares 
 276,432   $  39.14   
 —   
 —  
 40.41   
 (94,382) 
 (17,900) 
 40.87   
 164,150   $  38.21   

    Exercise  
Shares 
  Price* 
 325,067   $  36.68 
 —
   22.70 
 — 
 276,432   $  39.14 

 — 
 (48,635) 
 —  

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  in-the-money  options  exercised  in  2014  was  less  than  $1,000.  Cash  received  from  option 
exercises during  2014  was $11,000,  and  less  than  a  $1,000  tax  benefit  was  recognized  in  additional  paid-in  capital  in 
connection with nonqualified option exercises. The Corporation has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy the exercise 
of stock options. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014: 

Options Outstanding and Exercisable 
    Remaining 

Range of Exercise Prices 
$35.20 to $39.60 

*  Weighted average 

  Number Outstanding Contractual Life   
  at December 31, 2014
 100,762   

(Years)* 

 1.2   $ 

  Exercise Price* 

 37.75

As permitted under the 2013 Plan and Amended 2004 Plan, the Corporation awards shares of restricted stock to certain 
key  employees  and  non-employee  directors.  Restricted  shares  awarded  to  employees  generally  vest  on  the  fifth 
anniversary  of  the  grant  date  and  restricted  shares  awarded  to  non-employee  directors  generally  vest  on  the  third 
anniversary of the grant date. A summary of the activity for restricted stock awards for the periods indicated is presented 
below: 

Nonvested at beginning of year 
Granted 
Vested 
Cancelled 
Nonvested at end of year 

2014 

Shares 

     Weighted-     
  Average 
  Grant Date  
  Fair Value  
     120,183   $     31.18  
 39.84  
      32,625  
 20.13  
 (15,208) 
 42.14  
 (2,000) 
 34.34  
    135,600   $

2013 

     Weighted-      

  Average 
  Grant Date   
  Fair Value   
 24.69   
 45.24   
 18.16   
 36.42   
 31.18   

Shares 
 97,700   $
 35,594  
 (10,700) 
 (2,411) 
 120,183   $

2012 

     Weighted-  
  Average 
  Grant Date  
Shares 
  Fair Value  
 87,125   $    22.59  
 33.16  
 29,025  
 28.85  
 (16,100) 
 22.60  
 (2,350) 
 24.69  
 97,700   $

Compensation is accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted 
shares are awarded. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted for the years 2014, 2013 and 
2012 was $39.84, $45.24 and $33.16, respectively. Compensation expense is charged to income ratably over the vesting 
periods, and was $967,000 in 2014, $659,000 in 2013 and $488,000 in 2012. As of December 31, 2014, there was $2.79 
million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock granted under the 2013 Plan and the Amended 
2004 Plan. This amount is expected to be recognized through 2019. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTE 15: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions 

The  Corporation  (on  a  consolidated  basis)  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements 
administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain 
mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material 
effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve 
quantitative  measures  of  the  Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as 
calculated  under  regulatory  accounting practices.  The  Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  capital  amounts and  classification 
are  subject  to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,  risk  weightings,  and  other  factors.  Prompt 
corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. 

Quantitative measures established by regulations effective as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 to ensure 
capital adequacy have required the Corporation, C&F Bank and CVB to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth 
in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (all as defined 
in the regulations). Per the regulatory capital standards effective as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, for 
the Corporation, C&F Bank and CVB Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain 
(loss)  on  securities  available  for  sale,  amounts  resulting  from  changes  in  the  funded  status  of  the  pension  plan  and 
goodwill net of any related deferred tax liability, and total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and a portion of the allowance 
for  loan  losses.  As  of  these  dates  and  for  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital  also  include  trust  preferred 
securities and exclude the unrealized loss on cash flow hedging instruments. Risk-weighted assets for the Corporation 
and C&F Bank were $896.6 million and $894.08 million, respectively at December 31, 2014.  Risk-weighted assets for 
the  Corporation,  C&F  Bank  and  CVB  were  $850.67  million,  $692.50  million  and  $157.85  million,  respectively,  at 
December 31, 2013  .  Management  believes  that,  as  of  December 31, 2014,  the  Corporation  and  C&F  Bank  met  all 
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) for C&F 
Bank  categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be 
categorized as well capitalized, under regulations applicable at December 31, 2014 the Bank was required to maintain 
minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.  

107 

 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table as of December 
31, 2014 and 2013: 

  Minimum Capital 
Requirements 
     Amount    Ratio      Amount      Ratio       Amount      Ratio  

Actual 

  Minimum To Be
  Well Capitalized   
  Under Prompt 
  Corrective Action   
Provisions 

  $ 130,401  
  129,228  

 14.5 %  $  71,731   
  71,527   
 14.5  

 8.0 %  
 8.0  

N/A  
$  89,408   

N/A 
 10.0 %  

  118,892  
  117,753  

 13.3  
 13.2  

  35,866   
  35,763   

  118,892  
  117,753  

 9.2  
 9.1  

  51,974   
  51,959   

 4.0  
 4.0  

 4.0  
 4.0  

N/A  
  53,645   

N/A  
  77,939   

N/A 
 6.0  

N/A 
 6.0  

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2014: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 

As of December 31, 2013: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 
CVB 

  $ 125,159   
  100,538   
 19,602   

 14.7 %   $  68,054   
  55,400   
 14.5  
  12,628   
 12.4  

 8.0 %   
 8.0  
 8.0  

N/A  
$  69,250   
$  15,785   

N/A 
 10.0 %  
 10.0 %  

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 
CVB 

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 

Corporation 
C&F Bank 
CVB 

  114,227   
 91,559   
 19,567   

 13.4  
 13.2  
 12.4  

  34,027   
  27,700   
 6,314   

 4.0  
 4.0  
 4.0  

N/A  
  41,550   
 9,471   

N/A 
 6.0  
 6.0  

  114,227   
 91,559   
 19,567   

 8.9  
 9.4  
 5.9           13,290

  51,623   
  38,964   

N/A 
N/A  
 4.0  
 6.0  
  58,447   
 4.0  
 4.0           19,935          6.0  

In December 2013, The Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule that makes technical changes to its market risk capital 
rule to align it with the Basel III regulatory capital framework and meet certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The 
Basel III final rules require the Company to comply with the following new minimum capital ratios, effective January 1, 
2015: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% of 
risk-weighted  assets  (increased  from  the  current  requirement  of  4%);  (3)  a  total  capital  ratio  of  8%  of  risk-weighted 
assets  (unchanged  from  the  current  requirement);  and,  (4)  a  leverage  ratio  of  4%  of  total  assets.    The  Basel  III  Final 
Rules establish a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, which is added to the 4.5% common equity Tier 1 capital ratio as 
the buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a miminum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
of  at  least 7%.  The  Basel III  Final  Rules  also  establish  risk  weightings  that  applied  to many  classes  of  assets  held by 
community  banks,  importantly  including  applying  higher  risk  weightings  to  certain  commercial  real  estate  loans.  The 
Basel III Final Rules were effective January 1, 2015, and the  Basel III Final Rules capital conservation buffer will be 
phased in from 2015 to 2019. 

Based on management's interpretation and understanding of the new rules, the Company has evaluated the effect of the 
Basel III final rules and expects the Company will continue to exceed the well capitalized minimum capital requirements 
based on the December 31, 2014 balance sheet composition.  For additional information about the Basel III Final Rules, 
see “Item1. Business” under the heading “Regulation and Supervision” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  January  9,  2009,  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  the  Corporation  issued  and  sold  to  the  U.S.  Treasury 
20,000 shares of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and a 
Warrant for the purchase of up to 167,504 shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, for a total price of $20.0 million. 
The  Corporation has redeemed  100 percent  of  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  $10.00  million  in  April  2012  and $10.00 
million in July 2011 and the warrant was repurchased in May 2014 for $2.30 million. 

On December 14, 2007, the Corporation issued $10.00 million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business 
trust for general corporate purposes including the refinancing of existing debt. On July 21, 2005, the Corporation issued 
$10.00 million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business trust to partially fund the purchase of 427,186 
shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  at  $41  per  share  on  July  27,  2005.  On  December  17,  2003,  CVBK  issued 
$5.00 million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business trust for general corporate purposes. Based on the 
Corporation’s Tier 1 capital levels, the entire $25.00 million of trust preferred securities was eligible for inclusion in the 
Corporation's Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by C&F 
Bank (and prior to being merged into C&F Bank, CVB) to the Corporation. The total amount of dividends that may be 
paid  at  any  date  by  C&F  Bank  is  generally  limited  to  the  retained  earnings  of  C&F  Bank,  and  loans  or  advances  are 
limited to 10 percent of C&F Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. 

NOTE 16: Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet 
the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commitments to 
sell loans, and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of 
the  amount  on  the  balance  sheet.  The  contract  amounts  of  these  instruments  reflect  the  extent  of  involvement  the 
Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of 
nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of 
credit  written  is  represented  by  the  contractual  amount  of  these  instruments.  The  Corporation  uses  the  same  credit 
policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-balance-sheet  instruments.  Collateral  is 
obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms of the 
contract  prior  to  funding.  Commitments  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses  and  may  require 
payment of a fee by the customer. Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, 
the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  Bank  evaluates  each 
customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of  loan  commitments  was  $136.00  million  at 
December 31, 2014 and $129.24 million (including loan commitments at CVB) at December 31, 2013. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a 
customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in 
extending loans to customers. The total contract amount of standby letters of credit, whose contract amounts represent 
credit  risk,  was  $13.40  million  at  December  31,  2014  and  $13.72  million  (including  loan  commitments  at  CVB)  at 
December 31, 2013. 

C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments (or IRLCs) to originate mortgage loans amounting to approximately $38.40 
million and loans held for sale of $28.28 million. At December 31, 2014, each loan held for sale by C&F Mortgage was 
subject  to  a  forward  sales  agreement.    C&F  Mortgage  enters  into  IRLCs  with  customers  and  will  sell  the  underlying 
loans to investors on either a best efforts or a mandatory delivery basis. C&F Mortgage mitigates interest rate risk on 
IRLCs and loans held for sale by (a) entering into forward loan sales contracts with investors for loans to be delivered on 
a best efforts basis or (b) entering into forward sales contracts of MBS for loans to be delivered on a mandatory basis. 
Both  the  IRLCs  with  customers  and  the  forward  sales  contracts  are  considered  derivative  financial  instruments.  At 
December 31, 2014, the Corporation had forward sales contracts with a notional value of $66.68 million. The fair value 
of these derivative instruments at December 31, 2014 was $448,000, which was included in other assets. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party counterparties. As is 
customary in the industry, the agreements with these counterparties require C&F Mortgage to extend representations and 
warranties  with  respect  to  program  compliance,  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud,  and  early  payment  performance. 
Under the agreements, the counterparties are entitled to make loss claims and repurchase requests of C&F Mortgage for 
loans  that  contain  covered  deficiencies.  C&F  Mortgage  has  obtained  early  payment  default  recourse  waivers  for  a 
significant portion of its business. Recourse periods for early payment default for the remaining counterparties vary from 
90 days up to one year. Recourse periods for borrower misrepresentation or fraud, or underwriting error do not have a 
stated time limit. C&F Mortgage maintains an indemnification reserve for potential claims  made under these recourse 
provisions. C&F Mortgage has adopted a reserve methodology whereby provisions are made to an expense account to 
fund a reserve maintained as a liability account on the balance sheet for potential losses. The loan performance data of 
sold  loans  is  not  made  available  to  C&F  Mortgage  by  the  counterparties  making  the  evaluation  of  potential  losses 
inherently  subjective  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information  becomes 
available. A schedule of expected losses on loans with claims or indemnifications is maintained to ensure the reserve is 
adequate to cover estimated losses. Often times, claims are not factually validated and they are rescinded. Once claims 
are validated and the actual or potential loss is agreed upon with the counterparties, the reserve is charged and a cash 
payment is made to settle the claim. The balance of the indemnification reserve has adequately provided for all claims in 
each  of  the  three  years  ended  December 31, 2014.  The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  the  allowance  for 
indemnification losses for the periods presented: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Payments 
Allowance, end of period 

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 
2012 
2014 
  $  2,415   $ 
 2,092   $  1,702  
 1,205  
 558  
 (235) 
 (815) 
 2,415   $  2,092  

  $  2,089   $ 

 240  
 (566) 

Risks  also  arise  from  the  possible  inability  of  counterparties  to  meet  the  terms  of  their  contracts.  C&F  Mortgage  has 
procedures  in  place  to  evaluate  the  credit  risk  of  investors  and  does  not  expect  any  counterparty  to  fail  to  meet  its 
obligations. 

The Corporation is committed under noncancelable operating leases for certain office locations. Rent expense associated 
with  the  Corporation's  operating  leases  was  $1.25  million,  $1.39  million  and  $1.47  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments due under the Corporation's operating leases as of December 31, 2014 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

  $   1,266
   1,073
 919
 682
 509
 436
  $   4,885

110 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTE 17: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities 

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) 
in  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants  on  the  measurement  date.  U.S.  GAAP  requires  that  valuation  techniques  maximize  the  use  of  observable 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes 
the valuation inputs into three broad levels. Based on the underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is 
reported in one of the three levels. These levels are: 

  Level  1—Valuation  is  based  upon  quoted  prices  for  identical  instruments  traded  in  active  markets.  Level  1 
assets  and  liabilities  include  debt  and  equity  securities  traded  in  an  active  exchange  market,  as  well  as  U.S. 
Treasury securities. 

  Level  2—Valuation  is  based  upon  quoted  prices  for  similar  instruments  in  active  markets,  quoted  prices  for 
identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which 
all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for 
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.  

  Level 3—Valuation is determined using model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not 
observable  in  the  market.  These  unobservable  assumptions  reflect  the  Corporation's  estimates  of  assumptions 
that market participants would use in pricing the respective asset or liability. Valuation techniques may include 
the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.  

U.S. GAAP allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value (the fair value option) for the initial and subsequent 
measurement  for  certain  financial  assets  and  liabilities  on  a  contract-by-contract  basis.  The  Corporation  has  not  made 
any fair value options elections as of December 31, 2014, except that during the second quarter of 2013, the Corporation 
elected to begin using fair value accounting for its entire portfolio of LHFS. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

The  following  describes  the  valuation  techniques  and  inputs  used  by  the  Corporation  in  determining  the  fair  value  of 
certain assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements. 

Securities  available  for  sale.  The  Corporation  primarily  values  its  investment  portfolio  using  Level  2  fair  value 
measurements, but  may also use Level 1 or Level 3  measurements if required by the composition of the portfolio. At 
December 31, 2014  and  2013,  the  Corporation's  entire  investment  securities  portfolio  was  comprised  of  securities 
available for sale, which were valued using Level 2 fair value measurements. The Corporation has contracted with third 
party  portfolio  accounting  service  vendors  for  valuation  of  its  securities  portfolio.  The  vendors’  sources  for  security 
valuation  are  Standard  &  Poor's  Securities  Evaluations  Inc.  (SPSE),  Thomson  Reuters  Pricing  Service  (TRPS),  and 
Interactive Data Pricing and Reference Data LLC (IDC).  Each source provides opinions, known as evaluated prices, as 
to the value of individual securities based on model-based pricing techniques that are partially based on available market 
data,  including  prices  for  similar  instruments  in  active  markets  and  prices  for  identical  assets  in  markets  that  are  not 
active.  SPSE  and  IDC  provide  evaluated  prices  for  the  Corporation's  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions 
category  of  securities.   Both  sources  use  proprietary  pricing  models  and  pricing  systems,  mathematical  tools  and 
judgment  to  determine  an  evaluated  price  for  a  security  based  upon  a  hierarchy  of  market  information  regarding  that 
security  or  securities  with  similar  characteristics.   TRPS  and  IDC  provide  evaluated  prices  for  the  Corporation's  U.S. 
government agencies and corporations and mortgage-backed categories of securities.  Fixed-rate callable securities of the 
U.S. government agencies and corporations category are individually evaluated on an option adjusted spread basis for 
callable  issues  or  on  a  nominal  spread  basis  incorporating  the  term  structure  of  agency  market  spreads  and  the 
appropriate  risk  free  benchmark  curve  for  non-callable  issues.   Fixed-rate  securities  issued  by  the  Small  Business 
Association  in  the  U.S.  government  agencies  and  corporations  category  are  individually  evaluated  based  upon  a 
hierarchy  of  security  specific  information  and  market  data  regarding  that  security  or  securities  with  similar 
characteristics.  Pass-through  mortgage-backed  securities  in  the  mortgage-backed  category  are  grouped  into  aggregate 
categories  defined  by  issuer  program,  weighted  average  coupon,  and  weighted  average  maturity.   Each  aggregate  is 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
benchmarked to a relative mortgage-backed to-be-announced (TBA) or other benchmark price. TBA prices are obtained 
from market makers and live trading systems. Collateralized mortgage obligations in the mortgage-backed category are 
individually evaluated based upon a hierarchy of security specific information and market data regarding that security or 
securities  with  similar  characteristics.   Each  evaluation  is determined  using  an option  adjusted  spread  and  prepayment 
model based on volatility-driven, multi-dimensional spread tables. 

Loans held for sale. Fair value of the Corporation's LHFS is based on observable market prices for similar instruments 
traded in the secondary mortgage loan markets in which the Corporation conducts business. The Corporation's portfolio 
of LHFS is classified as Level 2. 

Derivative asset (liability) - IRLCs. The Corporation recognizes IRLCs at fair value. Fair value of IRLCs is based on 
either  (i)  the price  of  the  underlying  loans obtained from  an  investor  for  loans  that will  be  delivered on  a best  efforts 
basis or (ii) the observable price for individual loans traded in the secondary market for loans that will be delivered on a 
mandatory basis. All of the Corporation's IRLCs are classified as Level 2. 

Derivative asset (liability) - forward sales commitments. Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans and TBAs are 
used  to  mitigate  interest  rate  risk  for  residential  mortgage  LHFS  and  IRLCs.  Forward  commitments  to  sell  mortgage 
loans  and  TBAs  are  considered  derivatives  and  are  recorded  at  fair  value,  based  on  (i)  committed  sales  prices  from 
investors for commitments to sell mortgage loans or (ii) observable market data inputs for commitments to sell TBAs. 
The Corporation's forward sales commitments are classified as Level 2. 

Derivative asset (liability) - cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s derivative financial instruments have been designated 
as  and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges.  The  fair  value  of  the  Corporation's  cash  flow  hedges  is  determined  using  the 
discounted cash flow method. 

The following table presents the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Securities available for sale 

U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 

Total securities available for sale 
Loans held for sale 
Derivative asset - IRLC 
Derivative asset - cash flow hedges 
Total assets 

Liabilities: 

December 31, 2014 
Fair Value Measurements Using    Assets at Fair 

   Level 1      Level 2 

     Level 3    

Value 

  $

  $

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

$  22,934  
 67,619  
   131,344  
   221,897  
 28,279  
 448  
 40  
$  250,664  

$

$  —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

$ 

 22,934
 67,619
 131,344
 221,897
 28,279
 448
 40
 250,664

Derivative liability - cash flow hedges 

  $

 —  

$

 143  

$ 

 —   $ 

 143

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Securities available for sale 
U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Corporate and other debt securities 

Total securities available for sale 
Loans held for sale 
Derivative asset - IRLC 
Derivative asset - forward sales commitments 
Total assets 

Liabilities: 

December 31, 2013 
Fair Value Measurements Using    Assets at Fair 

   Level 1      Level 2 

     Level 3    

Value 

  $

  $

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

$

 10,000  
 29,950  
 50,863  
   127,139  
 158  
   218,110  
 35,879  
 511  
 22  
$  254,522  

$ 

$ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 10,000
 29,950
 50,863
 127,139
 158
 218,110
 35,879
 511
 22
 254,522

Derivative liability - cash flow hedges 

  $

 —  

$

 331  

$ 

 —   $ 

 331

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

The  Corporation  may  be  required,  from  time  to  time,  to  measure  and  recognize  certain  assets  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. The following describes the valuation techniques and inputs used by the 
Corporation in determining the fair value of certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial 
statements. 

Impaired loans. The Corporation does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, there are instances 
when a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. A loan is considered impaired when 
it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan 
agreement. All TDRs are considered impaired loans. The Corporation measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis for 
commercial, construction and residential loans in excess of $500,000 by either the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral 
if the loan is collateral dependent. Additionally, management reviews current market conditions, borrower history, past 
experience with similar loans and economic conditions. Based on management's review, additional write-downs to fair 
value may be incurred. The Corporation maintains a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired 
loan is less than the recorded investment.  When the fair value of an impaired loan is based solely on observable cash 
flows, market price or a current appraisal, the Corporation records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. However, 
if based on management's review, additional write-downs to fair value are required, the Corporation records the impaired 
loan as nonrecurring Level 3. 

The  measurement  of  impaired  loans  of  less  than $500,000  is based on each  loan's  future  cash  flows  discounted  at the 
loan's effective interest rate rather than the market rate of interest, which is not a fair value measurement and is therefore 
excluded from fair value disclosure requirements. 

Other  real  estate  owned  (OREO).  Assets  acquired  through,  or  in  lieu  of,  loan  foreclosure  are  held  for  sale  and  are 
initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Initial fair value is based upon appraisals the 
Corporation obtains from independent licensed appraisers. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs 
valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of like properties, 
length  of  time  the  properties  have  been  held,  and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to  continued  ownership  of  the 
properties.  The  Corporation  may  incur  additional  write-downs  of  foreclosed  assets  to  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  if 
valuations  indicate  a  further  other-than-temporary  deterioration  in  market  conditions.  As  such,  we  record  OREO  as 
nonrecurring Level 3. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Impaired loans, net 
Other real estate owned net 

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Impaired loans, net 
Other real estate owned, net 

Total 

December 31, 2014 
  Fair Value Measurements Using   Assets at Fair 
     Level 1      Level 2       Level 3      
 1,224   $
 —  
  $
 —  
 786  
 2,010   $
 —  

 1,224
 786
 2,010

 —  
 —  
 —  

Value 

$ 

$ 

$

$

  $

December 31, 2013 
  Fair Value Measurements Using   Assets at Fair 
     Level 1      Level 2       Level 3      
 3,646   $
 —  
  $
 2,769  
 —  
 6,415   $
 —  

 3,646
 2,769
 6,415

 —  
 —  
 —  

Value 

  $

$ 

$ 

$

$

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial assets 
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2014: 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Impaired loans, net 

     Fair Value    Valuation Technique(s)    
  $  1,224   

Appraisals 

Unobservable Inputs 

   Discount to reflect current 
market conditions and 
estimated selling costs 
   Discount to reflect current 
market conditions and 
estimated selling costs 

     Range of Inputs  
   10% - 50%

   0% - 56% 

Other real estate owned, net 

 786   

Appraisals 

Total 

  $  2,010  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

FASB  ASC  825,  Financial  Instruments,  requires  disclosure  about  fair  value  of  financial  instruments,  including  those 
financial assets and financial liabilities that are not required to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or 
nonrecurring basis. ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure 
requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair 
value of the Corporation. 

The  following  describes  the  valuation  techniques  used  by  the  Corporation  to  measure  its  financial  instruments  at  fair 
value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

Cash and short-term investments. The nature of these instruments and their relatively short maturities provide for the 
reporting of fair value equal to the historical cost. 

Loans, net. The fair value of performing loans is estimated using a discounted expected future cash flows analysis based 
on current rates being offered on similar products in the market. An overall valuation adjustment is  made for specific 
credit risks as well as general portfolio risks. Based on the valuation methodologies used in assessing the fair value of 
loans and the associated valuation allowance, these loans are considered Level 3. See Note 1 for more information on the 
valuation methodologies used in creating the valuation allowance for performing loans. 

Loan totals, as listed in the table below, include impaired loans. For valuation techniques used in relation to impaired 
loans, see the Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis section in this Note 17. 

114 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale, net. As described in Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis section in 
this Note 17, the Corporation elected to carry its portfolio of loans held for sale (or LHFS) at fair value, measured on a 
recurring basis, during the second quarter of 2013.  

Accrued interest receivable. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value. 

Bank-owned  life  insurance  (BOLI).    The  fair  value  of  BOLI  is  estimated  using  information  provided  by  insurance 
carriers.  These policies are carried at their cash surrender value, which approximates the fair value.   

Deposits. The fair value of all demand deposit accounts is the amount payable at the report date. For all other deposits, 
the  fair  value  is  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method.  The  discount  rate  was  equal  to  the  rate  currently 
offered on similar products in active markets (Level 2). 

Borrowings. The fair value of borrowings is determined using the discounted cash flow method. The discount rate was 
equal to the rate currently offered on similar products in active markets (Level 2). 

Accrued interest payable. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value. 

Letters of credit. The estimated fair value of letters of credit is based on estimated fees the Corporation would pay to 
have another entity assume its obligation under the outstanding arrangements. These fees are not considered material. 

Unused portions of lines of credit. The estimated fair value of unused portions of lines of credit is based on estimated 
fees the Corporation would pay to have another entity assume its obligation under the outstanding arrangements. These 
fees are not considered material. 

The  following  tables  reflect  the  carrying  amounts  and  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Corporation's  financial  instruments 
whether or not recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 

Cash and short-term investments 
Securities available for sale 
Loans, net 
Loans held for sale 
Derivative asset - IRLC 
Derivative asset - cash flow hedges 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial liabilities: 
Demand deposits 
Time deposits 
Borrowings 
Derivative liability - cash flow hedges 
Accrued interest payable 

     Carrying     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using    Total Fair 

  Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  Value 

  $167,616   $
 221,897  
 800,198  
   28,279  
 448  
 40  
 6,421  

  $659,594   $
 366,507  
 167,027  
 143  
 740  

 167,616   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 6,421  

 659,594   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 740  

 —   $ 

 221,897  
 —  
 28,279  
 448  
 40  
 —  

 —   $ 

 369,538  
 160,052  
 143  
 —  

 —   $167,616
 221,897
 —  
 813,010
 813,010  
   28,279
 —  
 448
 —  
 40
 —  
 6,421
 —  

 —   $659,594
 369,538
 —  
 160,052
 —  
 143
 —  
 740
 —  

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 

Cash and short-term investments 
Securities available for sale 
Loans, net 
Loans held for sale 
Derivative asset - IRLC 
Derivative asset - forward sales 
commitments 
Accrued interest receivable 

     Carrying     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using    Total Fair 

  Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  Value 

  $148,139   $
 218,110  
 785,532  
   35,879  
 511  

 148,139   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —   $ 

 218,110  
 —  
 35,879  
 511  

 —   $148,139
 218,110
 —  
 800,488
 800,488  
   35,879
 —  
 511
 —  

 22  
 6,360  

 —  
 6,360  

Financial liabilities: 
Demand deposits 
Time deposits 
Borrowings 
Derivative liability - cash flow hedges 
Accrued interest payable 

  $608,409   $
 399,883  
 169,835  
 331  
 843  

 608,409   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 843  

 22  
 —  

 —   $ 

 403,291  
 162,194  
 331  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 22
 6,360

 —   $608,409
 403,291
 —  
 162,194
 —  
 331
 —  
 843
 —  

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal 
operations. As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s  financial instruments will change when interest rate levels 
change  and  that  change  may  be  either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.  Management  attempts  to  match 
maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to balance minimizing interest rate risk and increasing 
net interest income in current market conditions. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay 
in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more  likely  to  prepay  in  a  falling  rate  environment.  Conversely,  depositors  who  are 
receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do 
so  in  a  falling  rate  environment.  Management  monitors  interest  rates,  maturities  and  repricing  dates  of  assets  and 
liabilities  and  attempts  to  manage  interest  rate  risk  by  adjusting  terms  of  new  loans,  deposits  and  borrowings  and  by 
investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk. 

NOTE 18: Business Segments 

The  Corporation  operates  in  a  decentralized  fashion  in  three  principal  business  segments:  Retail  Banking,  Mortgage 
Banking and Consumer Finance. Revenues from Retail Banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans 
and  investment  securities  and  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts.  Mortgage  Banking  operating  revenues  consist 
principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and  interest  earned  on 
mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.  Revenues  from  Consumer  Finance  consist  primarily  of  interest  earned  on  purchased 
automobile retail installment sales contracts. 

The  Corporation’s  other  segment  includes  an  investment  company  that  derives  revenues  from  brokerage  services,  an 
insurance company that derives revenues from insurance services, and a title company that derives revenues from title 
insurance  services.  The  results  of  the  other  segment  are  not  significant  to  the  Corporation  as  a  whole  and  have  been 
included  in  “Other.”  Revenue  and  expenses  of  the  Corporation  are  also  included  in  “Other,”  and  consist  primarily  of 
interest expense associated with the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes and other general corporate expenses. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

     Retail 
  Banking 

    Mortgage    Consumer    
  Banking   Finance 

  Other 

  Eliminations    Consolidated 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 

  $ 

 43,616   $  1,304   $  46,569   $

 —  
 9,170 
 52,786 

 5,108  
 2,708  
 9,120  

 —  
 1,227  
 47,796  

 —   $ 
 —  
 1,358  
 1,358  

 (4,994)  $
 — 
 — 
 (4,994) 

 86,495
 5,108
 14,463
 106,066

 60  
 199  
 3,568  
 4,608  
 8,435  
 685  
 274  
 411   $

 —  
 5,915  
 22,944 
 17,970  
 46,829 
 5,957  
 377  
 5,580   $

 16,270  
 6,445  
 8,962  
 4,739  
 36,416  
 11,380  
 4,438  
 6,942   $  (587)  $ 
  $ 
  $  1,178,270   $  42,143   $  283,984   $  4,208   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $
  $ 
 1   $ 
 92   $
  $ 

 —  
 960  
 836  
 508  
 2,304  
 (946) 
 (359) 

 10,723  $
 177   $

 3,702  $
 1,657   $

 — 
 (4,994) 
 — 
 — 
 (4,994) 
 — 
 — 
 —  $

 16,330
 8,525
 36,310
 27,825
 88,990
 17,076
 4,730
 12,346
 (175,282)  $  1,333,323
 14,425
 1,927

 —  $
 —  $

     Retail 
  Banking 

    Mortgage    Consumer    
  Banking   Finance 

  Other 

  Eliminations    Consolidated 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

  $ 

 34,777  $
 — 
 7,672 
 42,449 

 1,865  $
 7,510 
 4,308 
   13,683 

 48,735  $
 — 
 1,190 
 49,925 

 2  $ 
 — 
 1,540 
 1,542 

 (5,167)  $
 — 
 — 
 (5,167) 

 80,212
 7,510
 14,710
 102,432

 1,030 
 6,135 
 18,361 
 14,500 
 40,026 
 2,423 
 (884) 
 3,307  $

 90 
 343 
 4,118 
 5,881 
   10,432 
 3,251 
 1,300 
 1,951  $

 13,965 
 6,501 
 7,877 
 4,300 
 32,643 
 17,282 
 6,740 

 — 
 811 
 811 
 1,764 
 3,386 
   (1,844) 
 (446) 

  $ 
 10,542  $  (1,398)  $ 
  $   1,157,228  $  50,803  $  278,855  $  4,017  $ 
  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $
  $ 
 2  $ 
 535  $

 10,723  $
 53  $

 3,702  $
 3,294  $

 — 
 (5,167) 
 — 
 — 
 (5,167) 
 — 
 — 
 —  $

 15,085
 8,623
 31,167
 26,445
 81,320
 21,112
 6,710
 14,402
 (178,606)  $  1,312,297
 14,425
 3,884

 —  $
 —  $

117 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

     Retail 
  Banking 

    Mortgage    Consumer    
  Banking   Finance 

  Other 

  Eliminations    Consolidated 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 

  $ 

 32,301  $
 — 
 6,124 
 38,425 

 2,358  $
 7,692 
 4,315 
   14,365 

 47,403  $
 — 
 1,149 
 48,552 

 —  $ 
 — 
 1,322 
 1,322 

 (5,098)  $
 — 
 20 
 (5,078) 

 2,400 
 7,404 
 15,562 
 12,385 
 37,751 
 674 
 (1,479) 

 165 
 483 
 3,795 
 6,265 
   10,708 
 3,657 
 1,466 
 2,191  $

 9,840 
 6,334 
 7,591 
 4,100 
 27,865 
 20,687 
 8,042 

 — 
 988 
 865 
 479 
 2,332 
   (1,010) 
 (383) 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 2,153  $

 12,645  $  (627)  $ 
 813,817  $  86,978  $  280,205  $  3,570  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $ 

 10,723  $
 179  $

 —  $
 739  $

 —  $
 272  $

 — 
 (5,098) 
 — 
 — 
 (5,098) 
 20 
 — 
 20  $
 (207,552)  $
 —  $
 —  $

 76,964
 7,692
 12,930
 97,586

 12,405
 10,111
 27,813
 23,229
 73,558
 24,028
 7,646
 16,382
 977,018
 10,723
 1,190

The Retail Banking segment extends a warehouse line of credit to the Mortgage Banking segment, providing a portion of 
the  funds  needed  to  originate  mortgage  loans.  The  Retail  Banking  segment  charges  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment 
interest at the daily FHLB advance rate plus 50 basis points. The Retail Banking segment also provides the Consumer 
Finance segment with a portion of the funds needed to originate loans by means of variable rate notes that carry interest 
at one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points and fixed rate notes that carry interest rates ranging from 3.8 percent to 8.0 
percent. The Retail Banking segment acquires certain residential real estate loans from the Mortgage Banking segment at 
prices  similar  to  those  paid  by  third-party  investors.  These  transactions  are  eliminated  to  reach  consolidated  totals. 
Certain  corporate  overhead  costs  incurred  by  the  Retail  Banking  segment  are  not  allocated  to  the  Mortgage  Banking, 
Consumer Finance and Other segments. 

NOTE 19: Interest Rate Swaps 

The  Corporation  uses  interest  rate  swaps  to  manage  exposure  of  its  trust  preferred  capital  notes  to  interest  rate  risk. 
Interest  rate  swaps  involve  the  exchange  of  fixed  and  variable  rate  interest  payments  between  two parties,  based on  a 
common  notional  principal  amount  and  maturity  date  with  no  exchange  of  underlying  principal  amounts.  The 
Corporation’s interest rate swaps qualify as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cash flow hedges effectively modify 
the  Corporation’s  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  by  converting  variable  rates  of  interest  on  $10.00  million  and  $15.00 
million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes to fixed rates of interest until September 2015 and December 
2019, respectively. 

The  cash  flow  hedges  total  notional  amount  is  $25.00  million.  At  December 31, 2014,  the  $15.0  million  of  cash  flow 
hedges  entered  into  during  2014  had  a  fair  value  of  $40,000,  which  is  recorded  in  other  asssets,  and  the  other  $10.0 
million of cash flow hedges had a fair value of ($143,000), which is recorded in other liabilities. The cash flow hedges 
were  fully  effective  at  December 31, 2014  and  therefore  the  net  loss  on  the  cash  flow  hedges  was  recognized  as  a 
component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income taxes. 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information 

Financial information for the parent company is as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance Sheets 
Assets 

Cash 
Securities available for sale 
Other assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 

Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Other liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Statements of Income 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Dividends received from C&F Bank 
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
Gain on sale of securities 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Net income 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Equity in undistributed (earnings) loss of subsidiaries
Share-based compensation 
Amortization of acquisition-related fair value adjustment
Gain on sale of securities 
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 
Proceeds from sale of securities 
Acquisition of Central Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 
Investment in Central Virginia Bank 
Merger of Central Virginia Bankshares, Inc. into C&F Financial Corporation

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Financing activities: 
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Redemption of preferred stock 
Repurchase of common stock warrant 
Common stock repurchases 
Cash dividends 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash at beginning of year 
Cash at end of year 

119 

December 31,

2014 

2013

$ 

 662    $
 —   
 2,506   
   145,790   

$ 

 148,958    $

$ 

 25,103    $
 482   
   123,373   

$ 

 148,958    $

958
—
7,549
130,009
138,516

20,620
4,955
112,941
138,516

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

$

$

(916)  $ 
5,596  
8,182  
—  
20  
(536) 
12,346   $ 

 (757)
 31,150 
 (14,768)
 270 
 53 
 (1,546)
 14,402 

$

(987)
13,232
4,246
—
737
(846)
$ 16,382

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

$

12,346   $ 

 14,402 

$ 16,382

(8,182) 
1,104  
27  
—  
4,882  
(4,263) 
5,914  

—  
—  
—  
160  
160  

—  
133  
—  
(2,303) 
(161) 
(4,050) 
11  
(6,370) 
(296) 
958  
662   $ 

$

 14,768 
 743 
 — 
 (270)
 (4,710)
 4,550 
 29,483 

 296 
 (4,196)
 (26,058)
 — 
 (29,958)

 — 
 125 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (3,845)
 4,301 
 581 
 106 
 852 
 958 

(4,246)
566
—
—
(217)
(46)
12,439

—
—
—
—
—

—
200
(10,000)
—
—
(3,682)
1,309
(12,173)
266
586
852

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21: Other Noninterest Expenses 

The following table presents the significant components in the statements of income line “Noninterest Expenses-Other 
Expenses.” 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Data processing fees 
Loan and OREO expenses 
Amortization of core deposit intangible 
Professional fees 
Telecommunication expenses 
Travel and educational expenses 
Marketing and advertising expenses 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Acquisition transactions cost 
All other noninterest expenses 

Total Other Noninterest Expenses 

NOTE 22: Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income—Unaudited 

Year Ended December 31,  
2013 
2012 
2014 
  $  3,616   $   2,700   $  2,273  
 1,982  
 —  
 1,688  
 1,181  
 957  
 813  
 1,205  
 —  
 6,335  
  $  19,019   $  19,048   $  16,434  

 364  
 1,190  
 2,101  
 1,507  
 1,109  
 1,333  
 240  
 315  
 7,244  

 1,001  
 333  
 2,326  
 1,231  
 1,032  
 964  
 558  
 1,351  
 7,552  

2014 Quarter Ended 
  March 31    June 30    September 30    December 31 
 21,651 
  $  21,294   $  21,712   $ 
 14,188 
 4,704 
 15,774 
 3,118 
 2,417 
 2,417 
 0.71 
 0.30 

 21,838   $
 15,582  
 4,706  
 15,668  
 4,620  
 3,294  
 3,294  
 0.97  
 0.30  

   16,306  
 5,349  
   16,339  
 5,316  
 3,742  
 3,742  
 1.09  
 0.30  

   15,564  
 4,812  
   16,354  
 4,022  
 2,893  
 2,893  
 0.83  
 0.29  

2013 Quarter Ended 
  March 31    June 30    September 30    December 31 
  $  19,123   $  19,230   $ 
 22,205 
 14,936 
 4,520 
 15,511 
 3,945 
 2,852 
 2,852 
 0.81 
 0.29 

 19,654   $
 13,745  
 5,639  
 14,524  
 4,860  
 3,366  
 3,366  
 0.97  
 0.29  

   14,028  
 6,963  
   14,548  
 6,443  
 4,178  
 4,178  
 1.22  
 0.29  

 13,795  
 5,098  
 13,029  
 5,864  
 4,006  
 4,006  
 1.19  
 0.29  

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends declared per common share 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends declared per common share 

120 

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT

T OF INDEPE

ENDENT REG

GISTERED P

PUBLIC ACC

OUNTING FI

IRM 

To the Board
C&F Financi
West Point, V

d of Directors a
and Shareholde
n 
ial Corporation
Virginia 

ers 

We  have  aud
December  31
shareholders
statements ar
financial stat

dited  the  acco
1,  2014  and  20
’ equity, and c
re the responsi
tements based o

mpanying  con
013,  and  the  r
ash flows for e
ibility of the C
on our audits. 

nsolidated  bala
related  consoli
each of the thre
orporation’s m

ance  sheets  of 
idated  statemen
ee years in the 
management.  O

C&F  Financia
nts  of  income,
period ended 
Our responsibi

al  Corporation
,  comprehensiv
December 31, 
lity is to expre

n  and  Subsidia
ve  income,  ch
2014.  These f
ess an opinion 

ary  as  of 
hanges  in 
financial 
on these 

We conducte
States).  Tho
financial stat
the amounts 
and significa
believe that o

ed our audits in
ose standards r
tements are fre
and disclosure
ant estimates m
our audits prov

n accordance w
require that we
e of material m
es in the financ
made by manag
vide a reasonab

with the standa
e plan and perf
misstatement.  A
cial statements.
gement, as wel
ble basis for ou

ards of the Pub
form the audit
An audit inclu
.  An audit also
ll as evaluating
ur opinion. 

blic Company A
t to obtain reas
udes examining
o includes asse
g the overall f

Accounting Ov
sonable assura
g, on a test basi
essing the acco
financial statem

versight Board
ance about whe
is, evidence su
ounting princip
ment presentati

d (United 
ether the 
upporting 
ples used 
ion.  We 

In our opinio
position  of  C
operations an
U.S. generall

on, the consolid
C&F  Financial
nd their cash f
ly accepted acc

dated financial 
l  Corporation 
flows for each 
counting princi

statements ref
and  Subsidiar
of the three ye
iples.   

ferred to above
ry  as  of  Decem
ears in the per

e present fairly,
mber  31,  2014
riod ended Dec

, in all material
4  and  2013,  an
cember 31, 20

l respects, the f
nd  the  results 
14, in conform

financial 
of  their 
mity with 

We  have  als
States), C&F
based  on  cri
Organization
opinion on th

o  audited,  in  a
F Financial Cor
iteria  establish
ns  of  the  Tread
he effectivenes

accordance  wit
rporation and S
hed  in  Internal
dway  Commis
s of C&F Fina

th  the  standard
Subsidiary’s in
l  Control  —  I
sion  in  2013, 
ancial Corporat

ds  of  the  Publ
nternal control 
Integrated  Fra
and  our  repor
tion and Subsid

lic  Company  A
over financial
amework  issue
rt  dated  March
diary’s internal

Accounting  Ov
l reporting as o
ed  by  the  Com
h  11,  2015  exp
l control over f

versight  Board
of December 3
mmittee  of  Spo
pressed  an  unq
financial report

d  (United 
31, 2014, 
onsoring 
qualified 
ting. 

Winchester, V
March 11, 20

Virginia 
015 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

None 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.  The  Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
Exchange Act)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
as of December 31, 2014 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or 
submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
SEC  rules  and  forms  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Corporation’s  management, 
including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can 
provide  absolute  assurance  that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  will  detect  or  uncover  every 
situation  involving  the  failure  of  persons  within  the  Corporation  or  its  subsidiaries  to  disclose  material  information 
required to be set forth in the Corporation’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Management  of  the  Corporation  is  also 
responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rule 
13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not 
prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable 
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our 
assessment,  we  believe  that,  as  of December  31, 2014,  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting was 
effective based on those criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been 
audited  by  Yount,  Hyde  &  Barbour,  P.C.,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  who  also  audited  the 
Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Yount, Hyde & Barbour, 
P.C.’s attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appears on the following page. 

Changes in Internal Controls. There were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 
during  the  Corporation’s  quarter  ended  December  31,  2014  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
C&F Financial Corporation 
West Point, Virginia 

We have audited C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary’s (the Corporation) internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  in  2013.  The  Corporation’s  management  is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness 
of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also 
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (b)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (c)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  als
States), the c
income, com
ended Decem
an unqualifie

o  audited,  in  a
consolidated ba
mprehensive inc
mber 31, 2014 o
ed opinion. 

accordance  wit
alance sheets a
come, changes 
of C&F Financ

th  the  standard
as of Decembe
in shareholder
cial Corporatio

ds  of  the  Publ
er 31, 2014 an
rs’ equity, and 
on and Subsidia

lic  Company  A
nd 2013, and th
cash flows for
ary, and our re

Accounting  Ov
he related cons
r each of the th
port dated Mar

versight  Board
solidated statem
hree years in th
rch 11, 2015 ex

d  (United 
ments of 
he period 
xpressed 

Winchester, V
March 11, 20

Virginia 
015 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

On December 16, 2014, the Corporation’s Compensation Committee approved an additional compensation benefit 
for  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  Larry  G.  Dillon  to  provide  post-retirement  medical  and  dental  insurance 
premiums for Mr. Dillon and his spouse for life.  The new benefit is effective as of January 1, 2015, although Mr. Dillon 
is not eligible to begin receiving this benefit until he retires at or after age 65. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under 
the caption, “Election of Directors,” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding the Section 16(a) 
reporting  requirements  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
caption,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The 
information  concerning  executive  officers  of  the  Corporation  is  included  after  Item  4  of  this  Form  10-K  under  the 
caption,  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant.”  The  information  regarding  the  Corporation's  Audit  Committee  is 
contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption "Report of the Audit Committee" and is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

The  Corporation  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  (Code)  that  applies  to  its  directors, 
executives  and  employees  including  the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting 
officer  and  controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions.  This  Code  is  posted  on  our  Internet  website  at 
http://www.cffc.com under “Investor Relations.” We will provide a copy of the Code to any person without charge upon 
written request to C&F Financial Corporation, c/o Secretary, P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181. We intend to 
provide  any  required  disclosure  of  any  amendment  to  or  waiver  of  the  Code  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive 
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on 
http://www.cffc.com under “Investor Relations” promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose 
any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website 
disclosure.  The  information  contained on or  connected  to  our  Internet  website  is  not  incorporated  by  reference  in this 
report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC. 

The  Corporation  provides  an  informal  process  for  security  holders  to  send  communications  to  its  board  of 
directors. Security holders who wish to contact the board of directors or any of its members may do so by addressing 
their written correspondence to C&F Financial Corporation, Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, P.O. Box 391, 
West Point, Virginia 23181. Correspondence directed to an individual board member will be referred, unopened, to that 
member. Correspondence not directed to a particular board member will be referred, unopened, to the Chairman of the 
Board. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the captions, “Compensation Committee Interlocks 
and  Insider  Participation,”  “Compensation  Policies  and  Practices  as  They  Relate  to  Risk  Management,”  “Executive 
Compensation”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Report,”  and  the  compensation  tables  that  follow  the  Compensation 
Committee Report in the 2015 Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding director 
compensation contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Compensation,” is incorporated herein 
by reference. 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12. 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The  information  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain 

Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

The  information  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Equity  Compensation  Plan 

Information,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13. 
INDEPENDENCE 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

The  information  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Interest  of  Management  in  Certain 
Transactions,”  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  information  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
caption, “Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  in  the  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions,  “Principal  Accountant  Fees”  and 

“Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) Exhibits: 

PART IV 

2.1 

3.1 

3.1.1 

3.2 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  as  of  June  10,  2013  by  and  among  C&F  Financial  Corporation, 
Special Purpose Sub, Inc. and Central Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to 
Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013) 

Articles of Incorporation of C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 
10-KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation,  as  adopted  December  16,  2014 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed December 22, 2014) 

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in accordance with 
Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K.  The  registrant  will  furnish  a  copy  of  any  such  instrument  to  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission upon its request. 

*10.1 

*10.3 

Amended  and Restated  Change  in  Control Agreement  dated December 30, 2008 between  C&F  Financial 
Corporation and Larry G. Dillon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 
2009) 

Amended  and Restated  Change  in  Control Agreement  dated December 30, 2008 between  C&F  Financial 
Corporation and Thomas F. Cherry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 
2009) 

*10.3.1 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated March 1, 2012 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Thomas  F.  Cherry  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3.1  to  Form  10-K 
filed March 5, 2012) 

*10.4 

Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.4.1 

*10.4.2 

*10.4.3 

*10.4.4 

Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for 
C&F Financial Corporation dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to 
Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

Attachment  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 
Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of  December  31,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 
Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation effectively dated as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4.4 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2010) 

127 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
*10.5 

Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.5.1 

*10.5.2 

*10.7 

*10.9 

Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Director’s  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial 
Corporation dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to Form 10-K filed 
March 9, 2009) 

Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for 
C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of  December  31,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.5.2 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1998  Non-Employee  Director  Stock  Compensation 
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

C&F  Financial  Corporation  Management  Incentive  Plan  dated  February  25,  2005,  as  amended 
January 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2011) 

*10.10 

Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.10.1 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.10.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2008) 

*10.10.2 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 8, 2009) 

*10.10.3 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  TARP-Compliant  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to Form 8-K filed December 8, 2009) 

*10.10.4 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (approved  May  2012)  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 to Form 10-K filed March 5, 2013) 

*10.11 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 29, 2004) 

*10.11.1 

Form  of  Notice  of  Amendment  to  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11.1 to Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2011) 

*10.12 

*10.14 

Employment  Agreement  (Amended  and  Restated)  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  Bryan 
McKernon, dated January 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K filed March 5, 
2013) 

Amended  and Restated  Change in  Control Agreement  dated December 30, 2008 between  C&F  Financial 
Corporation and Bryan McKernon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 
2009) 

*10.14.1  Amendment to Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated March 1, 2012 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Bryan  McKernon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.14.1  to  Form  10-K 
filed March 5, 2012) 

*10.15 

Schedule of C&F Financial Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Annual Compensation 

*10.16 

Base Salaries for Executive Officers of C&F Financial Corporation 

128 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
*10.17 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.16 to Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006) 

10.19 

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Preferred Capital, Inc., 
various  financial  institutions  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  August  25,  2008  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 8-K filed August 28, 2008) 

10.19.1 

10.19.2 

10.19.3 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and among Wells Fargo 
Preferred Capital, Inc., various financial institutions and C&F Finance Company dated as of July 1, 2010 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2010) 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and among Wells Fargo 
Bank,  N.A.,  various  financial  institutions  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  September  17,  2012 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.2 to Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2012) 

Third  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  among  Wells  Fargo 
Bank,  N.A.,  various  financial  institutions  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  November  12,  2013 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.3 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2014) 

*10.29 

C&F  Financial  Corporation  2013  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Appendix A to the Corporation's Proxy Statement filed March 15, 2013) 

*10.30 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  under  2013  Stock  and  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (approved May 21, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Form 8-K filed 
May 24, 2013) 

10.31 

10.32 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of July 17, 2013 by and among the United States Department of 
the Treasury, Central Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.31 to Form 8-K filed July 22, 2013) 

Amendment  No.  1  to  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  September  13,  2013  by  and  among  the 
United  States  Department  of  the  Treasury,  Central  Virginia  Bankshares,  Inc.  and  C&F  Financial 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Form 8K filed October 2, 2013) 

*10.33 

Change  in  Control  Agreement  dated  October  9,  2012  between  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  John 
Anthony Seaman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2014) 

21 

23 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

31.1 

Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

31.2 

Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

32 

Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

129 

   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document 

* 

Indicates management contract 

130 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Registrant) 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

By: 

/S/    LARRY G. DILLON 
Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/S/    LARRY G. DILLON 
Larry G. Dillon, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    THOMAS F. CHERRY 
Thomas F. Cherry, President,
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    J. P. CAUSEY JR. 
J. P. Causey Jr., Director 

/S/    BARRY R. CHERNACK 
Barry R. Chernack, Director

/S/    AUDREY D. HOLMES 
Audrey D. Holmes, Director 

/S/    JAMES H. HUDSON III 
James H. Hudson III, Director

/S/    JOSHUA H. LAWSON 
Joshua H. Lawson, Director 

/S/    C. ELIS OLSSON 
C. Elis Olsson, Director 

/S/    PAUL C. ROBINSON 
Paul C. Robinson, Director 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

Date:  March 11, 2015 

131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following graph compares the  yearly cumulative total  shareholder return on  the common stock of  C&F 
Financial Corporation (the Corporation) with the yearly cumulative total shareholder return on stock included in (1) 
the NASDAQ Composite Index and (2) the CFFI Custom Peer Group (the Peer Group). The Peer Group consists of 
entities that meet the following criteria: (i) publicly-traded financial institution headquartered in Virginia, Kentucky, 
Maryland, North Carolina, Tennessee and West Virginia and (ii) total assets as of December 31 of the prior year of 
between  $825  million  and  $2.0  billion,  and  (iii)  no  denial  of  an  application  to  participate  in  the  Capital  Purchase 
Program.  For  2014,  the  Peer  Group  consisted  of  23  publicly-traded  commercial  financial  institutions  in  Virginia, 
Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina, Tennessee and West Virginia. The median asset size for the Peer Group was 
$1.1 billion based on total assets as of December 31, 2013. The following financial institutions were included in the 
Peer  Group:    Access  National  Corporation  (VA);  American  National  Bankshares,  Inc.  (VA);  Bank  of  Kentucky 
Financial  Corporation  (KY);  Community  Bankers  Trust  Corporation  (VA:  The  Community  Financial  Corporation 
(MD); Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (VA); Farmers Capital Bank Corporation (KY); First Security Group, Inc. 
(TN);  First  United  Corporation  (MD);  HopFed  Bancorp  Inc.  (KY);  Middleburg  Financial  Corporation  (VA); 
Monarch  Financial  Holdings  (VA);  National  Bankshares,  Inc.  (VA);  NewBridge  Bancorp  (MD);  Old  Line 
Bancshares,  Inc.  (MD);  Old  Point  Financial  Corporation  (VA);  Peoples  Bancorp  of  North  Carolina,  Inc.  (NC); 
Porter Bancorp, Inc. (KY): Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (WV); Shore Bancshares, Inc. (MD); Summit Financial 
Group  Inc.  (WV);  Valley  Financial  Corporation  (VA);  and  WashingtonFirst  Bankshares,  Inc.  (VA).  While  the 
criteria  for  the  Peer  Group  will  remain  the  same  in  future  years,  the  companies  meeting  these  criteria,  and  thus 
comprising  the  Peer  Group, may  change  from  year  to  year,  as  the  Peer  Group  is  updated  annually  to  account  for 
changes in asset size due to mergers, acquisitions, or growth.  

The graph below assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2009 in the Corporation, the NASDAQ Composite 
Index  and  the  Peer  Group,  and  shows  the  total  return  on  such  an  investment  as  of  December  31,  2014,  assuming 
reinvestment of dividends.  There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future  will 
continue with the same or similar trends depicted in the graph below. 

C&F Financial Corporation

Total Return Performance 

C&F Financial Corporation 

NASDAQ Composite 

CFFI Custom Peer Group 2014 

350 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

0 

12/31/09 

12/31/10 

12/31/11 

12/31/12 

12/31/13 

12/31/14 

Index
C&F Financial Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
CFFI Custom Peer Group 2014

12/31/09
100.00
100.00
100.00

12/31/10
123.47
118.15
95.16

Period Ending

12/31/11
154.04
117.22
81.72

12/31/12
232.54
138.02
111.03

12/31/13
279.57
193.47
150.13

12/31/14
251.29
222.16
166.71

 
 
 
INVESTOR RELATIONS & FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F  Financial  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and 

quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and 

Exchange  Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by  visiting 
the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com.

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge upon 

written request. Requests for this or other financial information about 

C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry

President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation

P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 23181

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common stock of C&F Financial 

Corporation are available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American  Stock  Transfer  &  Trust  Company  serves  as  transfer  agent 

for the Corporation.

You may write them at:

6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn NY  11219

telephone them toll-free at: 1-800-937-5449

or visit their website at: www.amstock.com

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com